PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Describe the Composition, Jurisdiction and Powers of the Supreme Court.
Or
Discuss the composition, powers and functions of the Supreme Court of India.
Answer:
The Supreme Court established under the Indian Constitution (Art. 124-151) is the highest Judicial authority in the country. It stands at the apex of our Judicial system which is an integrated one.

All the Courts, even those functioning in the States are subject to the authority and jurisdiction of the Supreme Court. The Courts in India administer both the Federal laws as well as the State laws. Hence judiciary in India is unified.

Composition of the Supreme Court:
At the time of the commencement of the Constitution, the Supreme Court consisted of eight judges, including the Chief Justice. In 1956, the maximum number of judges was raised to eleven, including the Chief Justice. This number was again raised in 1960 to fourteen including the Chief Justice. In Dec. 1977, maximum number of judges of Supreme Court was increased from 14 to 18 including the Chief Justice. In April, 1986 the number of Judges was increased from 17 to 25. In July 2019 .the number of Judges was .increased from 30 to 33. Thus at present Supreme Court consists of Chief Justice and 33 other Judges.

Article 127 (1) makes provision for the appointment of ad-hoc judges also. Ad-hoc judges are appointed by the Chief Justice of India with the prior consent of the President from among the judges of any High Court duly qualified to be a judge of the Supreme Court for such period as may be necessary. Ad-hoc judges can be appointed only when the Supreme Court cannot continue or hold any session because of the lack of quorum.

The Constitution of India also provides for the appointment of retired judges of the Supreme Court or the Federal Court, with the prior consent of the President and his consent, on a request being made by the Chief Justice of India to sit and act as a judge of the Supreme Court at any time.

Appointment of the Judges:
The Chief Justice of India is appointed by the President in consultation with such judges of the Supreme Court and High Courts as he may deem fit. In the appointment of other judges of the Supreme Court, the Chief Justice of India must be consulted by the President. On Oct. 28, 1998, in a significant unanimous order, a nine-judge Constitution Bench of the Supreme Court held that recommendations made by the Chief Justice of India on the appointment of judges to the Supreme Court without following the consultation process was not binding on the government.

The consultation process to be adopted by the Chief Justice requires consultation of four seniormost judges of the Supreme Court. The sole opinion of the Chief Justice does not constitute consultation process. Hence recommendations made by the Chief Justice without complying with the norms and guidelines regarding the consultation process are not binding on the government.

The Supreme Court made it clear that even if two judges give an adverse opinion the Chief Justice should not send the recommendation to the government. The Supreme Court said, “The collegium should make the decision in consensus and unless the opinion of the collegium is in confirmity with that of the Chief Justice, no recommendation is to be made.”
Img 1
Qualifications for appointment of Judges:
A candidate for appointment as a Judge of the Supreme Court must fulfil the following qualifications:

  1. He should be a citizen of India.
  2. Must have been a Judge of one or more High Courts for five successive years or must have been an advocate of one or more High Courts for ten successive years.
  3. If in the opinion of the President, he is a distinguished jurist.

Term of office:
Judges of the Supreme Court hold office till they complete the age of 65 years. In case of any discrepancies about the age of a Judge, the decision of the President shall be final. A Judge may resign his office by writing to that effect to the President before the completion of his tenure. On January 13, 1983, Mr. Justice Baharul Islam resigned as a judge of the Supreme Court. A judge of the Supreme Court can be removed from his position only as the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity.

The Judge can be removed from office by the President after an address by each House and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members of that House present and voting. On 11th May, 1993, the first-ever impeachment motion against a Supreme Court judge failed in the Lok Sabha when the Opposition—sponsored move for removal of Mr. Justice V. Ramaswami could not be carried for want of requisite majority after the ruling Congress en bloc abstained from voting.

Salaries and Allowances of Judges:
he Chief Justice gets a salary of Rs. 2,80,000 per month and the other judges Rs. 2,50,000 per month. Every Judge of the Supreme Court is entitled without payment of rent to the use of an official residence. The judges are also allowed travelling allowances when they undertake journey for the performance of their official duties. The salaries and allowances of the Judges are charged on the Consolidated
Fund of India and accordingly, are not subject to the vote of Parliament.

Neither the privileges nor the allowances of a Judge nor his rights in respect of leave or absence or pension shall be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment. The salaries and allowances of the Judges can be reduced by the President during continuance of a Proclamation of Financial emergency. The Constitution, thus, guarantees to the Judges both security of service and emoluments.

Prohibition of practice after retirement:
The retired judges of the Supreme Court are debarred from pleading before any Court in India. Even if a Judge resigns he is debarred from pleading. However, the retired judges can be invited to act as judges of the Supreme ’Court for some particular business or period of time. No retired judge of the Supreme Court can he asked to act as a judge of the Supreme Court without his consent. Such judges get allowances and not salary. Their allowances are determined by the President.

Oath:
On asssuming office, each judge of the Supreme Court has to make and subscribe before the President or before any other person appointed by the President for the purpose, to an oath or affirmation according to a set form.

Immunities of Judges:
In order to further safeguard the independence of judiciary, the Constitution provides that there can be no discussion in Parliament on the conduct of a judge in the discharge of his official duties. Nor can the actions and decisions of the Judges in their official capacity be subject to criticism so as to impute motive of any kind. There may be academic discussion about the decision of the Supreme Court. The Court may also initiate contempt proceedings if an attempt, direct or indirect, is made to prejudice minds of judges in arriving at an impartial and independent decision.

Seat of the Supreme Court:
The Supreme Court sits in Delhi. It can also sit at any other place or places as the Chief Justice of India may appoint from time to time with the approval of the President. Under this Article, the Supreme Court had held its sessions at Hyderabad and Srinagar.

Jurisdiction and Functions of Supreme Court.

The Supreme Court is the highest Court of the land. It has been vested with wider jurisdiction than any other superior Court in any part of the world. According to Sir Alladi Krishnaswami Ayyar, “The Supreme Court in the Indian Union has more powers than any Supreme Court in any part of the world.”

The jurisdiction of the Court may be divided into three categories-Original, Appellate and Advisory.
1. Original Jurisdiction:
Original jurisdiction means cases which start in the Supreme Court and regarding which the Supreme Court has the exclusive jurisdiction. The Constitution of India divides powers between Centre and States. Howsoever neatly the powers between the two may have been distributed there are always possibilities of doubt and dispute. New situations demand new interpretations. Thus, the Supreme Court decides cases

  • between the Government of India and one or more States;
  • between the Government of India and any one State or States on one side and one or more other State on the other; or
  • between two or more States.

It should be noted that the Supreme Court can entertain such cases only if the disputes involve any question, whether of law or fact, on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends. Where the claim made by one of the parties is not dependent on law but on legal considerations, the Supreme Court has no original jurisdiction.

According to the Constitution, the original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court does not extend to disputes relating to water of inter-state rivers or river valleys, matters referred to the Finance Commission and adjustment of certain expenses between the Union and the States. Likewise, the original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court shall not extend to a dispute, if the dispute arises out of provision of a treaty, agreement, covenant, engagement and other similar instrument which was entered into or executed before 26th January, 1950.

(i) Enforcement of Fundamental Rights:
The Constitution makes the Supreme Court the ultimate guardian of the fundamental rights and liberties of the people^ Rights of the people have no meaning if they are not backed and upheld by judiciary. It is both the jurisdiction as well as the responsibility of Supreme Court to issue orders, directions and writs of Habeas Corpus, Mandamus, Prohibition, Quo Warranto and Certiorari, or any of them for the enforcement of fundamental rights. However, this jurisdiction of the Supreme Court is not exclusive. State High Courts have also been given similar powers.

(ii) To decide election disputes of the President and Vice-President:
The Supreme Court is also empowered to decide any dispute relating to the election of the President or the Vice-President of India and in this regard the Supreme Court’s decision is final and binding. In 1967, election of Dr. Zakir Hussain and in 1969 the election of President V. V. Giri was challenged in the Supreme Court. The Court decided that the election was valid. Similarly Vice-President, G.S. Pathak’s election was challenged and the Supreme Court upheld his election.

But by 39th amendment the Supreme Court was deprived of this power and Parliament was empowered to enact Legislation to set up a forum to hear disputes relating to the election of the . President, Vice-President, Prime Minister and the Speaker. In June 1977, Parliament enacted a law by which Supreme Court is again given power to hear election disputes of the President, Vice-President, Prime Minister and the Speaker. According to 44th Amendment all doubts and disputes arising out of or in connection with the election of a President or Vice-President shall be inquired into and decided by the Supreme Court and the decision shall be final. ,

2. Appellate Jurisdiction:
The Appellate jurisdiction of the Supreme Court can be divided into the following main parts-Constitutional, Civil and Criminal.
(i) Appeal in Constitutional Cases:
Article 132(1) provides that an appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgement, decree or final order of a High Court in India whether in a civil, criminal or other proceeding, if the ‘ – High Court certifies that the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution. Even if the High Court refuses to give such a certificate, the Supreme Court can grant special leave to appeal if the Court is satisfied that the case involves a Substantive question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution.

(ii) Appeal in Civil Cases:
As regards appeals in Civil Cases, the 30th Amendment, 1972 has brought significant changes. Prior to the. 30th amendment, appeal to the Supreme Court in civil proceeding against a judgement, decree or final order of a High Court certified that the amount or value of the subject matter of the dispute was not less than Rs. 20,000.

The 30th amendment seeks to do away with the monetary limits for invoking the appellate jurisdiction of the Supreme Court. The Amendment provides for the right to appeal to the Supreme Court on any judgement of a High Court if the case involves a substantial question of law of general importance and if in the opinion of the High Court the said question needs to be decided by the Supreme Court.

(iii) Appeal in Criminal Cases. As regards criminal cases Article 134 provides that an appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgement, final order or sentence in a criminal proceeding of a High Court if
(а) the High Court has on appeal reversed an order of acquittal of an accused person and sentenced him to death; or
(b) has withdrawn for trial before itself any case from any Court subordinate to its authority and has in such trial convicted the accused person and sentenced him to death ; or
(c) certifies that the case is fit for appeal to the Supreme Court. Under the Constitution, Parliament may by law widen still further the criminal jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.

44th Amendment inserts a new Article 134 A to provide that the High court should consider the question of granting of certificate immediately on the delivery of the judgement, decree, final order, or sentence concerned on the basis of an oral application by a party or, if the High Court deems it fit so to do, on its own motion.

(iv) Special Leave to Appeal:
Article 136 of the Constitution vests the Supreme Court with a power which is of utmost importance. It provides that the Supreme Court may, in its directions grant special leave to appeal from any judgement, decree determination, sentence or order in any cause or matter passed or made by any Court or Tribunal in the territory of India. The only exception to this all embracing power of judicial superintendence is the decision of any court constituted under any law relating to the Armed Court which can grant special leave to appeal even if the High Court has refused to grant certificate to appeal to the Supreme Court.

3. Axtvisory Jurisdiction:
Under Article 143 of the Constitution, the Supreme Court exercises advisory or consultative functions also. Art. 143 provides that if at any time it appears to the President that a question of law or fact has arisen or is likely to arise which is of public importance, he may refer the question to the Supreme Court for consideration and opinion. Such a question is heard by a Bench consisting of at least five judges and the Court follows the procedure of an ordinary trial.

The majority opinion is sent to the President. The judges can hold dissenting opinion as well. The opinion of the Supreme Court is not binding on the President as it is not of the nature of a judicial pronouncement. Nor is it obligatory for the Supreme Court to give its opinion. It may or may not.

4. Interpretation and Protection of the Constitution:
The Constitution of India has placed this responsibility of interpreting the Constitution on the Supreme Court. The Supreme Court is the final authority to interpret the meaning and intent of the Constitution. Likewise, it is the responsibility of the Supreme Court to uphold the supremacy of the Constitution.

There are many instances where the Supreme Court exercised its power of judicial review. In 1967 in Golak Nath’s case, the Supreme Court declared that the Parliament has no power to amend the provision of Fundamental Rights. In the Bank Nationalisation case, the Court held that the Banking Companies Act, 1969 violated equality before law. Article 19 concerning right to acquire, hold and dispose of property and Article 31 regarding compulsory acquisition of property are invalid and unconstitutional. The 24th and 25th amendments were challenged by Keshvananda Bharati and others.

In this case Supreme Court reversed its earlier decision of Golak Nath’s case and gave the Parliament the power to amend the Fundamental Rights. On 9th May, 1980 the Supreme Court struck down Section 55 of the 42 and Amendment Act 1976 which gave unlimited powers to Parliament to amend the Constitution.

The Court in an order said section 55 of the 42nd Amendment Act which inserted sub-sections (4) and (5) in Article 368 (amending power of Parliament) was beyond the amending power of Parliament and was void since it removed all limitations on the power of Parliament to amend the Constitution in such a manner as to destroy its basic or essential features or its basic structure. The Supreme Court also struck down Section 4 of the 42nd Amendment Act amending Article 31-C giving primacy to Directive Principles of State Policy over Fundamental Rights.

5. Court of Record:
The Supreme Court is the Court of Record. The significance of a court of record is two fold: First, the records of the Supreme Court are admitted to be of evidentiary value and are not questioned when they are produced before any Court. Secondly, it has the power to fine and imprison for contempt of its authority.

6. Power Regarding Transference of Cases:
By 42nd Amendment a new article 139-A is inserted in the Constitution. According to article 139A if on the application of the Attorney General of India, the Supreme Court is satisfied that cases involving the same or substantially the same questions of law are pending before it and one or more High Courts or before two or more High Courts and that such questions are substantial question of general importance, the Supreme Court may withdraw the case or cases itself. The Supreme Court is also empowered to transfer any case, appeal, or other proceedings pending before any High Court to any other High Court.

7. Power to Review its own Decisions:
The Supreme Court has the power to review its own decisions. In other Words, the Supreme Court is not bound by its own decisions. Any such review is undertaken by a larger Bench than the one which passed the original judgement. The Supreme Court’s power to review its earlier decisions helps to correct any decision which may be erroneous. In 1971 in the case of Keshvanand Bharati Supreme Court reversed its judgement of Golak Nath’s case and gave the Parliament the power to amend the Fundamental Rights but Parliament has no power to change the basic structure of the Constitution.

8. Miscellaneous Functions:
The Supreme Court performs some miscellaneous functions also. They are as follows:

  • The Supreme Court is the highest court of the land. It has the power to inspect and supervise the working of the subordinate courts. It can also make rules for their efficient working.
  • The Supreme Court can also make rules for the persons practising before the Court.
  • The Supreme Court can make rules for the maintenance of records by the lower Courts.
  • The Supreme Court has the power to initiate contempt proceedings against any alleged offender indulging in malicious and tendentious criticism. It can fine and imprison anybody for contempt of its authority.
  • For the enforcement of its decrees and orders, the Supreme Court can issue appropriate directions. It is the constitutional duty of all the civil and judicial authorities in the territory of India to act in aid of Supreme Court.

Position of the Supreme Court in India:
The power and jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of India, if not wider than the jurisdiction of the Supreme Courts of other countries of the world, is not lesser than the power of the Supreme Courts of other countries of the world. In the words of Alladi Krishnaswami Ayyar, “The Supreme Court in the Indian Union has more powers than any other Supreme Court in any part of the world.” The Supreme Court of India has been given vast powers by the Constitution. The decisions of the Supreme Court are binding on all the courts, and on all the authorities-Central as well as States.

In some matters it has original jurisdiction while in others it has appellate jurisdiction. Its power to grant special leave to appeal against any judgement, decree, sentence or order in any case or matter passed or made by any Court or Tribunal (except Military Tribunal) is not subject to any Constitutional limitation. This is the extraordinary jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and it extends to all cases and all matters, Civil, Criminal or otherwise. Then, the Supreme Court is the interpreter and the guardian of the Constitution. It is the final authority to interpret the Constitution.

What the Constitution means the judges say it. The Supreme Court is also the protector of the fundamental rights of the people. While interpreting Article 13 of the Constitution in the Golak Nath case, the Supreme Court held that Parliament of India has no power to curtail or abridge the rights of the people guaranteed in Part IIP of the Constitution. The Supreme Court can set aside any law or executive order which encroaches upon the rights of the people. In this way, the Supreme Court holds Executive and Legislature in check.

While interpreting the Constitution and laws, the Supreme Court, in an indirect manner, makes new laws. In December, 1982 the Supreme Court upheld the rights of the workers to be heard in the winding up proceedings of a Company. The Supreme Court’s verdict breaks new ground in the history of Jurisprudence in this country in as much as it seeks to interpret old laws in the context of the new social and political milieu.

Commenting upon the role of the Supreme Court, Sir Alladi Krishnaswami Ayyar said, “The future evolution of the Indian Constitution will thus depend to a large extent upon the work of the Supreme Court and the direction given to it by that Court.” In the words of M.V. Pylee: “The combination of such wide and varied powers in the Supreme Court of India makes it not only the supreme authority in the judicial field but also the guardian of the Constitution and law of the land.” Surely, the powers of the Supreme Court are wide and formidable.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 2.
Discuss in brief the powers of the Supreme Court of India.
Or
Discuss the powers and jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of India.
Answer:
The Supreme Court is the highest Court of the land. It has been vested with wider jurisdiction than any other superior Court in any part of the world. According to Sir Alladi Krishnaswami Ayyar, “The Supreme Court in the Indian Union has more powers than any Supreme Court in any part of the world.”

The jurisdiction of the Court may be divided into three categories-Original, Appellate and Advisory.
1. Original Jurisdiction:
Original jurisdiction means cases which start in the Supreme Court and regarding which the Supreme Court has the exclusive jurisdiction. The Constitution of India divides powers between Centre and States. Howsoever neatly the powers between the two may have been distributed there are always possibilities of doubt and dispute. New situations demand new interpretations. Thus, the Supreme Court decides cases

  • between the Government of India and one or more States;
  • between the Government of India and any one State or States on one side and one or more other State on the other; or
  • between two or more States.

It should be noted that the Supreme Court can entertain such cases only if the disputes involve any question, whether of law or fact, on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends. Where the claim made by one of the parties is not dependent on law but on legal considerations, the Supreme Court has no original jurisdiction.

According to the Constitution, the original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court does not extend to disputes relating to water of inter-state rivers or river valleys, matters referred to the Finance Commission and adjustment of certain expenses between the Union and the States. Likewise, the original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court shall not extend to a dispute, if the dispute arises out of provision of a treaty, agreement, covenant, engagement and other similar instrument which was entered into or executed before 26th January, 1950.

(i) Enforcement of Fundamental Rights:
The Constitution makes the Supreme Court the ultimate guardian of the fundamental rights and liberties of the people^ Rights of the people have no meaning if they are not backed and upheld by judiciary. It is both the jurisdiction as well as the responsibility of Supreme Court to issue orders, directions and writs of Habeas Corpus, Mandamus, Prohibition, Quo Warranto and Certiorari, or any of them for the enforcement of fundamental rights. However, this jurisdiction of the Supreme Court is not exclusive. State High Courts have also been given similar powers.

(ii) To decide election disputes of the President and Vice-President:
The Supreme Court is also empowered to decide any dispute relating to the election of the President or the Vice-President of India and in this regard the Supreme Court’s decision is final and binding. In 1967, election of Dr. Zakir Hussain and in 1969 the election of President V. V. Giri was challenged in the Supreme Court. The Court decided that the election was valid. Similarly Vice-President, G.S. Pathak’s election was challenged and the Supreme Court upheld his election.

But by 39th amendment the Supreme Court was deprived of this power and Parliament was empowered to enact Legislation to set up a forum to hear disputes relating to the election of the . President, Vice-President, Prime Minister and the Speaker. In June 1977, Parliament enacted a law by which Supreme Court is again given power to hear election disputes of the President, Vice-President, Prime Minister and the Speaker. According to 44th Amendment all doubts and disputes arising out of or in connection with the election of a President or Vice-President shall be inquired into and decided by the Supreme Court and the decision shall be final. ,

2. Appellate Jurisdiction:
The Appellate jurisdiction of the Supreme Court can be divided into the following main parts-Constitutional, Civil and Criminal.
(i) Appeal in Constitutional Cases:
Article 132(1) provides that an appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgement, decree or final order of a High Court in India whether in a civil, criminal or other proceeding, if the ‘ – High Court certifies that the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution. Even if the High Court refuses to give such a certificate, the Supreme Court can grant special leave to appeal if the Court is satisfied that the case involves a Substantive question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution.

(ii) Appeal in Civil Cases:
As regards appeals in Civil Cases, the 30th Amendment, 1972 has brought significant changes. Prior to the. 30th amendment, appeal to the Supreme Court in civil proceeding against a judgement, decree or final order of a High Court certified that the amount or value of the subject matter of the dispute was not less than Rs. 20,000.

The 30th amendment seeks to do away with the monetary limits for invoking the appellate jurisdiction of the Supreme Court. The Amendment provides for the right to appeal to the Supreme Court on any judgement of a High Court if the case involves a substantial question of law of general importance and if in the opinion of the High Court the said question needs to be decided by the Supreme Court.

(iii) Appeal in Criminal Cases. As regards criminal cases Article 134 provides that an appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgement, final order or sentence in a criminal proceeding of a High Court if
(а) the High Court has on appeal reversed an order of acquittal of an accused person and sentenced him to death; or
(b) has withdrawn for trial before itself any case from any Court subordinate to its authority and has in such trial convicted the accused person and sentenced him to death; or
(c) certifies that the case is fit for appeal to the Supreme Court. Under the Constitution, Parliament may by law widen still further the criminal jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.

44th Amendment inserts a new Article 134 A to provide that the High court should consider the question of granting of certificate immediately on the delivery of the judgement, decree, final order, or sentence concerned on the basis of an oral application by a party or, if the High Court deems it fit so to do, on its own motion.

(iv) Special Leave to Appeal:
Article 136 of the Constitution vests the Supreme Court with a power which is of utmost importance. It provides that the Supreme Court may, in its directions grant special leave to appeal from any judgement, decree determination, sentence or order in any cause or matter passed or made by any Court or Tribunal in the territory of India. The only exception to this all embracing power of judicial superintendence is the decision of any court constituted under any law relating to the Armed Court which can grant special leave to appeal even if the High Court has refused to grant certificate to appeal to the Supreme Court.

3. Axtvisory Jurisdiction:
Under Article 143 of the Constitution, the Supreme Court exercises advisory or consultative functions also. Art. 143 provides that if at any time it appears to the President that a question of law or fact has arisen or is likely to arise which is of public importance, he may refer the question to the Supreme Court for consideration and opinion. Such a question is heard by a Bench consisting of at least five judges and the Court follows the procedure of an ordinary trial.

The majority opinion is sent to the President. The judges can hold dissenting opinion as well. The opinion of the Supreme Court is not binding on the President as it is not of the nature of a judicial pronouncement. Nor is it obligatory for the Supreme Court to give its opinion. It may or may not.

4. Interpretation and Protection of the Constitution:
The Constitution of India has placed this responsibility of interpreting the Constitution on the Supreme Court. The Supreme Court is the final authority to interpret the meaning and intent of the Constitution. Likewise, it is the responsibility of the Supreme Court to uphold the supremacy of the Constitution.

There are many instances where the Supreme Court exercised its power of judicial review. In 1967 in Golak Nath’s case, the Supreme Court declared that the Parliament has no power to amend the provision of Fundamental Rights. In the Bank Nationalisation case, the Court held that the Banking Companies Act, 1969 violated equality before law. Article 19 concerning right to acquire, hold and dispose of property and Article 31 regarding compulsory acquisition of property are invalid and unconstitutional. The 24th and 25th amendments were challenged by Keshvananda Bharati and others.

In this case Supreme Court reversed its earlier decision of Golak Nath’s case and gave the Parliament the power to amend the Fundamental Rights. On 9th May, 1980 the Supreme Court struck down Section 55 of the 42 and Amendment Act 1976 which gave unlimited powers to Parliament to amend the Constitution.

The Court in an order said section 55 of the 42nd Amendment Act which inserted sub-sections (4) and (5) in Article 368 (amending power of Parliament) was beyond the amending power of Parliament and was void since it removed all limitations on the power of Parliament to amend the Constitution in such a manner as to destroy its basic or essential features or its basic structure. The Supreme Court also struck down Section 4 of the 42nd Amendment Act amending Article 31-C giving primacy to Directive Principles of State Policy over Fundamental Rights.

5. Court of Record:
The Supreme Court is the Court of Record. The significance of a court of record is two fold: First, the records of the Supreme Court are admitted to be of evidentiary value and are not questioned when they are produced before any Court. Secondly, it has the power to fine and imprison for contempt of its authority.

6. Power Regarding Transference of Cases:
By 42nd Amendment a new article 139-A is inserted in the Constitution. According to article 139A if on the application of the Attorney General of India, the Supreme Court is satisfied that cases involving the same or substantially the same questions of law are pending before it and one or more High Courts or before two or more High Courts and that such questions are substantial question of general importance, the Supreme Court may withdraw the case or cases itself. The Supreme Court is also empowered to transfer any case, appeal, or other proceedings pending before any High Court to any other High Court.

7. Power to Review its own Decisions:
The Supreme Court has the power to review its own decisions. In other Words, the Supreme Court is not bound by its own decisions. Any such review is undertaken by a larger Bench than the one which passed the original judgement. The Supreme Court’s power to review its earlier decisions helps to correct any decision which may be erroneous. In 1971 in the case of Keshvanand Bharati Supreme Court reversed its judgement of Golak Nath’s case and gave the Parliament the power to amend the Fundamental Rights but Parliament has no power to change the basic structure of the Constitution.

8. Miscellaneous Functions:
The Supreme Court performs some miscellaneous functions also. They are as follows:

  • The Supreme Court is the highest court of the land. It has the power to inspect and supervise the working of the subordinate courts. It can also make rules for their efficient working.
  • The Supreme Court can also make rules for the persons practising before the Court.
  • The Supreme Court can make rules for the maintenance of records by the lower Courts.
  • The Supreme Court has the power to initiate contempt proceedings against any alleged offender indulging in malicious and tendentious criticism. It can fine and imprison anybody for contempt of its authority.
  • For the enforcement of its decrees and orders, the Supreme Court can issue appropriate directions. It is the constitutional duty of all the civil and judicial authorities in the territory of India to act in aid of Supreme Court.

Position of the Supreme Court in India:
The power and jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of India, if not wider than the jurisdiction of the Supreme Courts of other countries of the world, is not lesser than the power of the Supreme Courts of other countries of the world. In the words of Alladi Krishnaswami Ayyar, “The Supreme Court in the Indian Union has more powers than any other Supreme Court in any part of the world.” The Supreme Court of India has been given vast powers by the Constitution. The decisions of the Supreme Court are binding on all the courts, and on all the authorities-Central as well as States.

In some matters it has original jurisdiction while in others it has appellate jurisdiction. Its power to grant special leave to appeal against any judgement, decree, sentence or order in any case or matter passed or made by any Court or Tribunal (except Military Tribunal) is not subject to any Constitutional limitation. This is the extraordinary jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and it extends to all cases and all matters, Civil, Criminal or otherwise. Then, the Supreme Court is the interpreter and the guardian of the Constitution. It is the final authority to interpret the Constitution.

What the Constitution means the judges say it. The Supreme Court is also the protector of the fundamental rights of the people. While interpreting Article 13 of the Constitution in the Golak Nath case, the Supreme Court held that Parliament of India has no power to curtail or abridge the rights of the people guaranteed in Part IIP of the Constitution. The Supreme Court can set aside any law or executive order which encroaches upon the rights of the people. In this way, the Supreme Court holds Executive and Legislature in check.

While interpreting the Constitution and laws, the Supreme Court, in an indirect manner, makes new laws. In December, 1982 the Supreme Court upheld the rights of the workers to be heard in the winding up proceedings of a Company. The Supreme Court’s verdict breaks new ground in the history of Jurisprudence in this country in as much as it seeks to interpret old laws in the context of the new social and political milieu.

Commenting upon the role of the Supreme Court, Sir Alladi Krishnaswami Ayyar said, “The future evolution of the Indian Constitution will thus depend to a large extent upon the work of the Supreme Court and the direction given to it by that Court.” In the words of M.V. Pylee: “The combination of such wide and varied powers in the Supreme Court of India makes it not only the supreme authority in the judicial field but also the guardian of the Constitution and law of the land.” Surely, the powers of the Supreme Court are wide and formidable.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 3.
Describe the composition, jurisdiction and powers of the High Court.
Or
Mention briefly the powers of a State High Court.
Answer:
The Constitution of India provides for a High Court in each State. However, Parliament by law can provide a common High Court for two or more States. At present, the States of Punjab and Haryana have the common High Court, known as the Punjab and Haryana High Court. Earlier, Delhi and Himachal Pradesh were subject to the judicial jurisdiction of the Punjab High Court. Now, Delhi and Himachal have independent High Courts. The High Court is the highest court of the State. All other courts and tribunals working in a State are subject to the authority of the High Court.

Composition:
Each High Court consists of a Chief Justice and such other Judges as the President may from time to time, deem it necessary to appoint. It means that number of Judges in the State High Courts is neither uniform nor fixed. The total strength of the State High Courts has been left to the will of the President. He can appoint as many judges of a High Court as he deems necessary. Besides the Regular Judges, the President may also appoint additional judges for a period not exceeding two years in order to clear the arrears of work. A duly qualified person may be appointed by the President as an acting Judge when a permanent Judge is absent from the duties of his office or is acting as a Chief Justice.

Appointment of the Judges:
All the Judges of a High Court, including the Chief Justice are appointed by the President of India. While appointing the Chief Justice and other judges of a High Court, the President is required to consult the Chief Justice of India and the Governor of the state. On Oct. 28, 1998 in a significant unanimous order, a nine-judge constitution Bench of the Supreme Court held that recommendations made by the Chief Justice of India on the appointments of Judges to the High Courts without following the consultation process were not binding on the government. The Chief Justice of the Supreme Court is required to consult two senior most judges of the Supreme Court. The Supreme Court Bench said that “Merit should be the predominant factor while making any recommendation for appointment as Judges and that seniority above should not be the Criteria.”

Qualifications for Appointment:
No one can be appointed a Judge of the High Court, unless:

  1. he is a citizen of India;
  2. he has held a judicial office in the territory of India for at least ten years; or
  3. he has been an advocate of one or more High Courts for at least ten years.

Terms of Office:
Judges of the High Court retire at the age of 62. Prior to the Fifteenth Amendment Act, they used to retire at the age of sixty. Judges can resign office earlier by writing to that effect to the President of India. The President can remove the Judge from office on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity. The procedure of removal is similar to the one used in the removal of a Supreme Court Judge. In other words, Judges of High Courts can be removed by the President on an address of Parliament adopted separately by each House by a majority of its total membership as well as by a two-thirds majority of those present and voting. In this way, judges of High Court enjoy security of tenure similar to that of the Judges of the Supreme Court.

Salary and Allowances:
The Chief Justice of High Court gets a salary of Rs. 2,50,000 per month. Each other Judge of a High Court gets Rs. 2,25,000 per month. In addition to their salaries, they are also entitled to certain allowances. The Judges get pension after retirement. Their salaries and allowances cannot be varied to their disadvantage after their retirement, The salaries and allowances of the Judges are charged on the Consolidated Fund of the State, but their pensions are charged on the Consolidated Fund of India and are not subject to the vote of Parliament. The President is empowered to reduce the salaries of the Judges during the operation of the Proclamation of Financial Emergency.

Transfer of Judges:
According to Article 222, the President may after consultation with the chief Justice of India, transfer a Judge from one High Court to another-High Court. For example in May 1976 Justice Manohar Singh of Punjab and Haryana High Court, was appointed Chief Justice of Sikkim High Court.

Oath:
According to Article 219, every person appointed to be a Judge of a High Court in a State shall, before he enters upon his office take before the Governor of the State an oath of office on the prescribed form. The Judges have to affirm that they will bear triie faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India and will perform the duties of their office without fear or favour, affection or ill-will and will uphold the Constitution and the law.

Powers And Functions Of State High Court:
A State High Court has to perform various powers and functions. Besides the administration of Justice, they perform adminstrative functions as well. Since all the Courts working in the State are subject to the authority of the State High Court, hence the administrative functions of the High Court. The powers and functions of a High Court may be divided into two parts:

I. Judicial Powers and
II. Administrative Powers.

I. Judicial Powers:
The main responsibility of a State High Court is to administer Justice. The jurisdiction of the various High Courts under the Constitution is the same as it was before the commencement of the Constitution. This is, however, subject to the provision of the Constitution and any future law that is to be made by the appropriate legislature. The jurisdiction of the High Court may be discussed as follows:

1. Original Jurisdiction:
The original jurisdiction of the State High Court is limited.
(i) Under Article 226, every High Court has been empowered to issue writs, orders, directions including writs in the nature of Habeas Corpus, Mandamus, Prohibition, Quo-Warranto and Certiorari or any of them to any person or authority within its territory for the enforcement of the Fundamental Rights and for any other purpose. While the Supreme Court can issue orders, directions and write only for the enforcement of Fundamental Rights (Part III of the Constitution), the High Courts are empowered to issue orders, directions and writs for the enforcement of fundamental rights as well as for any other purpose.

(ii) The original jurisdiction of the State High Court also extends to matters of admiralty, probate, matrimonial, contempt of Court and cases ordered to be transferred from a lower court involving the interpretation of the Constitution to its own file.

(iii) The High Courts of Calcutta, Madras and Bombay exercise original civil jurisdictions when the amount involved is more than two thousand rupees. In criminal cases, it extends to cases committed to them by Presidency Magistrates.

(iv) The High Courts of Calcutta, Bombay and Madras have the original jurisdiction as they had before the enforcement of the new Constitution on hearing straight away cases involving the Christians and the Parsies.

2. Appellate Jurisdiction:
The appellate jurisdiction of the High Court extends to both civil and criminal cases.

  • The High Court can hear appeals in civil cases if the amount involved in the case is at least Rs. 5000 or the dispute involves a property of that amount.
  • The High Court can hear appeals in criminal cases in which the accused has been sentenced to four years imprisonment by the Sessions Judge.
  • The Sessions Judge of a District can award death sentence in criminal cases. But such a sentence is subject to the approval of the High Court.
  • The High Court can hear appeals against the decisions of the lower Courts in most of the revenue cases also.
  • Any case involving the interpretation of the Constitution or law is brought to the High Court in appeal.
  • Appeal in cases of income tax, sales tax etc. can be heard by the High Court.

3. Judicial Review:
Like the Supreme Court of India, the State High Courts have also been vested with the power of Judicial Review. State High Court can strike down any law of the State or any order of the executive if it violates any provision of the Constitution or curtails or takes away any of the Fundamental Rights of the people.

4. Interpretation of the Constitution:
If the High Court feels that a case under consideration of a subordinate Court involves am important question regarding the interpretation of the Constitution it can withdraw a case from the subordinate Courts. Then the High Court interprets the constitution and can decide the case or can send back the case to the subordinate Court for the decision in the light of the interpretation of the High Court.

5. Court of Record:
Like the Supreme Court of India, the State High Courts are also the Courts of Record. As a Court of Record the State High Court has all the powers of such a Court including the power to punish for contempt of itself. Then, the records of such a Court are admitted to be evidentiary value and they cannot be questioned when produced before any Court. Neither the Supreme Court nor the Legislature can deprive a High Court of its power of punishing a contempt for itself.

II. Administrative Powers:
The High Court has also to perform many administrative functions within its territorial jurisdiction. It exercises the power of superintendence and control over all courts and tribunals throughout the territory. This power of the Court, however, does not extend to Military Tribunals. The High Court is responsible to see that the subordinate Courts are working in an efficient manner and that there is no miscarriage of justice. The administrative powers of the High Court are as follows:

1. Except the Military Tribunals, all other Courts and triubunals working within the jurisdiction of the High Court are subject to the superintendence and control of the High Court.

2. The High Court can make and issue general rules and prescribe forms for regulating the practice and proceedings of such Courts.

3. The High Court can prescribe the form in which book entries and accounts shall be kept by the .officers of any Court.

4. The High Court has the power to call for return from such Courts.

5. It is the responsibility of the High Court to see that the inferior Court or tribunal exericses its jurisdiction in accordance with the provisions of laws which it has to administer. Where the inferior Court or tribunal has acted without jurisdiction and passed orders beyond its powers, the High Court may interfere.

6. According to Article 228, if the High Court is satisfied that a case pending in a Court subordinate to it involves a substantial question of laws as to the interpretation of the Constitution it is empowered to withdraw the said case to itself and may either dispose of the case itself or determine the said question of law and return the case to the Court concerned along with a copy of its judgement on that point. It is the duty of that Court to give its judgement’ in accordance with the judgement of the High Court. The Constitution, thus, denies to a subordinate Court the right to interpret the Constitution.

7. The High Court may transfer a case from one Court to another Court, if it deems necessary and in the interest of Justice.

8. According to Article 219, appointments of officers and servants of High Court shall be made by Chief Justice of High Court or such other Judge or officer directed by him. The Governor may in this respect require the Court to consult the State Public Service Commission.

9. The High Court can determine the salary, allowances and other conditions of service of the staff of the subordinate Courts.

10. The High Court has the power to make rules for the promotion, leave, pension and other allowances of the judges of subordinate Courts.

11. The High Court is consulted by the Governor of a State when the latter appoints and promotes district Judges.

Position of the High Court:
In the administration of Justice, the role of the High Court is as vital as that of the Supreme Court. The High Court is the highest Court of a State. All other Courts and tribunals (except Military Tribunals) in the territory of a State are subject to the superintendence and control of the State High Court. Though the High Courts function in States, yet they are free and independent from the control of the State Governments. Neither in their composition nor in their salaries, allowances, pension and other conditions of service, do they depend on State Governments.

Judges of the High Court are appointed by the President in consultation with the governors of the States. And it should not be forgotten that State Governors are also appointed by the President. Then the High Courts are under authority of the Supreme Court. Every effort has been made to make the judiciary independent and impartial. It is gratifying to note that the High Courts have not belied the expectations of the framers of the Constitution.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 4.
Discuss the independence of Judiciary in India.
Answer:
To make democracy and federation successful, it is essential that judiciary should be independent and impartial. It is a special feature of the Indian Constitution that it has tried to establish an independent judiciary in the State. In India following methods have been applied to make the judiciary independent:
1. Appointment of Judges:
In India the method of the appointment of the judges is devised in such a way that only able persons could become the judges. It is the President who appoints the judges of the Supreme Court and State High Courts. But the President is not absolutely free in the making of appointment of Judges. In case of the appointment of the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court he is to consult the Chief Justice of State High Courts and he consults other Judges also. He appoints other Judges in consultation with the Chief Justice.

The Chief Justice of the High Court is appointed in consultation with the State Governor and Chief Justice of the Supreme Court. In case of the appointment of other Judges the Chief Justice of the State High Court is also consulted. The Magistrates and Sub-Judges of the subordinate Courts are also appointed through competitive examination. This way the executive cannot appoint Judges of its own accord.

2. Good Salary:
The Judges of the Supreme Courts and High Courts are given a decent salary so that they do not accept lillegal gratification to increase their income. Every effort has been made to keep them above temptation. The Judges of the Supreme Court are given a monthly salary of Rs. 2,50,000 and the Judges of the High Courts are given a monthly salary of Rs. 2,25,000. They are also provided with a rent-free bungalow. They are given a pension after retirement so that they may not face any financial difficulty in old age.

The salary, allowances and service conditions of the Judges are fixed by law by the Parliament. The salary and allowances of the Judges cannot be changed during their tenure of office to their disadvantage. The Parliament can reduce the salary of the future Judges but the salaries of the Judges vyho are in service cannot be reduced.

3. Long and Secured Tenure;
The Judges are kept in service for a pretty long period. The Judges of the Supreme Court remain in office upto the age of 65 years and Judges of the High Court remain in office up to the age of 62 years. They are not retired in young age. They gain experience and knowledge of the profession and perform their duties quite satisfactorily. The tenure of office is also secured. The executive and the legislature have not been empowered to remove the Judges on minor matters. They can’ be removed from office only if the Parliament passes a resolution by two-thirds majority in both the Houses to this effect. They can be removed only on a charge of misbehaviour or incapacity. The Judges are not in any way under the control of the legislature or the executive. They decide cases without any fear or pressure.

4. Legal Qualifications:
Legal qualifications have been prescribed to become the Judges of the Supreme Court and State High Court. Only that person can be appointed a Judge of the Supreme Court who has either practised law for 10 years in a High Court, or he has been a Judge of High Court for five years or he has been an eminent Jurist in the eyes of the President. Only that person can be appointed a Judge of a State High Court who has been an advocate of High Court of 10 years’ standing or who has held a judicial post for 10 years. Therefore an ordinary and inexperienced person cannot be appointed to the post of a judge. Moreover, a man who possesses legal qualifications can best serve as a Judge.

5. Powers:
The judiciary has been given vast powers in India. It can decide a case even against the Government of the country. An individual can move the Court if he has not got justice at the hands of the Government. In case of fundamental rights the citizens can directly go to the Supreme Court or the High Court. The Supreme Court and the High Court have the power of judicial review over the actions of the Government. If an executive or a law passed by the legislature violates fundamental rights or the provisions of the Constitution it can be declared null aiid void by the Supreme Court and the State High Court. The judiciary is free to give a decision against even the Government of India.

6. Independence of Action:
The judiciary-has been given independence in its actions. No Government official or a private individual can interfere in the working of the judiciary. When a case is under trial in a Court no individual can express his opinions regarding that case publicly. No person can criticise the Judge in connection with any case publicly. The instructions and the orders of the judiciary are to be obeyed by all the Government Officials and other private citizens. If a person shows disrespct to the Court, the Court can institute ‘Contempt of Court’ proceedings against that man, and can punish him.

7. No Practice After Retirement:
After retirement, a judge of the Supreme Court is prohibited to practise before any court or authority of India.

Conclusion:
The above mentioned facts clearly indicate that efforts have been made to make judiciary in India independent and impartial. There is no doubt that the Supreme Court and the High Court enjoy independence of action. These Courts can function without any fear Or outside pressure quite independently and impartially. But the Courts at the lower level do not enjoy that much independence.

The salaries of the Judges of the lower Courts are not so sufficient that they may not fall a prey to temptation. In the lower Courts corruption is the order of the day and the poor people cannot hope to get impartial justice. It is only the poor who so many times feel the need of moving the Court for this or that purpose but they do not have the means to move the Court. Need of the hour is to make judiciary independent at the lower level also. But our Government has not given any serious thought to this problem.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 5.
Write a short note on Supreme Court’s Power of Judicial Review.
Answer:
Supreme Court is the guardian and final interpreter of the Constitution. The Supreme Court is vested with the power of Judicial review. It is the power of the Supreme Court to declare any law null and void if that law violates the Constitution. Article 13, for instance, bearing the marginal headings, “laws incosistent with or in derogation of the Fundamental Rights”, laid down that all laws in force in India immediately before the Commencement of the Constitution in so far as they were inconsistent with the provisions of Part III shall, to the extent of such inconsistency, be void.

Article 13(2) clearly says, “the States shall not make any law which takes away or abridges the rights conferred by this part and law made in contravention, will be void.” It is the Supreme Court which by its judicial review will decide whether a law in connection with the fundamental rights is void or not. The Court has the power of Judicial review where a citizen moves for the enforcement of the fundamental rights under article 32(2) of the Constitution. When the Court is so moved, it will have to decide whether any legislation or executive action of the Union or of a state, violates a fundamental right, and if so it will “issue directions or orders or writs, including writs in the nature of Habeas Corpus, Mandamus, Prohibition, Quo-warranto and Certiorari, whichever may be appropriate, for the enforcement of any of the rights conferred by this part.”

Under Article 245, the Supreme Court can review the extent of laws made by legislature of states. Further, Article 246 (3) provided that the legislature of any state has exclusive power to make laws for any subject of the state legislative list. This means that if parliament ever makes a law on any such subject, except in time of emergency, it shall be void. This again could be decided by the Supreme Court alone.

A7rticle 251 laid down that if Parliament made any law on a subject of the state list Under Article 249 (in national interest) and under Article 250 (in times of emergency) and if it conflicted with any law of the state legislature on the same subject whether made before or after the law of Parliament, the law made by the state legislature shall be inoperative to the extent of repugnancy. Whether or not some provisions of the law of the state are repugnant to the provisions of a parliamentary law is decided by the Supreme Court. Under Art. 254 our Supreme Court can also decide inconsistency between laws made by Parliament and laws made by legislatures of states.

Similarly, Under Art, 258 our Supreme Court can also decide inconsistency between laws made by Parliament and laws made by legislature of states. Similarly, Under Art. 258 the Court can review the power of the Union (President) to confer powers etc. on states in certain cases either conditionally or unconditionally. The Supreme Court can also sit on judgement over the continuance in force of existing laws and their adaptations under Art. 372.

The power of Judicial Review of the Supreme Court was restricted by 42nd Amendment. But by 43rd Amendment the same position of the Supreme Court was restored which was before 42nd Amendment.

Extent of Legislation declared Unconstitutional. Since 1950, the Supreme Court decided hundreds of cases involving various laws passed by Parliament and state legislatures from time to time. It exercised its power of Judicial review in a number of cases. In Golak Nath’s case, the Supreme Court decided that the Parliament has no power to amend the provisions of the Fundamental Rights. On 10 February, 1970 Supreme Court declared the Banking Companies Act, 1969 invalid and unconstitutional. The Supreme Court held that the Act violated Article 14 relating to ‘equality before law’, Article 19 (1) concerning right to acquire, hold and dispose of property and Article 31 regarding compulsory acquisition of property.

In Purses and Privileges of Former Rulers case, “the Supreme Court struck down on 15 December 1970, the Presidential order of 16 September 1970 derecognizing the former rulers and held that the power of the President did not extend to the withdrawal of recognizance of all the rulers by a mid night order.” To neutralise the effects of the Supreme Court judgements, in 1971, 24th and 25th Amendment Acts were passed and these Amendment Acts restored to Parliament powers to amend fundamental rights.

The 24th, 25th and 29th Constitution Amendment Acts were challenged in the Supreme Court by Swami Keshavananda Bharati, a Keral religious head, and others on a variety of grounds. The Supreme Court delivered the judgement on 24 April 1973. The Supreme
Court reversed the Golak Nath case ruling &nd upheld Parliament’s right to amend the Constitution including the Fundamental Rights but not ‘the basic structure of framework’ of the Constitution.

On May 9, 1980, the Supreme Court in Minerva Mills case struck down section 55 of the 42nd Amendment Act 1976 which gives unlimited powers to Parliament. The court held that Section 55 of the Act which inserted sub-section (4) and (5) in Article 368 was beyond the amending power of Parliament and was void since it removed all limitations on the power of Parliament to amend the Constitution and conferred power upon it to amend the Constitution in such a manner as to destroy its basic or essential features or its basic structure.

The court also struck down section 4 of the Constitution 42nd Amendment Act amending Article 31C giving primacy to directive principles of state policy over fundamental rights. The court held that whatever Parliament does, it cannot destroy the country’s basic structure. Consequently, any law that tended to radically alter the basic structure must be declared null and void.

By declaring certain sections of the 42nd Amendment as ultra vires of the Constitution the Court has made it plain that the Supreme Court is the final arbiter aiid interpreter of the Constitution.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Describe the composition of the Supreme Court.
Answer:
At the time of the commencement of the constitution, the Supreme Court consisted of eight judges including the Chief Justice. In 1956, the maximum number of judges was raised to eleven, including the Chief justice. This number was again raised in 1960 to fourteen including the Chief Justice. In July 2019 the number of Judges was increased from 30 to 33. Thus at present Supreme Court consists of Chief Justice and 33 other judges. Article 127 (I) makes provision for the appointment of adhoc judges also.

Question 2.
How are the Judges of Supreme Court appointed?
Answer:
The Chief Justice of India is appointed by the President in consultation with such judges of the Supreme Court and High Courts as he may deem fit. In the appointment of other judges of the Supreme Court the Chief Justice of India must be consulted by the President. In a landmark order on October 28, 1998 the Supreme Court observed that recommendation made by the- Chief Justice of India should have the sole power to recommend appointments through consensus.

Widening the scope of the consultation process, the Supreme Court said with regard to appointment of judges to the Supreme Court, the Chief Justice of India should consult a collegium of four senior most Judges of the Supreme Court and made it clear that even if two Judges give an adverse opinion, the Chief Justice should hot send the recommendations.

Question 3.
Write down qualifications essential for becoming a Judge of the Supreme Court in India.
Answer:
A candidate for appointment as a Judge of the Supreme Court must fulfil the following qualifications:

  • He should be a citizen of India.
  • He must have been a Judge of one or more High Courts for five successive years or must have been an advocate of one or more High Courts for ten successive years.
  • He should be distinguished jurist, in the opinion of the President.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 4.
Explain the salaries and allowances of the Judges of the Supreme Court.
Answer:
The Chief Justice gets a salary of Rs. 2,80,000 per month and the other Judges Rs. 2,50,000 per month. Every Judge of the Supreme Court is entitled without payment of rent to the use of an official residence. The Judges are also allowed travelling allowances when they undertake journey for the performance of their official duties.

The salaries and allowances of the Judges are charged on the Consolidated Fund of India and accordingly, are not subject to the vote of Parliament. Neither the privileges nor the allowances of a Judge nor his rights in respect of leave or absence or pension shall be varied tohis disadvantage after his appointment. The salaries and allowances of the Judges can be reduced by the President during continuance of a Proclamation of Financial Emergency. The Constitution, thus, guarantees to the Judges both security of service and emoluments.

Question 5.
By which process can the judge of the Supreme Court be removed?
Answer:
The judge can be removed from office by the President after an address by each House of Parliament, supported by a majority of the total membership of that House and by a majority of not less than two third of the members of that house present and voting, has been presented to the President, in the same session for such removal on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity.

Question 6.
What are the three types of jurisdiction of the Supreme Court? Explain its original jurisdiction.
Answer:
The main three types of jurisdiction of the Supreme Court are as follow:

  1. Original jurisdiction
  2. Appellate jurisdiction
  3. Advisory jurisdiction.

Original Jurisdiction:
Cases relating to the following matters are brought directly to the Supreme Court:

  1. Disputes between the Union and one or more States regarding the division of powers or any constitutional dispute.
  2. Disputes between States.
  3. Cases relating to the Fundamental Rights.
  4. Cases involving a point of law, i.e. where interpretation of the constitution is involved.

Question 7.
Discuss about the appeal in Constitutional Cases.
Answer:
Article 132(1) provides that an appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgement, decree or final order of a High Court in India whether in a civil, criminal or other proceeding, if the High Court certifies that the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution. Even if the High Court refuses to give such a certificate, the Supreme Court can grant special leave to appeal if the Court is satisfied, that the case involves a substantive question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 8.
Define the appeal of which criminal cases can be taken to Supreme Court.
Answer:
As regards criminal cases Article 134 provides that an appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgement, final order or sentence in a criminal proceeding of a High Court if:

  1. the High Court has on appeal reversed an order of acquittal of an accused person and sentenced him to death; or
  2. has withdrawn for trial before itself any case from any Court subordinante to its authority and has in such trial convicted the accused person and sentenced him to death; or
  3. certifies that the case is fit for appeal of the Supreme Court. Under the Constitution, Parliament may be law widen still further the criminal jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.

Question 9.
Describe the Advisory Jurisdiction of Supreme Court.
Answer:
Under Article 143 of the Constitution, the Supreme Court exercises advisory or consultative functions also. Art, 143 provides that if at any time it appears to the President that a question of law or fact has arisen or is likely to arise which is of public importance, he may refer the question to the Supreme Court for consideration and opinion. Such a question is heard by a Bench consisting of at least five judges and the Court follows the procedure of an ordinary trial. The majority opinion is sent to the President. The judges can hold dissenting opinion as well. The opinion of the Supreme Court is not binding on the President as it is not of the nature of a judicial pronouncement. Nor is it obligatory for the Supreme Court to give its opinion. It may or may not.

Question 10.
Mention the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.
Answer:
The main three types of jurisdiction are as follows-

  1. Original Jurisdiction: Original jurisdiction means cases which start in the Supreme Court and regarding which the Supreme Court has exclusive jurisdiction.
  2. Appellate Jurisdiction: The appellate jurisdiction of the Supreme Court can be divided into three main part—-Constitutional, Civil and Criminal.
  3. Advisory Jurisdiction: The Supreme Court has the power to advice the President on legal matters but advice of the Supreme Court is not binding on the President.

Question 11.
Describe the composition of the High Court.
Answer:
There is a Chief Justice and some other judges in a high court. Their number is not fixed. The President decides the number from time to time. The Chief Justice and other judges of the High Court are appointed by the President. But in doing so, he consults the Governor of the State and Chief Justice of the Supreme Court. If the High Court has surplus work or its work has been increased temporarily, the President can appoint additional judges on adhoc basis for a period of two years. If a judge abstains for a long time or is incapable of his work, the President can appoint an acting judge in his place.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 12.
Describe the qualifications to become a Judge of High Court.
Answer:
No one can be appointed a Judge of the High Court, unless:

  • he is a citizen of India ;
  • he has held a judicial office in the territory of India for at least ten years; or
  • he has been an advocate of one or more High Courts for at least ten years.

Question 13.
How are the Judges of High Court appointed?
Answer:
All the Judges of the High Court, including the Chief Justice are appointed by the President of India. While appointing the Chief Justice and other judges of a High Court, the President is required to consult the Chief Justice of India and the Governor of the state. The Chief justice of India is required to consult only two senior most Judges of the Supreme Court.

Question 14.
Describe the salary and allowances of the Judges of High Court.
Answer:
The Chief Justice of a High Court gets salary of Rs. 2,50,000 per month. Each other Judge of a High Court gets Rs. 2,25,000 per month. In addition to their salaries, they are also entitled to certain allowances. The Judges get pension after retirement. Their salaries and allowances cannot be varied to their disadvantage after their retirement. The salaries and allowances of the Judges are charged on the Consolidated Fund of the State, but their pensions are charged on the Consolidated Fund of India and are not subject to the vote of Parliament. The President is empowered to reduce the salaries of the Judges during the operation of the Proclamation of Financial Emergency.

Question 15.
How the Judges of High court can be removed?
Answer:
Judges of the High Court retire at the age of 62. Prior to the Fifteenth Amendment act, they used to retire at the age of sixty. Judges can resign office earlier by writing to that effect to the President of India. The President can remove the Judge from office on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity. The Procedure of removal is similar to the one used in the removal of a Supreme Court Judge. In other words, Judges of High Courts can be removed by the President on an address of Parliament adopted separately by each House by a majority of its total membership as well as by a two-thirds majority of those present and voting.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 16.
Write down the original Jurisdiction of High Court.
Answer:

  1. Cases regarding fundamental rights.
  2. Cases relating to the subjects like will, contempt of court, divorce, etc.
  3. Cases regarding the interpretation of the constitution.

Question 17.
Describe the appellate Jurisdiction of the High Court.
Answer:
The appellate jurisdiction of the High Court extends to both civil and criminal cases.

  1. The High Court can hear appeals in criminal cases in which the accused has been sentenced to four years’ imprisonment by the Sessions Judge.
  2. The Sessions Judge of a District can award death sentence in criminal cases. But such a sentence is subject to the approval of the High Court.
  3. The High Court can hear appeals against the decisions of the lower Courts in most of the revenue cases also.
  4. Any case involving the interpretation of the Constitution or law is brought to the High Court in appeal.
  5. Appeal in cases of income tax, sales tax, etc. can be heard by the High Court.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 18.
What do you understand by the term Judicial Review?
Answer:
The essence of Judicial Review is the competence of a Court of law to declare the Constitutionality or otherwise of a legislative enactment. Judicial review means the power of the Courts to review the acts and’ orders of the legislative and executive wings of government and to declare them, when challenged by the affected person, null and void if they are against the provision of the Constitution. According to Dimock, “Judicial review is the examination by the Courts in case actually before them, of legislative status and executives or administrative acts to determine whether or not they are prohibited by a written Constitution or are excess of power granted by it.”

Question 19.
Write a short note on Supreme Court’s power of Judicial Review.
Answer:
Supreme Court is the guardian and final interpreter of the Constitution. The Supreme Court is vested with the power of Judicial review. It is the power of the Supreme Court to declare any law null and void if that law violates the Constitution. It is the Supreme Court which by its judicial review will decide whether a law in connection with the Fundamental Right is void or not. The Court has the power of judicial review where a citizen moves for the enforcement of the fundamental rights.

Under Article 32 (2) of the constitution, when the Court is so moved, it will have to decide whether legislation or executive action of the Union or of a state, violates a fundamental right, and if so it will ‘issue directions or orders or writs, including writs in the nature of Habeas Corpus, Mandamus, Prohibition, Quo-warranto and Certiorari, whichever may be appropriate, for the enforcement of any of the rights conferred by this part.”

Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
Describe the composition of the Supreme Court.
Answer:
In July 2019, the number of Judges was increased from 30 to 33. Thus at present Supreme Court consists of Chief Justice and 33 other judges. Article 127 (I) makes provision for the appointment of adhoc judges also.

Question 2.
How are the Judges of Supreme Court appointed?
Answer:
The Chief Justice of India is appointed by the President in consultation with such judges of the Supreme Court and High Courts as he may deem fit. In a landmark order on October 28, 1998 the. Supreme Court observed that recommendation made by the Chief Justice of India should have the sole power to recommend appointments through consensus.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 3.
Write down any two qualifications essential for becoming a Judge of the Supreme Court in India.
Answer:
A candidate for appointment as a Judge of the Supreme Court must fulfil the following qualifications:

  • He should be a citizen of India.
  • He must have been a Judge of one or more High Courts for five successive years or must have been an advocate of one or more High Courts for ten successive years.

Question 4.
Discuss salaries and allowances of the Judges of the Supreme Court.
Answer:
The Chief Justice gets a salary of Rs. 2,80,000 per month and the other Judges Rs. 2,50,000 per month. Every Judge of the Supreme Court is entitled without payment of rent to the use of an official residence. The Judges are also allowed travelling allowances when they undertake journey for the performance of their official duties.

Question 5.
What are the three types of jurisdiction of the Supreme Court?
Answer:
The main three types of jurisdiction of the Supreme Court are as follow:

  1. Original jurisdiction.
  2. Appellate jurisdiction; and
  3. Advisory jurisdiction.

Question 6.
Explain Appelate Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.
Answer:
Appeals against the decisions of the lower courts can be filed in supreme court. These appeals can be divided into three parts-constitutional, civil, criminal and special leave to appeal.

Question 7.
Discuss the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.
Answer:

  • Original Jurisdiction.
  • Appellate Jurisdiction.
  • Advisory Jurisdiction.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 8.
Supreme Court is a court of Record Discuss.
Answer:
The Supreme Court is the Court of Record. Hie significance of a court of record is two-fold: First, the records of the Supreme Court are admitted to be of evidentiary value and are not questioned when they are produced before any Court. Secondly, it has the power to fine and imprison for contempt of its authority.

Question 9.
Describe the composition of the High Court.
Answer:
There is a Chief Justice and some other judges in a high court. Their number is not fixed. The President decides the number from time to time. The Chief Justice and other judges of the High Court are appointed by the President. But in doing so, he consults the Governor of the State and Chief Justice of the Supreme Court.

Question 10.
Describe the qualifications to become a Judge of High Court.
Answer:
No one can be appointed a Judge of the High Court, unless:

  • he is a citizen of India.
  • he has held a judicial office in the territory of India for at least ten years.

Question 11.
Describe the salary and allowances of the’Judges of High Court.
Answer:
The Chief Justice of a High Court gets salary of Rs. 2,50,000 per month. Each other Judge of a High Court gets Rs. 2,25,000 per month. In addition to their salaries, they are also entitled to certain allowances. The Judges get pension after retirement. Their salaries and allowances cannot be varied to their disadvantage after their retirement.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 12.
Write down the original Jurisdiction of High Court.
Answer:

  • Cases regarding fundamental rights.
  • Cases relating to the subjects like will, contempt of court, divorce, etc.
  • Cases regarding the interpretation of the constitution.

Question 13.
What do you understand by the term Judicial Review?
Answer:
Judicial review means the power of the Courts to review the acts and orders of the legislative and executive wings of government and to declare them, when challenged by the affected person, null and void if they are against the provision of the Constitution.

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Which is the apex Court in India?
Answer:
The Supreme Court.

Question 2.
Where the Supreme Court is situated?
Answer:
The Supreme Court is situated at New Delhi.

Question 3.
Who appoints the Chief Justice of Supreme Court?
Answer:
President appoints the Chief Justice of Supreme Court.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 4.
How the Judges of Supreme Court can be removed?
Answer:
The Judges of the Supreme Court can be removed by impeachment only.

Question 5.
What is the tenure of the Judges of Supreme Court?
Answer:
Judges of the Supreme Court hold office till they complete the age of 65 years.

Fill in The Blanks

1. Supreme Court consist of one chief justice and ……………. other Judges.
Answer:
33

2. The Judge of the ……………. of India retire at the age of 65.
Answer:
Supreme Court

3. Number of Judges of the Supreme Court is fixed by ……………. .
Answer:
Parliament

4. Punjab and Haryana High Court sits at ……………. .
Answer:
Chandigarh.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

True or False statement

1. The Judges of the Supreme Court are appointed by the President.
Answer:
True

2. The Chief Justice of India gets a salary of Rs. 20000 per month.
Answer:
False.

3. Judges of the High Court are appointed by the Governor.
Answer:
False.

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
The President can seek advice from the Supreme Court on:
(A) Questions of law only
(B) Questions of fact only
(C) Questions of law and fact both
(D) None of these.
Answer:
(C) Questions of law and fact both

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 2.
Which one of the following is incorrect:
(A) The Supreme Court is the guardian of the Constitution
(B) The Supreme Court is the guardian of the liberty of the people
(C) The Supreme Court is the guardian of the states in the federation
(D) Supreme Court is the guardian of the President.
Answer:
(D) Supreme Court is the guardian of the President.

Question 3.
The Supreme Court of India acts as Federal Court when it deals with:
(A) Fundamental Duties
(B) Inter-State dispute
(C) Directive Principles
(D) Election disputes of the President.
Answer:
(B) Inter-State dispute

Question 4.
Judges of the High Court retire at the age of:
(A) 58 years
(B) 65 years
(C) 60 years
(D) 62 years.
Answer:
(D) 62 years.

Question 5.
Judges of the High Court can be transferred by the:
(A) Parliament
(B) President
(C) Cabinet
(D) Prime Minister.
Answer:
(B) President

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 29 Indian Judicial System-The Supreme Court and The High Court

Question 6.
The Judges of the Supreme Court are appointed by the:
(A) President
(B) Prime Minister
(C) Chief Justice of India
(D) Parliament.
Answer:
(A) President

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 28 District Administration

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 28 District Administration Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 28 District Administration

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you mean by District Administration? Describe the main features of District Administration.
Answer:
India is a very big country. At present there are 28 States and 9 Union Territories. Each state has been divided into many districts and the officials of the State Government functions in each district. District is the most important, and basic unit of Indian Administration. Every inch of Indian territory is a part of district administration. The administration of each district is placed under the control of a Deputy Commissioner.

Definitions of District:
1. According to Dr. K.N.V. Shastri, “A district is a sufficiently large territory with an over all unity governed by common historical, geographical, social and economic conditions.”

2. According to Chambers Dictionary. “District is a sub-division of a division.” There is no hard and fast rule for fixing up the territorial jurisdiction of a district. The State Governments are authorised to decide the size, territory, name and population of a district. That is why the size of the district varies from state to state.

Types of Districts:
There are different types of districts-
1. Rural Districts:
India is a land of villages and about 70 per cent of its population is of villagers. So the largest number is that of Rural Districts. The average district in India continues to be on the whole a rural district.

2. Urban Districts:
The another type of district is of urban districts. This type of districts are in those territories where the local administration concentrates more on urban problems or urban areas rather than rural ones. Delhi is the best example in this concern.

3. Hilly Districts:
In those territories where the pattern of living is what and that of local administration differs from those of the districts which are situated in plains. Districts of J & K and Himachal Pradesh, etc. can be counted under this, category.

4. Industrial Districts:
This type of districts are found in heavily industrialised areas. Many districts of West Bengal and Bihar are of this type.

5. Backward Districts:
Many districts of India are backward on many grounds. The people of these districts do not enjoy those advantages, which are monopoly of more advanced areas.

Meaning and Definitions of District Administration:
According to S.S. Khera, “The district administration means “the total functions of government in a district.” In other words, “district administration is that part of public administration which functions in the territorial limits of a district.”

In brief, district administration means the management of task of government so far it lies within an area legally recognised as a district. This task is of following types:

  1. Executive
  2. Judicial
  3. Revenue
  4. Magisterial
  5. Development.

Features of District Administration:
Following are the main features of the district administration-
1. Result of Evolution:
District administration in India is result of evolution. The present systematic form of district administration is a heritage of British Rule, but the roots of district administration can be seen even before British regime.

2. Division of District Administration: For administrative convenience district administration is divided into sub-divisions, tehsils and sub-tehsils.

3. Main Unit of Indian Administration. District administration is the main unit of Indian administration because Government performs its important functions through district administration.

4. Deputy Commissioner is the Head of District Administration:
Deputy Commissioner, generally an I.A.S., is the head of the district administration. D.C. controls and supervises the district administration and responsible to the State Government. Other officials of district administration are also the civil servants.

5. Deputy Commissioner as a Co-ordinator in District Administration:
Every district is headed by D.C. and he is responsible for.the co-ordination among various departments at district level.

6. District Administration under the control of State Administration:
District. administration is the subject of State administration. District administration is responsible to the State Government. Therefore state, government has full control over district administration.

7. Extra Constitutional. District administration is extra constitutional entity:
There is only one reference in the Constitution under Art. 233, to the appointment of district judge, but no other mention at all about a district.

8. District Headquarter is the Heart of District Administration:
District headquarter is top administrative unit of district administration. All the government functions are performed at this level. That is why it is called as the heart and centre of district administration.

9. Welfare Nature:
During British regime the main function was to collect revenue and to maintain law and order. Besides these two major functions presently district administration performs a lot of welfare functions.

10. Maintenance of Law and Order is the Prime Function of District Administration:
The main function of the district administration is to maintain, law and order. The district officers have given different powers to maintain law and order in the district and to protect the life and property of the people. Deputy Commissioner at district level can take appropriate steps to maintain law and order,

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 28 District Administration

Question 2.
What functions does the District Administration perform?
Answer:
District administration has an important place in Indian administration. It performs the following functions:
1. Maintenance of Law and Order:
To maintain law and order in district and to protect the life and property of the people is the most important function of the district administration. For this purpose officials at district level are given different powers. Deputy Commissioner, the head of the district administration can take appropriate steps to maintain law and order.

2. To Administer Justice:
District administration has been given power and responsibility of administering justice at district level.

3. Collection of Revenue:
To collect revenue was the important function during British period and even today this is important function of district administration. All the taxes imposed by the government are collected by district administration.

4. Developmental Functions:
All the developmental programmes and projects are implemented through district administration. Deputy commissioner is the Chief development officer of the district. Five year plans, Community Development Programmes, Co-operation, Panchayati Raj etc, are under the supervision of district administration.

5. Supervision over Local Self-Institutions:
District administration controls and supervises various local self-institutions like Municipal Committee, Punchayati Raj bodies etc.

6. Public Welfare Functions:
Present form of the State is of Welfare State. State performs many welfare and developmental functions. District administration plays a very vital role in this concern. District administration has to provide mariy facilities to people such as to develop education, to encourage industry, to look after public health, to prevent food adulteration, to develop agriculture, to prevent diseases, etc. Various district officials are responsible for the performance of these functions.

7. Help the People in Natural Calamities:
District administration plays a very important role at the time of crisis. It is the duty of the district administration to provide relief in natural calamities like famine, flood, earthquake, etc.

8. Functions Regarding Elections:
District administration makes arrangements for conducting elections for Parliament, State Legislature and Local bodies. To maintain law and order at the time of elections is the important responsibility of the district administration.

9. Essential Services and Supplies:
District administration controls the essential services and supplies in the interest of the society. For this purpose, district administration takes necessary steps.

10. Functions Regarding Census:
In Our country census is conducted after every ten years. A vast personnel system is needed for this purpose. District administration has the responsibility of conducting census in the district and keeping its record. Function regarding census takes place under the Deputy Commissioner in a district. Deputy Commissioner appoints different employees and makes other arrangements for this.

11. Other Functions:
There are many other functions also performed by district administration. These functions include licensing of arms, explosives, petroleum, cinema, etc., receiving V.I.P’.s, arrangement to give facilities to prisoners, protection of monuments or buildings, etc. of historic or national importance, enforcement of liquor or drugs injurious to health, etc.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 28 District Administration

Question 3.
Discuss the Appointment and Powers of Deputy Commissioner.
Or
“The Deputy Commissioner is the eyes, the ears, the mouth and hands of the State Government.” Discuss.
Answer:
A district is a very important unit of the Indian administration. The chief officer of the district is called the Deputy Commissioner. He is not the agent of any particular department in the district but he represents the government in the district. He runs the district administration on behalf of the government of the State. There are so many government officers like the District Education Officer, District Industries Officer, District Civil Supplies Officer, District Public Relations Officer, District Agriculture Officer, District Excise and Taxation Officer and District Development Officer, etc., in the district.

The Deputy Commissioner is placed above all these officers. He can inspect the working of any department at the district level and can issue instructions regarding the proper functioning of the department. He is responsible to the government for the maintenance of law and order in the district and for making life of the people comfortable. The government issues all its orders in the district through the Deputy Commissioner. The Deputy Commissioner conveys the complaints and difficulties of the people in the district to the government. He is called the eyes, ears, mouth and hands of the government.

Appointment:
The Deputy Commissioner is always an experienced member of the Indian Administrative Services. The President of India appoints the members of the Indian Administrative Services on the recommendations of the Union Public Service Commission. The members of the Indian Administrative Services are governed by the rules and regulations of the central government. They are appointed, promoted and transferred according to the service conditions laid by the Central Government.

The State Government-can appoint and transfer them within the district. Instead of appointing them in the district, they can be appointed in the Secretariat. The State Government can send an I.A.S. officer back to the central government if it is not happy with his work and beyond this the State Government cannot take any action against him. His tenure as Deputy Commissioner is not fixed by law, and it entirely depends upon the will of the State Government. He is paid his salary by the State Government.

Powers of the Deputy Commissioner:
The office of the Deputy Commissioner is very powerful and influential. He has been given vast powers. There is nothing wrong in it if we say that nothing in the district can be done without him. He is the pivot around which the entire district administration revolves. He enjoys both the executive and the judicial powers. He is the District Collector and collects the revenue in the district. It is correct to say that “all strings of the district administration are gathered together in the hands of the Deputy Commissioner.” He enjoys the following powers:

1. As the Chief Executive Officer of the district:
The Deputy Commissioner is the chief executive officer of the district:

  1. It is his duty to maintain law and order in the district. He can get the help of the Superintendent of Police for this purpose,
  2. He can enforce section 144 in the whole of the district or in a part of it for the maintenance of peace and can forbid an assembly of 5 or more than 5 persons.
  3. He can impose curfew if the need for it arises,
  4. He enforces all the orders of the State government in the district. He runs the district administration in his capacity as the agent of the State government,
  5. It is his duty to send the annual report regarding district administration to the government.
  6. He looks after the work of all the mental hospitals, Reform houses, orphanages, and other charitable houses situated in the district in his capacity as the chief executive officer of the district. He can take necessary steps for the reform and proper functioning of such like institutions,
  7. He presents the State government an estimate of the annual budget of the district.

2. As the Collector:
In so many states the Deputy Commissioner is called the District Collector. He is responsible for the collection of revenue in the district:

  1. For this purpose he is the in charge of the revenue department of one district and he collects the revenue with the help of the officials of this department,
  2. He is the head of the district treasury. The treasury officer works under his control,
  3. He looks after the collection of sales tax, duty tax and property tax in the district.
  4. He keeps account of the sale of tickets in judicial matters and court fee.
  5. He hears important cases regarding revenue matters and can hear appeals against the decisions of the Tehsildar.
  6. He sends his report to the government regarding damage to the crops. It is on his recommendation that the government makes a reduction in revenue,
  7. People are given relief through him in case of famine, floods and drought,
  8. He keeps record of the agricultural land and other lands in the district,
  9. He manages the government property in the district,
  10. He controls the land acquisition work in the district.

3. As the Deputy Commissioner:

  1. He is the agent of the State Government in the district and conveys the will of the government to the people and the will of the people to the government,
  2. He looks after the working of local self-government institutions like the Municipal Committees, District Boards, Zila Parishad, Panchayat Samitis, Panchayats and other institutions in the district. He can issue them instructions from time to time. Before independence he used to be the head of these Institutions,
  3. He can inspect the government offices in the district. He can issue instructions regarding the performance of functions to the officers of these departments,
  4. He looks after the public welfare works in the districkand starts various development plans,
  5. He manages mental hospitals, reform houses and orphanages in the district,
  6. He is the District Election Officer and prepares a list of the voters in the district. It is also his duty to make arrangements for the holding of elections,
  7. He helps the people during emergency.

4. As the District Magistrate,
(i) The Deputy Commissioner is also the. District Magistrate,

(ii) All the magistrates in the district work under his control.

(iii) He issues rifle and pistol licences to the people. He also issues licences for the Possession and sale of ammunition and for taking it from one place to another.

(iv) In most of the States the judiciary has not been separated from the executive. In these States the district Magistrate hears important criminal cases. He also hears appeals against the decisions of 2nd and 3rd class magistrates. He looks after the work of the magistrates. In States where executive has been separated from the judiciary, there criminal cases are heard by the Judicial Magistrates and judicial powers of the Deputy Commissioner have been transferred to the Chief Judicial Magistrate.

Change in his tone after Independence:
During British rule the Deputy Commissioner enjoyed much more powers than he enjoys today. He was called the Grand Moghul in those days. He used to be real master of his district. He used to do whatever he liked. He was a mighty power in the administrative system. It was his authority that the people felt directly. It was he who seemed to rule the district. It was to the Deputy Commissioner that the people went with their troubles.

It was from him that they hoped to get justice or help in distress. He was the master of the people and was not one of them. He stood outside and above the people. The Deputy Commissioners were trained to keep themselves aloof from the common people in order that they might play the role of awe-inspiring bureaucrats.

The average district officer aimed at being feared rather than loved by the masses. During British Raj the Deputy Commissioner enjoyed huge powers. He was also the head of the Municipal Committees, District Board and other Local Self-government institutions in the district. He enjoyed vast judicial powers by making use of which he made himself very powerful and influential.

But after independence the position of the Deputy commissioner has undergone a big change. Theoretically there has been no reduction in his powers. In free India, the public officials are required to regard themselves as the servants of the people and not their rulers. The Deputy Commissioner is now supposed to be the first servant of his people. He is to know and respect the sentiments of the people of his district. He is required to maintain a link with his subjects. He is to see that he is easily accessible to his people. Not only this but he is required to seek active-cooperation and assistance of his people.

In addition to this, with the policy of government for transferring powers to Local Self-Government Institutions and also the policy of decentralization, Deputy Commissioner has lost many powers which he used to enjoy in the past. It is, however, good that the Deputy Commissioner has adjusted himself to the new circumstances. He has begun to realize that success of administration does not he in imposing rules and real administration does not flow from above, but depends upon the active cooperation of the people.

He is now a part of the popular government and not an instrument of oppression in the hands of foreign government. He is no longer a means of communication between the people and the government. These functions are now being performed by the M.L.As, The prestige and dignity enjoyed by him under the British regime has vanished. He is now simply one of the important public officials.

Position of the Deputy Commissioner today:
After independence the position of the Deputy Commissioner has undergone a remarkable change and now he does not enjoy as much powers as he enjoyed dining British rule. But it does not mean that today he is not a powerful and influential officer. All the important functions of the government in the district are performed by him. He is the agent of the government in the district. Nothing can be done in the district without his approval. He places before the government the needs of the people, therefore, he is the eyes of the government.

The government comes to know everything about the public through him, therefore, he is the ears of the government. The Government conveys its view-point to the public through him, therefore, he is the mouth of the government. Everything is done by the government through him, therefore, he is the head of the government. The Government can do very little without the assistance of the Deputy Commissioner.

He is the real ruler of the district. The position of the Deputy Commissioner in the district is quite the same as that of the Chief Minister in the State. The revenue and other taxes in the district are collected under his guidance. He is the Chief Executive Officer of the district.

He is District Magistrate. He can inspect any Government Office in the district and can issue any type of instructions to the officials. He can issue orders to the police for the purpose of maintaining of peace in the district. Keeping all these things in view we can say that “All strings of the district administration are gathered together in the hands of the Deputy Commissioner.”

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 28 District Administration

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Describe four types of Districts in India.
Answer:
1. Rural Districts:
India is a land of villages and about 70 per cent of its population lives in villages. So the largest number is that of rural districts. The average district in India continues to be on the whole a rural district.

2. Urban District:
The another type of district is an urban district. This type of districts are in those territories where the local administration concentrates more on urban problems or urban areas rather than rural ones.

3. Hilly Districts:
In those territories where the pattern of living is of what and that of local administration differs from those of the districts which are situated in plains.

4. Industrial Districts: This type of districts are found mainly in industrialised areas.

Question 2.
What do you mean by District Administration?
Answer:
District administration is the basic unit of Indian Administration. According to S.S. Khera, ‘The district administration means, the total functions of government in a district.” In other words district administration is that part of public administration which functions in the territorial limits of a district. In brief, district administration means the management of task of government so far it lies with an area legally recognised as a district. This task is of following types:

  1. Executive,
  2. Judicial,
  3. Revenue,
  4. Magisterial,
  5. Development.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 28 District Administration

Question 3.
Mention four features of District Administration.
Answer:
1. Result of Evolution:
District administration in India is a result of evolution. The present systematic form of district administration is a heritage of British rule, but the roots of district administration can be seen even before British regime.

2. Main Unit of Indian Administration:
District administration is the main unit of Indian administration because Government performs its important functions through district administration.

3. Deputy Commissioner is the Head of District Administration:
Deputy Commissioner, generally an I.A.S., is the head of the district administration. D.C. controls and supervises the district administration and is responsible to the State Government.

4. Extra Constitutional:
District administration is extra constitutional entity. There is one reference in the Constitution under Art. 233, to the appointment of district judge, but no other mention at all about a district.

Question 4.
Describe four functions of District Administration.
Answer:

  1. Maintenance of Law and Order: To maintain law and order and to protect the life and property of the people is the most important function of district administration.
  2. To Administer Justice: District administration has been given power and responsibility of administering justice at district level.
  3. Collection of Revenue: District administration collects the revenue through various taxes imposed by the government.
  4. Development Functions: All the developmental programmes and schemes are implemented through district administration.

Question 5.
How the Deputy Commissioner is appointed?
Answer:
The Deputy Commissioner is the head of district administration. The Deputy Commissioner is always an experienced member of the Indian Administrative Services. Officers of Indian Administrative Services are appointed at the post of Deputy Commissioner by the President of India on the recommendation of the Union Public Services Commission. The members of Indian Administrative Services are governed by the rules and regulations of the Central Government. They are appointed, promoted and transferred according to the service conditions laid by the Central Government.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 28 District Administration

Question 6.
Give four functions of Deputy Commissioner.
Answer:
Following are the main functions of the Deputy Commissioner:

  1. Deputy Commissioner is the chief executive officer of the district. He controls and supervises the entire district administration.
  2. To maintain law and order is his important function. For this purpose Deputy . Commissioner has been given power to take appropriate steps.
  3. He is responsible for the collection of revenue in the district. He is the head of the district treasury.
  4. As a development officer Deputy Commissioner is responsible for the implementation of all developmental programmes and plans.

Question 7.
Discuss the role of Deputy Officer as a Collector.
Answer:
The Deputy Commissioner is also called the Collector. During British period one of the important functions was to collect revenue. Even after the independence collection of revenue is his important function. As a collector, Deputy Commissioner performs following functions:

  1. D.C. is the incharge of the revenue department of one district and he collects the revenue with the help of the officials of his department.
  2. He is the head of the district treasury. Treasury officer works under his control.
  3. He looks after the collection of sales tax, duty tax and property tax in the district.
  4. He hears important cases regarding revenue matters and can hear appeals against the decision of the Tehsildar.

Question 8.
Mention four functions of Deputy Commissioner as the Chief Executive officer of the district.
Answer:
The Deputy Commissioner is the chief executive officer of the District. As a chief executive officer of the District, the Deputy Commissioner performs the following functions:

  • It is his important duty to maintain law and order in the district. He can take appropriate steps for this purpose.
  • He can enforce section 144 in the whole of the district or in a part of it for the maintenance of peace and can forbid an assembly of 5 or more than 5 persons.
  • He enforces all the orders of the State Government in the district.
  • It is his duty to send the annual report regarding district administration to the Government.

Question 9.
What do you know about Superintendent of Police?
Answer:
Superintendent of police is the highest officer of police administration in the district. He is a member of Indian Police Service. All the police force of the district works under his control. He is responsible for maintaining peace and order, for arresting the criminals and for the prevention of crimes in the district. He acts according to the instructions of the District Magistrate regarding the maintenance of peace in the district. He can transfer the officials of the police of the district within the district. He appoints the district policeman.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 28 District Administration

Question 10.
What do you know about District Education Officer?
Answer:
The head of the education department in the district is called the District Education Officer. He supervises and inspects the schools in the district. He is responsible for the educational set up of the district. He also makes recommendations for the grant of aids of the educational institutions in his district.

He is an important officer of the State’s education department. He helps the Deputy Commissioner in looking after the educational requirements in the district. He also sees to it that there is discipline in the schools. He makes transfers of teachers from one school to the other school within the district.

Question 11.
What do you know about District and Session Judge?
Answer:
The judicial department of the district is under the control of the District and Session Judge. He hears appeals in civil and criminal cases against the decisions of the subordinate courts of the district. The District Judge is under the control of the State High Court and the District Magistrate cannot interfere in his functions. He appoints the menial staff of the courts. He can inspect all the courts of the district and can issue any type of instructions to them. He can award death punishment in criminal cases. He is the guardian of the property of those who are not adults. He is also the guardian of disputed property and also of the property which belongs to nobody.

Question 12.
Write a short note on Advocate General.
Answer:
Advocate General is appointed by the Governor on the advice of Council of Ministers. The Advocate General is the legal advisor to the state Govt. He discharges such legal functions as are assigned to him time to time. The constitution laid down for the qualification is that he should be qualified to be a judge of a High Court. When the different departments drafted some bill, he uses to examine that. He is not a member of state legislature, but he can attend the meetings. He has the right to take part in the activities of the legislative and to speak in it. But he has not been given the right to vote.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 28 District Administration

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain any two types of Districts in India.
Answer:

  1. Rural Districts: India is a land of villages and about 70 per cent of its population lives in villages. So the largest number is that of rural districts. The average district in India continues to be on the whole a rural district.
  2. Urban District: The another type of district is an urban district. This type of districts are in those territories where the local administration concentrates more on urban problems or urban areas rather than rural ones.

Question 2.
What do you mean by District Administration?
Answer:
District administration is the basic unit of Indian Administration. In other words district administration is that part of public administration which functions in the territorial limits of a district. In brief, district administration means the management of task of government so far it lies with an area legally recognised as a district. This task is of following types: .

  1. Executive
  2. Judicial
  3. Revenue
  4. Magisterial
  5. Development.

Question 3.
Write down any two features of District Administration.
Answer:
1. Result of Evolution:
District administration in India is a result of evolution. The present systematic form of district administration is a heritage of British rule, but the roots of district administration can be seen even before British regime.

2. Main Unit of Indian Administration:
District administration is the main unit of Indian administration because Government performs its important functions through district administration.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 28 District Administration

Question 4.
Describe two functions of District Administration.
Answer:

  1. Maintenance of Law and order: To maintain law and order and to protect the life and property of the people is the most important function of district administration.
  2. To Administer Justice: District administration has been given power and responsibility of administering justice at district level.

Question 5.
Give two functions of Deputy Commissioner.
Answer:
Following are the main functions of the Deputy Commissioner:

  • Deputy Commissioner is the chief executive officer of the district. He controls and supervises the entire district administration.
  • To maintain law and order is his important function. For this purpose Deputy Commissioner has been given power to take appropriate steps.

Question 6.
Explain the role of Deputy Officer as a Collector.
Answer:

  • D.C. is the incharge of the revenue department of one district and he collects the revenue with the help of the officials of his department.
  • He is the head of the district treasury. Treasury officer works under his control.,

Question 7.
Mention any two functions of Deputy Commissioner as the Chief Executive officer of the district.
Answer:
The Deputy Commissioner is the chief executive officer of the District. As a chief executive officer of the District, the Deputy Commissioner performs the following functions:

  • It is his important duty to maintain law and order in the district. He can take appropriate steps for this purpose.
  • He can enforce section 144 in the whole of the district or in a part of it for the maintenance of peace and can forbid an assembly of 5 or more than 5 persons.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 28 District Administration

Question 8.
What do you know about Superintendent of Police?
Answer:
Superintendent of police is the highest officer of police administration in the district. He is a member of Indian Police Service. All the police force of the district works under his control. He is responsible for maintaining peace and order, for arresting the criminals and for the prevention of crimes in the district.

Question 9.
Write a note on District Education Officer?
Answer:
The head of the education department in the district is called the District Education Officer. Ifo supervises and inspects the schools in the district. He is responsible for the educational set up of the district.

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
How many states and Union territory are there in India.
Answer:
At present there are 28 States and 9 Union territories.

Question 2.
Write down any two types of districts.
Answer:
1. Rural districts
2. Urban districts.

Question 3.
Write down any one feature of district administration?
Answer:
District Administration in India is result of evolution.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 28 District Administration

Fill in the blanks

1. ……………… is the head of district administration.
Answer:
Deputy Commissioner

2. ……………… is the heart of district administration.
Answer:
District head quarter

3. In the district the head of the police department is a ……………… of police.
Answer:
Superintendent.

True or False statement

1. The district administration maintain the law and order in the district.
Answer:
True

2. D.C. is responsible for the co-ordination among various department.
Answer:
True

3. D.C. is not head of the district treasury.
Answer:
False.

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Which of the following is the basic unit of Indian administration?
(A) District
(B) Village
(C) Block
(D) State.
Answer:
(A) District

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 28 District Administration

Question 2.
Every district is headed by:
(A) S.D.M.
(B) Chief Minister
(C) Commissioner
(D) Deputy Commissioner.
Answer:
(D) Deputy Commissioner.

Question 3.
Who is the pivot of district administration?
(A) Superintendent of Police
(B) District and Session Judge
(C) Deputy Commissioner
(D) District Health Officer.
Answer:
(C) Deputy Commissioner

Question 4.
Who said, “District administration means, the total functions of government in a district”?
(A) S.S. Khera
(B) V.K. Puri
(C) K.K. Puri
(D) M.P. Sharma.
Answer:
(A) S.S. Khera

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Reported Speech

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Reported Speech Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Reported Speech

Change the following sentences into the Indirect form of Narration.

Question 1.
1. Sunita says, “I am doing my homework.”
2. He will say, “I do not know you.”
3. The teacher says, “I am on leave.”
4. Bimla says, “Manju wrote a poem.”
5. He said, “Man is mortal.”
6. Rekha said,.“The first battle of Panipat was fought in 1526.”
7. He says, “I will be coming home.”
8. Preeti said, “She teaches English well.”
9. The old man said, “I am very sorry to tell you that it is true.”
10. She said to me, “You managed that very-nicely.”
Answer:
1. Sunita says that she is doing her homework.
2. He will say that he does not know me.
3. The teacher says that he is on leave.
4. Bimla says that Manju wrote a poem.
5. He said that man is mortal.
6. Rekha said that the first battle of Panipat was fought in 1526.
7. He says that he will be coming home.
8. Preeti said that she taught English well.
9. The old man said that he was very sorry to tell me that that was true.
10. She told me that I had managed that very nicely.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Reported Speech

Question 2.
1. The young girl said, “If fashions do not change, many manufacturers will have to sit idle.” ’
2. The judge said, “Gandhiji was a victim of stupid fanaticism.”
3. Ram said, “I will write the story of my life.”
4. She said, “I may go there.”
5. Rekha said, “I am learning this art.”
6. Everybody said, “The culprit did not deserve such a severe punishment”
7. Rohit said, “I can catch the train.”
8. The Chief Election Commissioner said, “All elections will have been over by the middle of January.”
9. He said, “I will never forget you.”
10. He said to Rakesh, “We could have done much better.”
Answer:
1. The young girl said that if fashions do not change, many manufacturers will have to sit idle.
2. The judge said that Gandhiji was a victim of stupid fanaticism.
3. Ram said that he would write the story of his life.
4. She said that she might go,there.
5. Rekha said that she was learning that art.
6. Everybody said that the culprit had not deserved such a severe punishment.
7. Rohit said that he could catch the train.
8. The Chief Election Commissioner said that all elections would have been over by the middle of January.
9. He said that he would never forget me.
10. He told Rakesh that they could have done much better.

Question 3.
1. “Why are you so sad today ?” she said to Rani.
2. He said, “How is your mother ?”
3. I said to him, “Will you return tomorrow ?“
4. He said to me, “Do you like mangoes ?”
5. “Do you like this poem ?” he said to his sister.
6. The stranger said to me, “Can you tell me the way to the school ?”
7. He said to the boy, “What do you want from me ?”
8. The teacher said to Krish, “Where do you live ?”
9. He said to the porter, ‘When will the next train arrive ?”
10. She said to me, “Do you want any money ?”
Answer:
1. She asked Rani why she was so sad that day.
2. He asked me how my mother was.
3. I asked him if he would return the next day.
4. He asked me if I liked mangoes.
5. He asked his sister if she liked that poem.
6. The stranger asked me if I could tell him the way to the school.
7. He asked the boy what he wanted from him.
8. The teacher asked Krish where he lived.
9. He asked the porter when the next train would arrive.
10. She asked me if I wanted any money.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Reported Speech

Question 4.
1. He said to me, “Why did you write me such an insulting letter ?”
2. My mother said to me, “Did you break the slate ?”
3. She said to me, “What brings you here ?”
4. The teacher said to the students, “Why did you not do the homework ?“
5. The postmaster said to the postman, “What are you doing ? Have you sorted the mail ?“
6. The mother said, “Son, why did the teacher punish you ?”
7. Jai said to me, “Why did you insult my brother ?”
8. He said to us, “Are you coming to the meeting today ?”
9. The master said to the servant, “Why did you not report for duty in time ?”
10. The teacher said to the boy, “Why are you late again ? Don’t you feel ashamed about it ?”
Answer:
1. He asked me why I had written him such an insulting letter.
2. My mother asked me if I had broken the slate.
3. She asked me what brought me there.
4. The teacher asked the students why they had not done the homework.
5. The postmaster asked the postman what he was doing and if he had sorted the mail.
6. The mother asked her son why the teacher had punished him.
7. Jai asked me why I had insulted his brother.
8. He asked us if we were going to the meeting that day.
9. The master asked the servant why he had not reported for duty in time.
10. The teacher asked the boy why he was late again and if he didn’t feel ashamed about that.

Question 5.
I said to him, “Don’t smoke.”
2. The teacher said to the boys, “Do not make a noise.”
3. The hare said to the tortoise, “Let us run a race.”
4. He said to me, “Go to the railway station.”
5. My father said to me, “Do not waste your time.”
6. Raju said to me, “Please give me your pen.” ‘
7. She said to her sister, “Take exercise regularly.”
8. My mother said, “Let’s sit in the sun.”
9. “Leave this room,” said the teacher to the boy.
10. I said to him, “Please be quiet.”
Answer:
1 forbade him from smoking.
2. The teacher asked the boys not to make a noise.
3. The hare suggested to the tortoise? that they should run a race.
4. He ordered me to go to the railway station.
5. My father advised me not to waste my time.
6. Raju requested me to give him my pen.
7. She advised her sister to take exercise regularly.
8. My mother proposed that we should sit in the sun.
9. The teacher ordered the boy to leave that room.
10. I requested him to be quiet.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Reported Speech

Question 6.
1. Krishna said, “Let’s do our duty and not run after the reward.”
2. She said to her friend, “Marry him and be happy in life.”
3. Gobind said to his followers, “Throw the enemies out.”
4. My father said to me, “Avoid bad company.”
5. My father said to my mother, “Bring me a cup of tea.”
6. He said to me, “Let’s go to Shimla.”
7. The officer said to the clerk, “Show me all the records.”
8. Sita said to Ram, “Let Lakshman do what he wants.”
9. Kabir said to him, “Continue to worship God till there is life.”
10. “Stand up on the benches,” I said to the children.
Answer:
1. Krishna suggested that we should do our duty and hot run after the reward.
2. She advised her friend to marry him and be happy in life.
3. Gobind ordered his followers to throw the enemies out.
4. My father advised me to avoid bad company.
5. My father asked my mother to bring him a cup of tea.
6. He proposed to me that we should go to Shimla.
7. The officer ordered the clerk to show him all the records.
8. Sita asked Ram to let Lakshman do what he wanted.
9. Kabir advised him to continue to worship God till there was life.
10. I ordered the children to stand up on the benches.

Question 7.
1. The teacher said, “How tough the question paper is !”
2. He said, “Goodbye, friends.”
3. “What a charming scene !“ said the girl.
4. “What a lovely rose !” she said.
5. She said, “How sad you look !”
6. He said, “Alas ! He is no more !”
7. “What a clever fellow I am !” said the crow.
8. “Good morning, Raju,” said Anil. “How are you ?”
9. The old man said, “Alas ! I am ruined.”
10. We said, “May God bless your child !”
Answer:
1. The teacher exclaimed that the question paper was very tough.
2. He bade his friends goodbye.
3. The girl exclaimed with wonder that it was a very charming scene.
4. She exclaimed admiringly that it was a very lovely rose.
5. She exclaimed that I looked very sad.
6. He exclaimed sorrowfully that he was no more.
7. The crow exclaimed proudly that he was a very clever fellow.
8. Anil wished Raju good morning and asked him how he was.
9. The old man exclaimed sorrowfully that he was ruined.
10. We prayed that God might bless her child.

Question 8.
1. The visitor said to us, “Farewell !”
2. He said, “I wish I were a king !”
3. She said to me, “How charming Dalhousie is !”
4. “What a terrible storm it is !“ he said.
5. The boy said, “Hurrah ! My brother stands first !”
6. Harry said, ’’Alas ! I have failed !”
7. He said, “O, for a drop of water !”
8. Raghu said, “May God pardon this sinner !” ,
9. She said, “Alas ! How careless I have been !”
10. He said to them, “Congratulations ! You have done well.”
Answer:
1. The visitor bade us farewell.
2. He wished that he had been a king.
3. She exclaimed to me that Dalhousie was very charming.
4. He exclaimed that that was a very terrible storm.
5. The boy exclaimed with joy that his brother stood first.
6. Harry exclaimed sorrowfully that he had failed.
7. He longed for a drop of water.
8. Raghu prayed that God might pardon that sinner.
9. She exclaimed regretfully that.she had been very careless.
10. He congratulated them and praised them saying that they had done well.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Reported Speech

Question 9.
1. They wished that their Prime Minister might live long.
2. She said that she had her own choice.
3. He told me that he loved me.
4. She said that she was not feeling well that day.
5. He requested me to help his brother.
6. He said that he had seen the Taj the previous year.
7. He says that Raju likes fruit.
8. She asked her mother if she might go out.
9. She asked me why I had written that letter.
10. The old man thanked him and asked if he could do something for him.
Answer:
1. They said, “May our Prime Minister live long !”
2. She said, “I have, my own choice.”
3. He said to me, “I love you.”
4. She said, “I am not feeling well today.”
5. He said to me, “Please help my brother.”
6. He said, “I saw the Taj last year.”
7. He says, “Raju likes fruit.”
8. She said to her mother, “May I go out ?”
9. She said to me, “Why did you write this letter ?”
10. The old man said to him, “Thank you. Can I do something for you ?“

Question 10.
1. He said to me, “Are you not afraid ?”
2. Father said, “Rani must learn the basics of a computer.”
3. She said to her friend, ‘Will you help me ?”
4. Radha says, “It is raining heavily.”
5. Rama said, “I had taken tea before you arrived.”
6. He said to the driver, “Be quick.”
7. Asha said to Sudha, “Let’s solve these sums.”
8. I said to him, “Do you need money ?”
9. He said to me, “Life is not a bed of roses.”
10. The Captain said, “All the players must report on time.”
Answer:
1. She asked me if I was not afraid.
2. Father said that Rani had to learn the basics of a computer.
3. She asked her friend if she would help her.
4. Radhu says that it is raining heavily.
5. Rama said that she had taken tea before he arrived.
6. He ordered the driver to lie quick.
7. Asha suggested to Sudha that they should solve those sums.
8. I asked him if he needed money.
9. He told me that life is not a body of roses.
10. The Captain ordered all the players to report on time.

Direct Speech को Indirect Speech में बदलते समय निम्नलिखित परिवर्तन किए जाते हैं

(1) Direct Speech में प्रयोग किए गए inverted commas हटा दिए जाते हैं।
(2) Reporting Verb के बाद लगा हुआ comma हटा दिया जाता है।
(3) यदि आवश्यकता हो तो Reporting Verb के बाद that, if अथवा whether का प्रयोग एक योजक शब्द (linking word) के रूप में किया जाता है।

(4) Pronouns के सम्बन्ध में होने वाले परिवर्तनों के लिए निम्नांकित नियम याद रखिए

  • Reported Speech में जो First Person के Pronouns होते हैं, उन्हें Reporting Verb के Subject (कर्त्ता) के Person में बदला जाता है।
  • Reported Speech में जो Second Person के Pronouns होते हैं, उन्हें Reporting Verb के Object (कर्म) के Person में बदला जाता है।
  • Reported Speech में जो Third Person के Pronouns होते हैं, उनके Person में कोई परिवर्तन नहीं किया जाता है।

(5) Tenses अथवा Verbs के सम्बन्ध में होने वाले परिवर्तनों के लिए निम्नांकित नियम याद रखिए

  • Reporting. Verb का Tense कभी भी बदला नहीं जाता है।
  • Reporting Verb में said to के स्थान पर told, asked, requested, ordered, exclaimed, आदि शब्दों का प्रयोग किया जाता है, परन्तु इसका Tense वही रहता है।
  • Reporting Verb यदि Present Tense अथवा Future Tense में हो, तो Reported Speech के Tense में कोई परिवर्तन नहीं होता है।
  • Reporting Verb यदि Past Tense में हो, तो Reported-Speech के Verb का Tense नीचे दिए नियमों के अनुसार बदला जाता है
    V1, को V2 में बदल दो।
    V2 को had + V3 में बदल दो।
  • Reported Speech में यदि किसी Universal Truth, Habit, Fact अथवा किसी Historical
    Truth का वर्णन हो, तो इसे Indirect में बदलते समय इसके Tense में कोई परिवर्तन नहीं किया जाता है, यद्यपि Reporting Verb का Tense कुछ भी हो।

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Reported Speech

(vi) यदि Reported Speech में दो क्रियाएं एक ही समय पर हो रही हों (two actions taking place at the same time), तो इसे Indirect में बदलते समय इसके Tense में कोई परिवर्तन नहीं किया जाता है, यद्यपि Reporting Verb का Tense कुछ भी हो।

(vii) Reported Speech में दिया गया वाक्य यदि साधारण (Assertive) हो, तो योजक के रूप में that का प्रयोग किया जाता है।

(viii) Reported Speech में दिया गया वाक्य यदि प्रश्न-वाचक हो, तो योजक के रूप में if या whether का प्रयोग किया जाता है। परन्तु यदि प्रश्न-वाचक वाक्य What, When, Where, Why, Which, Who, How, आदि प्रश्न-वाचक शब्दों से आरम्भ हुआ हो, तो किसी भी योजक का प्रयोग नहीं किया जाता है। वाक्य के आरम्भ में लगा हुआ प्रश्न-वाचक शब्द ही योजक का काम करता है। प्रश्न-वाचक वाक्य को indirect में बदलने के बाद उस वाक्य को सादा (Assertive) बना दिया जाता है।

(ix) Reported Speech में दिया हुआ वाक्य यदि Imperative हो, तो Indirect में बदलते समय नीचे दिए परिवर्तन किए जाते हैं

  • Reporting Verb में दिए गए said to के स्थान पर ordered, asked, requested, begged, advised, आदि शब्दों का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
  • Imperative Verb के आगे to लगाकर उसे Infinitive बना दिया जाता है।

(6) समीपता (nearness) सूचक शब्दों को दूरी-सूचक शब्दों में बदल दिया जाना चाहिए। इन परिवर्तनों के लिए निम्नांकित तालिका याद रखिए

Direct Indirect Direct Indirect
Now Then Today That day
This That Tomorrow The next day
These Those Yesterday The previous day
Here There Last night The previous night
Ago Before Next month The following month

किन्तु ये परिवर्तन नहीं किए जाते हैं यदि समय अथवा स्थान की दूरी का भाव क्रिया के रूप से ही स्पष्ट हो जाता हो।

Change of Tenses

1. I said to the teacher, “I am sorry.”
I told the teacher that I was sorry.

2. I said to the teacher, “I am working hard.”
I told the teacher that I was working hard.

3. I said, “I have been ill since Monday.”
I said that I had been ill since Monday.

4. I said to him, “I was doing my duty.”
I told him that I had been doing my duty.

5. He said to me, “You have done well.”
He told me that I had done well.

6. He said, “I shall go there.”
He said that he would go there.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Reported Speech

7. She said to me, ‘You will miss the train.”
She told me that I would miss the train.

Facts, Sayings & Universal Truths

1. He said, “God is great.”
He said that God is great.

2. The boy said, “I take exercise daily.”
The boy said that he takes exercise daily.

3. The teacher said, “The First Battle of Panipat was fought in 1526.”
The teacher said that the First Battle of Panipat was fought in 1526.

4. “Gandhiji believed in non-violence,” said the Prime Minister.
The Prime Minister said that Gandhiji believed in non-violence.

Interrogative Sentences

1. The teacher said to me, “Are you feeling well today ?”
The teacher asked me if I was feeling well that day.

2. The traveller said frame, “Can you tell me the way to the nearest inn ?”
The traveller asked me if I could tell him the way to the nearest inn.

3. Hari said to his father, “May I go to the pictures tonight ?”
Hari asked his father if he might go to the pictures that night.

4. I said to her, “Do you want my help ?”
I asked her if she wanted my help.

5. She said, “Kamla, do you like this book ?”
She asked Kamla if she liked that book.

6. He said to the old man, “What do you want ?”
He asked the old man what he wanted.

7. The teacher said to Hari, “Why haven’t you done your homework ?”
The teacher asked Hari why he hadn’t done his homework.

8. Sohan said to her, “If you fail what will you do ?”
Sohan asked her what she would do if she failed.

Imperative Sentences

1. The teacher said to the boy, “Shut the door.”
The teacher asked the boy to shut the door.

2. Mohan said to Rajan, “Please go to the station with me.”
Mohan requested Rajan to go to the station with him.

3. He said to me, “Trust in God and do the right.”
He advised me to trust in God and to do the right.

4. The boy said, “Papa ! Forgive me this time.”
The boy begged his papa to forgive him that time.

5. I said to my teacher, “Pardon me, sir.”
I respectfully begged my teacher to pardon me.

6. He said to his friends, “Please let me study.”
He requested his friends to let him study.

7. He said to his friend, “Let us dine out today.”
He proposed to his friend that they should dine out that day.

8. Mohan said to his friend, “Let me go home now.”
Mohan told his friend that he might be allowed to go home then.

Exclamatory Sentences

1. She said, “May you succeed, my son !”
She wished that her son might succeed.

2. He said, “What a great misery !”
He exclaimed with sorrow that it was a great misery.

3. The merchant said, “Alas ! I am ruined.”
The merchant exclaimed with sorrow that he was ruined.

4. The captain said, “Hurrah ! We have won.”
The captain exclaimed with joy that they had won.

5. Sita said, “Goodbye, my friend.”
Sita bade her friend goodbye.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Reported Speech

6. He said, “0, for a glass of water !”
He strongly desired for a glass of water.

7. The young man said, “Would that I were a bird !”
The young man wished that he had been a bird.

8. The captain said, “Bravo ! A good shot.”
The captain applauded him saying that it was a good shot.

Simple Solved Sentences

Note : Answer Key has been given at the end of the exercises.

(A) Change the Narration.

1. I say, “Life is full of struggle.”
2. Ritu says, “Meena sings well.”
3. The teacher says, “He will succeed this year.”
4. She is saying to me, “Rita is getting married.”
5. I say to him, “Death is a reality.”
6. My mother says to me, “Slow and steady wins the race.”
7. She says to me, “The sunsets in the west.”
8. He says, “She teaches English well.”
9. Manjit says to Raju, “Beauty is everlasting.”
10. Father says to the child, “Good boys do not spit on the floor.”
Answer:
1. I say that life is full of struggle.
2. Ritu says that Meena sings well.
3. The teacher says that he will succeed this year.
4. She is telling me that Rita is getting married.
5. 1 tell him that death is a reality.
6. My mother tells me that slow and steady wins the race.
7. She tells me that the sun sets in the west.
8. He says that she teaches English well.
9. Manjit tells Raju that beauty is everlasting.
10. Father tells the child that good boys do not spit on the floor.

(B)
1. Hari said to Sham, “India is progressing by leaps and bounds.”
2. I said to my mother, “If winter comes, spring cannot be far behind.”
3. The teacher said to me, “The moon revolves round the earth.”
4. Rajni said to Shaloo, “Women are not slaves to their husbands.”
5. Dimple said to her friends, “These boys will fight to the finish today.”
6. I said to my mother, “I cannot do anything now.”
7. I said to Sweetoo, “The children entered the house and spoiled my studies yesterday.”
8. I said to the children, “You should not pluck flowers.”
9. Ram said to Sita, “Lakshman is loved by all.”
10. Rajeev said, “India is passing through a difficult period.”
Answer:
1. Hari told Sham that India was progressing by leaps and bounds.
2. I told my mother that if winter comes, spring cannot be far behind.
3. The teacher told me that the moon revolves round the earth.
4. Rajni told Shaloo that women are not slaves to their husbands.
5. Dimple told her friends that those boys would fight to the finish that day.
6. I told my mother that I could not do anything then.
7. I told Sweetoo that the children had entered the house and spoiled my studies the previous day.
8. I told the children that they should not pluck flowers.
9. Ram told Sita that Lakshman was loved by all.
10. Rajeev said that India was passing through a difficult period.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Reported Speech

(C)
1. He said to you, “I have passed the test today.”
2. I said, “I love my country.”
3. You said, “I am going to sleep.”
4. Sanjay said to Nirmala, “We have lost the match.”
5. He said to me, “I love you.”
6. The old man said to his son, “I shall take care of your mother.”
7. The small boy said to his teacher, “Somebody has stolen my belt.”
8. The teacher said, “I will beat you.”
9. Ram said to Surjit, “You cannot save me now.”
10. I said to you, “You are very careless.”
Answer:
1. He told you that he had passed the test that day.
2. I said that I loved my country.
3. You said that you were going to sleep.
4. Sanjay told Nirmala that they had lost the match.
5. He told me that he loved me.
6. The old man told his son that he to would take care of his mother.
7. The small boy told his teacher that somebody had stolen his belt.
8. The teacher said that he would beat him.
9. Ram told Surjit that he could not save him then.
10. I told you that you were very careless.

(D)
1. Mother said; “I am not well today.”
2. I said to my mother, ‘You do not take medicine regularly.”
3. Father said to me, ‘You should give some milk to your mother regularly.”
4. Rani said to me, “My husband does not like me.”
5. Rajan said to me, “I have brought a gift for you.”
6. I said, “I am not to blame.”
7. I said to her, “I will see you tomorrow.”
8. He said, “It is time to go.”
9. The daughter said to her father, “I shall become something in my life.”
10. Mohinder said to me, “I will write a letter soon.”
Answer:
1. Mother said that she was not well that day.
2. I told my mother that she did not take medicine regularly.
3. Father told me that I should give some milk to my mother regularly.
4. Rani told me that her husband did not like her.
5. Rajan told me that he had brought a gift for me.
6. I said that I was not to blame.
7. I told her that I would see her the next day.
8. He said that it was time to go.
9. The daughter told her father that she would become something in her life.
10. Mohinder told me that he would write a letter soon.

(E)
1. I said to him, “Will you return tomorrow ?”
2. She said to me, “Will you come to the party ?”
3. She said to the fox, “Are the grapes sour ?”
4. He said to me, “Do you like sweets ?”
5. I said to him, “Do you like apples ?”
6. He said to me, “Do you need money ?”
7. I said to him, “Should I depend on you for help ?”
8. Rama said to Sohani, “Are you angry with me ?”
9. Ritu said to Gurvir, “Are you happy with my performance ?”
10. I said to him, “Did you like my new suit ?”
Answer:
1. I asked him if he would return the next day.
2. She asked me if I would come to the party.
3. She asked the fox if the grapes were sour.
4. He asked me if I liked sweets.
5. I asked him if he liked apples.
6. He asked me if I needed money.
7. I asked him if I should depend on him for help.
8. Rama asked Sohani if she was angry with her
9. Ritu asked Gurvir if he was happy with her performance.
10. I asked him if he had liked my new suit.

(F)
1. Sweety said to Inder, “Go and post this letter.”
2. Rikky said to Kalu, “Show the visitor in.”
3. He requested the host to let him drink a glass of water.
4. The tutor advised the students to do their homework every day.
5. Cherry said to me, “Please give me some cash.”
6. My elder brother said to me, “Let me finish my work today.”
7. The widow said to me, “Please save me from ruin.”
8. I said to my brother, “Let me study more.”
9. I ordered my servant not to disturb me when I was busy.
10. The prisoner begged the officer to let him see his child once.
Answer:
1. Sweety ordered Inder to go and post that letter.
2. Rikki told Kalu to show the visitor in.
3. He said to the host, “Please let me drink a glass of water.”
4. The tutor said to the students, “Do your homework every day.”
5. Cherry requested me to give her some cash.
6. My elder brother told me to let him finish his work that day.
7. The widow requested me to save her from ruin.
8. I told my brother to let me study more.
9. I said to my servant, “Do not disturb me when I am busy.”
10. The prisoner said to the officer, “Please let me see my child once.”

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Reported Speech

(G)
1. He said, “May you live long !”
2. He said, “Alas ! I have failed.”
3. He said, “Would that I were rich !”
4. He said, “Goodbye ! my friends.”
5. He said, “O, for a glass of water !”
6. The captain said, “Bravo ! A good shot.”
7. He said, “Alas ! I have been ruined.”
8. The old man said, “May God bless you !”
9. “May you prosper !” said my mother to me.
10. “Pooh ! Go to-hell,” said the old lady to her son.
Answer:
1. He prayed that I might live long.
2. He exclaimed with sorrow that he had failed.
3. He wished that he had been rich.
4. He bade goodbye to his friends.
5. He cried out for a glass of water.
6. The captain applauded him saying that it was a good shot.
7. He exclaimed with sorrow that he had been ruined.
8. The old man prayed that God might bless me.
9. My mother prayed that I might prosper.
10. The old lady scolded her son telling him to go to hell.

(H)
1. The father said to the son, “Go and post this letter.”
2. The officer said to the peon, “Show the visitor in.”
3. I said to my servant, “Do not disturb me while I am busy.”
4. The teacher said to the girls, “Take exercise daily.”
5. The prisoner said, “Alas ! I wish I were free.”
6. They said to him, “Do not torture the little children.”
7. The widow said to her mother, “I shall the with my husband.”
8. The widow requested him to save her from ruin.
9. She proposed to them that they should go to see the fair.
10. The mother said to the child, “Be brave and face the world.”
Answer:
1. The father ordered the son to go and post that letter
2. The officer ordered the peon to show the visitor in.
3. I ordered my servant not to disturb me while I was busy.
4. The teacher advised the girls to take exercise daily.
5. The prisoner wished that he had been free.
6. They advised him not to torture the little children.
7. The widow told her mother that she would die with her husband.
8. The widow said to him, “Please save me from ruin.”
9. She said to them, “Let us go to see the fair.”
10. The mother advised the child to be brave and face the world.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 23 Union and State Relations

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 23 Union and State Relations Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 23 Union and State Relations

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Discuss the legislative relations between the center and the states in Indian Constitution.
Or
How have the legislative powers been distributed between the center and the states?
Answer:
The Constitution of India very clearly distributes the legislative powers between the Center and the States. Both the sets of governments can frame laws independently in their respective spheres. There are three lists of powers given in the Constitution:

1. Union List:
In the Union list there are 97 subjects. The laws on all these 97 subjects can be framed by the Federal Government i.e., the Parliament of India. The list contains subjects of national importance. These subjects concern all the citizens of India equally. Subjects mentioned in this list are defence, foreign affaris, peace and war, communications, railways, posts and telegraph, currency and coinage, banking, foreign trade, shipping and civil aviation, etc. Laws framed on these subjects are enforced in all States and on all citizens equally.

2. State List:
In the state list there are 66 subjects. These subjects can be legislated upon by the States. Subjects mentioned in this list are like the law and order, police, jails, public health, education, agriculture, local self-government, hospitals, justice, organisation of judiciary except Supreme Court and High Courts, forests, revenue and unemployment, etc. The State Legislature frames laws on these subjects according to its will.

3. Concurrent List:
There are 47 subjects in the concurrent list. The subjects mentioned in the concurrent list are like the marriage, divorce, criminal law, civil procedure, newspapers, books, printing presses, electricity, price control, economic and social planning, trade unions, labour welfare, industrial and labour disputes, social security, legal and medical professions, bankruptcy, contempt of Court, adulteration of food stuffs, drugs and poisons, etc.

The principle underlying concurrent jurisdiction is that both the Centre and the States can frame laws on the subjects mentioned in the concurrent list. But if there is a conflict between the two, the Union law prevails and the state law fails to the extent of repugnancy. It is further provided that if the law, in question, made by the state legislature has been reserved by the Governor of the State concerned for the consideration of the President of India and has received his assent, then it will not be invalid. But Article 254 (2) empowers the Parliament to make a law with respect to the same subject matter adding to amending, varying or repealing the law made by the state with presidential assent.

Union Government is more powerful. From the distribution of powers between the Centre and the States it is clear that the Union government is more powerful than the States.
1. Residuary Powers:
Residuary powers have been allotted to the Central government by the Constitution. But in U.S.A., and Switzerland the residuary powers have been given to the States. It seems that the framers of the Constitution have followed the Canadian example with a view to keep the Centre in a very strong position.

2. Encroachment over the State list by the Union:
The Constitution gives the States power to frame laws on all the subjects included in the State list. But the Central Government has the authority to interfere even in these powers of States under certain special circumstances.

(i) At the resolution of Rajya Sahha. The Union Parliament will be authorized to pass a law on a subject list about which the Rajya Sabha passes a resolution with 2/3rd majority of the members present and voting saying that subject has attained national importance. Such a resolution of the Rajya Sabha will give the Parliament the legislative power for one year at a time. The power may extended yearly till the need is felt. The law of the Parliament in such circumstances will come to an end six months after the lapse of the resolution of the Rajya Sabha.

(ii) At the request of two or more states. Article 252 empowers the Parliament to legislate on a matter in the State list if two or more states desire that any of the matter in the State list be regulated by the Parliament. Any act so passed cannot be amended by a state legislature of which the law – applies.

(iii) On the failure of Constitutional machinery in the state. The Parliament is empowered to pass laws on the State subject for the State in which emergency has been proclaimed because of the failure of constitutional machinery. It may delegate its legislative power concerning the State to President of India if it so deems necessary.

(iv) At the time of emergency arising due to war, external aggression and armed revolt. The Parliament has the authority to pass laws on any subject of the State list during the emergency proclaimed because of war and external aggression, etc. Such a law may be made for the whole of India or any part thereof.

(v) To enforce international treaties, agreements and decisions of international conferences. The Parliament has the power to make law on any item of the State list in order to implement some international treaty or agreement or convention.

(vi) Prior approval before introducing the bill. Some bills require previous sanction of the President before their introduction in the State Legislature e.g., bill concerning restrictions on the Inter-State trade.

(vii) Assent of the President on certain bills is essential. Some bills are reserved by the Governor for the signature of the President after being pased by the State legislature, e.g., bills concerning restriction on the powers of High Courts or bills concerning acquisition of property by the State by paying compensation, etc. The President has the power of absolute veto over the bills which are thus reserved by the Governors for his signature.

A critical examination of legislative relations leaves the impression that the Centre is very powerful in legislative matters and it can impose its will on the State’ All subjects of national importance are in the Union list and in the Concurrent list. Centre is all powerful. It is rightly remarked by K.V. Rao that a mere glance at the State list “shows how unimportant the subjects are and also how ambiguous and blurred.”

Moreover, the Centre has strengthened its hand by virtue of taking recourse to the facilities provided to it as mentioned above. The way the Centre acted in the case of the Kerala Education Bill (1958) clearly proves that the legislative powers of the State are very limited. It has been remarked by S.N. Jain and Alice Jacob that “the Centre while communicating assent has often tended to dictate its policies to the States, though actual assent has been refused only in a few cases.” R.P. Pandey rightly feared that “the whole frame of the federal Constitution” falls if the President is pleased to take a more active part in the consideration of State Bill.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 23 Union and State Relations

Question 2.
Discuss the administrative relations between the Union and the States in India.
Answer:
Like the legislative powers the administrative powers are also divided between the Centre and the States. Administrative relations between the Union and the States largely follow the pattern laid down by the Government of India Act of 1935. Like legislative sphere, the Union is very strong in administrative matters.

According to Dr. Johri, ‘Though the areas of executive authority have been marked both for the Union and the States, the latter have become more or less like the vassals by virtue of the colossal power of the direction, superintendence and control vested in the hands of the Central Government.” As given in Part XI of the Constitution of India, the provisions of the Union-State Administrative relations are as,follows:

1. Art. 162 provides that the executive power of the Union extends to all matters on which Parliament can make laws. On the other hand, the states have executive powers over matters included in State List. In matters included in the Concurrent List the executive functions ordinarily remainwith the states.

2. Art. 256 says that the executive power of every state shall be so exercised as to ensure compliance with the laws made by the Parliament.

3. It is the function of the State executive to see that it does not become a hindrance in the way of the Central executive. For this purpose also the Central Government is empowered to issue direction to State executive.

4. The Central Government may ask the State Government to construct and maintain the means of communication of national and military importance. The Central Government may direct the State Government to protect the railway lines and the trains passing through the States.

5. The State executive is to see that the laws made by the Parliament and the other laws prevalent in the States are very well executed. The Central Government is authorized to give directions to the State governments for this purpose.

6. The President of India appoints the State Governors on the advice of the council of ministers at the Centre. He has the powor to remove them as well. That is why the Governors normally work as representatives of the Central Government in the States. They submit reports to the Centre about the conditions of the State off and on.

7. The federal government can enquire into the charges levelled against the Chief Ministers and may persuade them to vacate the office when the charges are proved.

8. The President can depute any of the State employees to work in accordance with the wishes of the Union Government. Of course the Central Government will pay to the State Government for the extra expenditure made in carrying out the orders.

9. The Parliament can make rules regarding the dispute between the two States with regard to the use of water and boundaries.

10. The President can form an Inter-State Council to advise the States in disputes.

11. All the big officers of the States are manned by the members of the All India Services. These officers are governed by the rules and regualtions of the Union Government.

12. The Union Government can hold a conference of the representatives of State governments to discuss the common problems of the States. The Union Government can ask the State governments to carry out the decisions taken at such conferences.

13. The Union Government enjoys vast powers during emergency. The Central Government may issue instructions to the State governments concerning any subject during the emergency proclaimed because of war or external aggression etc. During the operation of proclamation of emergency, the Union Government can take over the legislative and administrative powers of all the States and, thus suspend the working of federal polity for the country as a whole. As far as the Emergency proclaimed because of the failure of the Constitutional machinery of a State is cocerned, the powers of the State executive go to the Central Executive and the assembly of the State is dissolved and the Council of Ministers is dismissed.

14. If the Parliament makes laws declaring high waterways to be national highways or national waterways then the union government may undertake their construction and maintenance.

15. In Indian federal administration, trade commerce and intercourse is free throughout the country. The parliament has a power to restrict such intercourse for public interest. The states have no such freedom.

In administrative sphere, the Union Government is powerful. Though Governor is a constitutional head, yet he is the representative of the Centre and many times Centre intervenes in the the State affairs through governor. The Union Government is able to penetrate quite deep into the administrative affairs of the state through All India Services.

The way the Central Reserve Police was used by the Centre in Sept. 1968 to deal with the situation created by the strike of Central Government employees in Kerala was criticised by the opposition parties. But L.M. Singvi is of the opinion that “If properly understood, one must appreciate this observation that the use of the Central Reserve Police has proved a very effective device to exercise control over the recalcitrant States so that they do not run in flat contradiction to the spirit of the Constitution or important national policies.”

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 23 Union and State Relations

Question 3.
Discuss the financial relations between the Centre and States in India.
Answer:
If the legislative and administrative autonomy of the States are to be real then it must be accompanied by an adequate financial autonomy. It is an accepted principle of the federation that both the Union and the State Governments must have enough sources of revenue to carry out their legislative and administrative business. In India the financial powers have also been distributed between the Centre and the States.

The Central Government can impose the following taxes: income tax excepting the agricultural income, import and export duty, excise duty on tobacco, taxes on newspapers, taxes on railway fares and freights, corporation tax, estate duty on property other than agricultural land, terminal taxes on goods or passengers carried by air, sea or railway, taxes on the sale or purchase of goods in the inter-State commerce etc.

The power of the States, regarding the imposition of taxes extends to the he following matters-land revenue, taxes on agricultural land, income estate duty on agricultural land, taxes on lands and buildings, excise duty on alcoholic liquor, taxes on electricity, taxes on goods and passengers carried by road or on, inland waterways, taxes on vehicles, taxes on boats and animals, professional tax, taxes on luxuries, stamps duties, etc. But it is not enough to study the divisions of the power of taxation between the Centre and the States because the financial relations of the Centre and the States are complicated as given below:

1. There are faxes which are exclusively Central, and the revenues from which are wholly appropriated for the use of the Central government. These include export duties, corporation tax, taxes on the capital value of the assests, exclusive of agricultural land of individuals and companies.

2. Some taxes are levied by the Central Government and are also collected by it. But the income from these taxes is distributed among the States, for example income from income tax.

3. There are certain taxes which are levied by the Centre, but are collected by the States and appropriated by them for their own use. They are stamp duties and excise duties on medicinal and toilet preparations containing alcohol.

4. Some taxes are such as are levied and collected by Centre and those are distributed between the Centre and the States. Income tax on income other than from the agricultural land, is included in this category. Income tax is distributed between the Centre and the States on the recommendations of the Finance Commission. The share of union territories goes to the Cenrtre. Excise duties of the union other than those on medicine and toilet preparations, will be levied and collected by the Centre but may be distributed between the Centre and the States in accordance with the law made by the Parliament.

5. The States of Assam, West Bengal, Bihar and Orissa get grants-in-aid in lieu of the export duty on jute products on the recommendations of the Finance Commission.

6. Grants-in-aid. The Parliament may by law decide to give grants-in-aid to such States as are in need of the same in its opinion. The Centre may give special grants-in-aid to the states to complete some special plans for development. It is for the Union Parlimament to fix the extent of these grants and the Union government can lay down the condition, under which they are to be administered.

7. The Union Government may give loans to the states subject to the conditions laid down by an act of the parliament or may guarantee loans to the states provided that the limits set by the parliament to the Union loan are not exceeded.

8. The Comptroller and Auditor-General of India is appointed by the President and the Parliament may entrust duties and grant him such powers in relation to state accounts as it may deem proper.

9. The Parliament may by law impose certain restrictions on the inter-state trade for public purpose. But if a State Legislature wants to pass such law, it will require the previous sanction of the President.

10. The President appoints the Finance Commission of India for a term of five years. The Finance Commission recommends to the President the distribution of taxes between the centre and the states. Financial Emergency can be proclaimed by the President if he is satisfied that the financial stability or credit of India is threatened.

In such an Emergency also the powers of the federal Government increase as far as the financial sphere is concerned. The Central Government may issue any directions of financial nature to the States in such an Emergency. The money bills passed by the state legislatures will be reserved for the signatures of the President. The President may reduce the salaries of any category or categories of government servants including the judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 23 Union and State Relations

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Mention briefly the legislative relations between the Centre and the states in India.
Answer:
The Constitution of India very clearly distributes the legislative powers between the Centre and the states. There are three lists of powers given in the Constitution Union List, State List and Concurrent List.

  1. Union List: There are 97 subjects and Parliament can make laws on these subjects.
  2. State List: There are 66 subjects and on these subjects only states are competent to make law.
  3. Concurrent list: There are 47 subjects. Both the Centre and the States can frame laws on these subjects. But if there is a conflict between the two, the Union law prevails.
  4. Residuary Powers: Residuary powers have been allotted to the Central government by the Constitution.

In legislative matters Centre is more powerful than the States. The Central government has the authority to make laws on the subjects mentioned in the state list under certain special circumstances.

Question 2.
Discuss briefly the financial relations between the Centre and the States in India.
Answer:
In India the financial powers have been distributed between the Centre and the States.

  1. There are certain taxes which are exclusively assigned to the Central government.
  2. There are certain taxes which are exclusively assigned to the State governments.
  3. There are taxes which are exclusively central and the revenue from the wholly appropriated for the use of the Central government.
  4. Some taxes are levied and.collected by the Central government, but the income is distributed among the States.

Question 3.
How is the scheme of distribution of subjects between the Centre and the States is in favour of the Centre?
Answer:
The scheme of distribution of powers between the Centre and the States is clearly in favour of the Centre. The Union List consists of 97 subjects where State List includes 66 subjects only. Moreover, the Union List contains subjects of national importance, whereas State List includes subjects of local importance.

On 47 subjects of Concurrent list both the centre and state can frame laws but if there is a conflict between the two, the union law prevails and the state law fails to the extent of repugnancy. Residuary powers are also with the centre. Under certain special circumstances the centre has a right to make law on the subjects contained in the State list.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 23 Union and State Relations

Question 4.
What are the causes of tension between the relationship of the centre and the states?
Answer:
There are many causes of tension between the relationship of the centre and the states. Followings are some of them:

  • The division of financial resources and the system of financial relations as laid down by the constitution of India is the root cause of tension. The States find themselves financially poor and dependent on the centre.
  • Another major cause of tension is the dual role of the governor as the agent of the centre and the constitutional head of the state.
  • Misuse of Article 356.
  • Deployment of Central Forces in the States.

Question 5.
In what way the tension between the centre and state can be reduced?
Answer:

  • The states should be given adequate source of revenue.
  • There should be Clarify in the role of governor.
  • Art. 356 should not be misused for political purposes.
  • The centre should not misuse its power to amending the Constitution.

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Mention briefly the legislative relations between the Centre and the states in India.
Answer:
There are three lists of powers given in the Constitution-Union List, State List and Concurrent List.

  1. Union List: There are 97 subjects and Parliament can make laws on these subjects.
  2. State List: There are 66 subjects and on these subjects only states are competent to make law.
  3. Concurrent list: There are 47 subjects. Both the Centre and the States can frame laws on these subjects. But if there is a conflict between the two, the Union law prevails.
  4. Residuary Powers: Residuary powers have been allotted to the Central government by the Constitution.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 23 Union and State Relations

Question 2.
Discuss briefly the financial relations between the Centre and the States in India.
Answer:
In India the financial powers have been distributed between the Centre and the States.

  • There are certain taxes which are exclusively assigned to the Central government.
  • There are certain taxes which are exclusively assigned to the State governments.

Question 3.
What are the causes of tension between the relationship of the centre and the states?
Answer:
The division of financial resources and the system of financial relations as laid down by the constitution of India is the root cause of tension. The States find themselves financially poor and dependent on the centre. Another major cause of tension is the dual role of the governor as the agent of the centre and the constitutional head of the state.

Question 4.
In what way the tension between the centre and state can be reduced?
Answer:

  • The states should be given adequate source of revenue.
  • There should be Clarify in the role of governor.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 23 Union and State Relations

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
In which article It Is mentioned that India will bé ‘Union of States’?
Answer:
Article I of indian Constitution.

Question 2.
From which country we have taken the idea of ‘Union of States?’
Answer:
Canada.

Question 3.
How many subjects are in the Union List?
Answer:
There are 97 subjects in the Union List.

Question 4.
How many subjects are in the State List?
Answer:
There are 66 subjects in the State List.

Question 5.
How many subjects are in the Concurrent List?
Answer:
There are 47 subjects in the Concurrent List.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 23 Union and State Relations

Fill in The Blanks

1.In the Union List there are subjects.
Answer:
97

2. In the State Lists there are subjects.
Answer:
66

3. There are 47 subjects in the List.
Answer:
Concurrent.

True or False statement:

1. The State governors are appointed by Chief Minister.
Answer:
False

2. In India, Residuary powers have been allotted to the State government.
Answer:
False

3. The President can form an Inter-States Council to advice the states in disputes.
Answer:
True.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 23 Union and State Relations

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Which one of the following articles declares India a ‘Union of States’?
(A) Art. 1
(B) Art. 10
(C) Art. 4
(D) Art. 2.
Answer:
(A) Art. 1

Question 2.
Who said, “The Indian Constitution is neither purely federal nor unitary but a combination of both.”
(A) D.D. Basu
(B) Dr. Jennings
(C) G.N. Singh
(D) Dr. John.
Answer:
(A) D.D. Basu

Question 3.
Union List includes:
(A) 66 Subjects
(B) 47 Subjects
(C) 97 Subjects
(D) 98 Subjects.
Answer:
(C) 97 Subjects

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 23 Union and State Relations

Question 4.
State List includes:
(A) 66 Subjects
(B) 47 Subjects
(C) 62 Subjects
(D) 52 Subjects.
Answer:
(A) 66 Subjects

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 22 Indian Federal System

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 22 Indian Federal System Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 22 Indian Federal System

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Discuss the nature of Indian Federalism.
Or
Describe the major characteristics of Indian Federal System.
Or
‘The Indian Constitution is federal in nature but unitary in spirit.’ Examine the statement.
Answer:
The Constitution of India establishes a federal system of government in the country. But the federal system of government in India has come under severe criticism at so many hands. Many people are of the view-point that the constitution of India is only federal in form but it is unitary in spirit. The administration has been organized in such a way that the units of federation cannot exercise their powers independently and they are merely reduced to administrative territories of the union.

The American Constitution established the federal system of government in U.S.A. first of all. In America the units enjoy more powers as compared to the Central government. In Switzerland also the Cantonal governments are more powerful than the Central government. But knowing all this the Indian Constitution allotted more powers to the union government and the states were given an insignificant position.

Dr. Basu is of the opinion that “The Constitution of India is neither purely federal, nor purely unitary, but is combination of both.” In the words of K.C.Wheare, “The Indian Constitution establishes a system of government which is at the most quasi-federal and revolutionary in character; a unitary state with subsidiary federal features rather than a federal state with unitary features.”

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 22 Indian Federal System

Question 2.
What are the major characteristics that made the Indian Constitution a Federal Constitution?
Or
Describe the major characteristics of Indian Federal System.
Answer:
Following are the main features of Indian federation:
1. Division of Powers:
The Constitution of India has established two forms of governments-union government and state governments. The Constitution distributes powers between these two sets of governments. There are three lists of powers in the Constitution-

  • Union list,
  • State list and
  • Concurrent List.

The Union list consists of 97 subjects: 42nd Amendment inserted 2 A in the Seventh Schedule of the Constitution. In the union list those subjects have been included on which the central parliament can pass laws or levy taxes e.g. Defence, Atomic energy, Foreign affairs, War and Peace, Railways, Navigation, Post and Telegraph, Banks, Insurance, Census, Income-tax, Customs, Estate duty etc.

There are 66 subjects in the State list. In the State list those subjects are included on which, normally, the state legislature can pass laws or levy taxes, e.g., police, jails, local government, agriculture, forests, public services of the states, revenue, income- tax on agricultural income, professional tax, etc.

The Concurrent list consists of 47 subjects. The subjects included in the Concurrent list are criminal law, criminal procedure, marriage and divorce, bankruptcy, civil procedure, administration of , justice, forests, protection of wild animals and birds, population control and family planning, education, weights and measures except establishment of standards, etc.

On these subjects both the centre and the states can pass laws, but if there is a clash between a law of the centre and that of the State or States, the latter will automatically be null and void to the extent it comes into clash with the law of the Centre. The residuary powers have been given to the Centre by the Constitution.

2. Written Constitution:
The Indian Constitution is written and rigid. The Indian I Constituent Assembly sat from December 9, 1946 to November 26, 1949 to frame the Constitution of India. Every Article of the Constitution was passed after due ! consideration. Indian Constitution consists of 395 Articles and 12 Schedules.

3. Rigid Constitution:
The Constitution of India is also a rigid one. It is said that the Indian Contitution had adopted the middle course of the flexible and rigid Constitution. Certain articles of the Indian Constitution can be amended by the Parliament with simple majority only e.g. the Articles concerned with the formation of new states, scheduled castes and scheduled tribes, allowances of the members of parliament, Indian citizenship, etc. The remaining Constitution can be amended in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 368.

The Constitution according to this Article can be amended by absolute majority and 2/3rd majority of the members present and voting in both the houses separately. But if the amendment is concerned with the articles mentioned in the Article 368, the approval of 50% of the states will be required in addition to the above written process in the parliament. The procedure of amendment given in Article 368 i.e., special majority in both the houses and approval of 50% states for some articles cannot, in any case, be called the simple procedure rather it is a special procedure because of which the Constitution of India is rigid.

4. Supremacy of the Constitution:
The Constitution in a federation is always kept supreme. The supremacy of the Constitution has been maintained in India too. The central and the state governments in India have to act in accordance with Constitution as the latter is above the government. The power of judicial review is kept in order to maintain the sanctity of the supremacy of the Constitution.

5. Supremacy of the Judiciary:
In a federal system of government, the judiciary is given a special place. The Indian Constitution establishes a powerful and independent judiciary in India. It decides disputes between the Centre and the States. It interprets the Constitution also. The interpretation of the Constitution given by the judiciary is considered final and the most authentic. It can declare any law unconstitutional if it is not in tune with the provisions of the Constitution.

6. Bicameral Legislature:
Bicameral system of legislature is also another important feature of a federal system of government. The Indian parliament also consists of two chambers-the Lok Sabha and the Rajya Sabha. The Lok Sabha is the lower chamber and it represents the masses.The Rajya Sabha is the second chamber and it represents the states. The Rajya Sabha is a permanent chamber and it cannot be dissoved. The members to the Rajya Sabha are elected by the state legislatures. Each state elects a fixed number of members to the Rajya Sabha.

7. Dual Polity:
India has two governments functioning at two different levels—the national or the federal government, on the one side, and the government of each component state, on the other. The state government draws its authority not from the federal government but from the Constitution of India, the same source from which the federal government draws its powers.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 22 Indian Federal System

Question 3.
What are the major characteristics that made the Indian Constitution a Unitary Constitution?
Answer:
Though all the characteristic features of a federation are present in India, yet the word, ‘Federation’ does not occur anywhere in the text of the Constitution of India. According to Art. 1 of the Constitution, “India shall be a Union of States.” The founding fathers purposefully avoided the word ‘Federation’. Art. 1 of the Constitution created a federation by describing India as a ‘Union of States’. In other words, our federation is a Union of States.

There are very strong trends towards the unitary government as the centre has been made very powerful. Moreover, in emergency, the form of government changes from federal into unitary because of which it is said that the form of government in India is federal in peace but unitary in emergency. The trend towards unitary government is clear from the following factors:

1. Division of Powers in favour of Centre:
The Indian Constitution has distributed the powers between the centre and the states in such a way that centre has become stronger than the states. The central government gets the lion’s share of the powers. Most important and almost all important subjects have been included in the union list. If there is a clash over a subject in the concurrent list between the centre and the states, the will of the centre will prevail.

2. Encroachment over the State list by the Union Government:
There are so many provisions in the Constitution with the help of which the centre can interfere with the powers of the states and can exercise these powers,

  • The Parliament by ordinary majority can change the names and boundaries of the states. It can create and abolish legislative councils in states.
  • Rajya Sabha can transfer a state subject in favour of the centre in the name of the national interest. It is to pass such a resolution by 2/3rd majority. Rajya Sabha is a part of Centre,
  • The Central Executive can give directions to the state executive from time to time. The powers of the state executive can be used this way by the Centre,
  • The parliament can make law on any subject in order to enforce a treaty or an agreement entered into between India and any other foreign power. The subject may be a Central subject or a State subject.
  • Many government officials are appointed in the States on behalf of the Central Government,
  • Some bills can be introduced in the State Legislature only by the prior permission of the President of India.
  • Some bills after they are passed by the state Legislature are to be sent to the President of India for his assent,
  • The state governors are appointed by the President of India. He is in fact an agent of the Central Government.

3. Influence of the Union Executive over the State Executive:
There are certain provisions in the Constitution with the help of which the union executive can exert a great degree of influence over the state executive. The union executive can also interfere in the working of the States:—

(i) The Governor of a State is appointed by the President of India. The entire state administration is run in the name of the Governor. The Governor is the head of the State as well as the agent of the Central Government. The Governor remains in office during the pleasure of the Central Government. In order to remain in office the governors are to act in acordance with the wishes of the Central Government.

(ii) There is large number of civil servants who work in the States but their appointment, promotion and dismissal is controlled by the Central government. These officials belong to the All India Services and occupy the important offices of the administrative machinery of the States.

(iii) The Central Government issues orders to the states from time to time. It is mentioned in the Constitution that the Government should exercise its powers in such a way that it does not come in clash with the Central Government in any way.

(iv) The President of India can issue the state essential orders regarding the protection of railway lines and other means of communication.

4. No Separate Constitution of the State:
In America and Switzerland the States have their own separate Constitutions and in them everything regarding the system of administration in the States is mentioned. The units can amend the Constitution according to their own sweet will. But in India except the state of Jammu and Kashmir, no other state has its own Constitution. Everything concerning the states’ administration has been mentioned in the Constitution of India. Dr. Ambedkar said, “The Constitution of the Union of States is a single frame from which neither can get out and within which they must work.”

5. Change in the boundaries of States:’
The Constitution of India empowers the parliament to change the boundaries of the existing States or create new States or change the names of the States on the recommendation of the President. In fact this has happened in India. In a perfect federation this cannot happen. The Central Government has no right to change boundaries of States and as such it is a departure from federal set-up.

6. Amendment in the Constitution:
It is said that the Constitution of India is rigid but the States do not play an important role in the amendment of the Constitution. First, only a part of the Constitution is rigid and for making amendment in this part the approval of half the States of India is required. While making amendment in other parts of the Constitution, the approval of the States is not at all required.

Secondly, resolution regarding the amendment of the Constitution can only be initiated by the parliament and not by the state. Both in America and Switzerland the units have the right to initiate an amendment to the Constitution. In India the State cannot initiate an amendment to the Constitution even if it conerns the State administration.

7. Unequal representation of the States in Rajya Sabha:
An important feature of federalism is that the States should get equal representation in the second chamber of the legislature. In a federation upper chamber secures an equality of representation to federating units irrespective of their size and population. In India, on the other hand, the States are represented in the Rajya Sabha not on the principle of equal representation but on the basis of population of every State. This is a fundamental departure from the federal principle.

8. Single Citizenship:
Normally there is double citizenship in a federation just like the U.S.A. But in India there is single citizenship, i.e. all the citizens of all the States are equally good citizens of India. This factor also indicates the trend towards the unitary government.

9. Uniformity in certain fundamental principles:
The Indian Constitution has displayed uniformity in certain fundamental principles which is not found in many other federal countries.

(i) The Constitution of India provides for a single integrated judicial system for the whole of India. The Supreme Court and the High Courts are links in the same chain. There are no two sets of laws but single civil and criminal code for the entire country. This is clear violation of the federal principle.

(ii) In the whole of the country there functions the same Election Commission, Finance Commission and the Comptroller and Auditor General. The States do not have their separate Election Commissions and Comptroller and Auditor Generals.

(iii) In the whole of India the members of All India Services serve both in the States and the Centre.
All the above mentioned things give an indication that there exists a unitary from of government in India.

10. Constitution does not mention the word federation:
The Indian Constitution does not make use of the word ‘federation’. It makes use of he word ‘Union’ in place of the word ‘federation’. The word ‘Federation’ points towards the autonomous status of the States but the word ‘Union’ does not lay stress upon the autonomous status of the States. The word Union points towards the supremacy of the Central Government. We can also say this thing that Indian federation is not formed in the way in which American federation has been formed. The Indian federal union was formed by those States which were under the Indian Union previously. Under such circumstances it is but natural that the union government should establish its own supremacy.

11. Unitary government in time of emergency:
During emergency the federal government can be changed into a unitary government. It is the President of India who proclaims emergency in the State and such an emergency order is to be approved by the parliament. The States are not consulted in this case. During emergency the President of India can take over the administration of all the States under his own control and the parliament gets the authority of framing all types of laws.

When an emergency is declared because of external aggression, war, armed rebellion or a threat of any of them, the form of government will change from the federal to unitary which implies that the centre will be empowered to exercise the legislative and executive powers of the States. During financial emergency and during the failure of State constitutional machinery the powers of the Centre increase.

12. Centralised Planning. In India, planning is centralised:
The Prime Minister is the chairman of the NITI Aayog and other members are appointed by the centre. According to K.S. Santhanam, “Planning has superseded the federation and our country is working as a unitary system in many respects.”

Real Position:
The Indian Constitution has federal features as well as unitary features. But the controversial point is whether Indian Constitution should be called federal or unitary. Mr. P.T. Chacko said, “What the Constitution would establish in the form of a federation is a federal type of State in which the central government has been given more powers.” During emergency the central government becomes more powerful.

During peace time India is very much a federal State. Whatever powers have been granted to the States by the Constitution they can excercise it according to their own sweet will. The Centre cannot interfere in the working of the administration of the States. But if the constitutional machinery fails in a State, or there are internal riots in the State, or there is danger of an external aggression then the central government takes away all the powers.

In the end we can conclude that the Constitution establishes a federal type of government in India. But during emergency it can be changed into unitary type of State in order to face the crisis. So the Constitution of India is federal in form and unitary in spirit.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 22 Indian Federal System

Question 4.
Why has a strong centre been established in Indian Federation?
Answer:
Indian Constitution establishes a federation, but at the same time strong centre is established. The factors behind making the Centre strong in the Indian Constitution were mentioned by Pt. Nehru as the Chairman of the Union Power Committee in the Constituent Assembly. He pointed out that a weak Centre can’t establish peace and order, nor can it co-ordinate common issues, nor can it represent the entire country in the international sphere. Following are the reasons for making the Centre so powerful:

1. Need of Strong Centre to face the Different Problems of the Country:
When Indian Constitution was being prepared, the country was facing many problems such as communal riots, Kashmir problem, problem of refugees, economic problems, etc. Only strong centre can solve all these problems. Hence, strong centre was established.

2. Strong Centre needed to face the external aggression:
Our founding fathers were aware of the fact that Pakistan may create problems by creating disturbances in the States if a weak centre is established. It was felt that only a strong Centre can meet the external foes. The Centre must be very powerful to meet any invasion successfully.

3. Responsibility of the Centre to defend and protect every part of the country:
It is the reponsibility of the Central Government to defend and protect every part of India. The Centre is to see that situation of law and order in the State is quite normal. To meet all these needs it is essential that Centre should be made very powerful. The Centre cannot face the crisis if it is not armed with full powers. It is why the Central Government can take over the administration of the entire States in its own hands during Emergency.

4. Communalism:
To curb communalism strong Centre was needed, “An equally forceful influence towards centralisation,” says Granville Austin, “was the national pre-occupation with communalism from the late twenties until partition…” And when communal demands did take federal forms as in the case of the Muslims, the explosiveness of the mixture made the Congress leaders more wary of the concept of provincial autonomy as well as of the communalism itself. In such an atmosphere unity gained further significance.

5. Social Revolution:
Another reason for a strong Centre, as given by Austin, was necessitated by the goal of social revolution for which a divisive formula was not quite suitable for India. There must be a strong Centre to think and plan for the well-being of the country as a whole which meAnswer:..having the authority…to co¬ordinate (and)…power of initiative. It should be in a position to supply the wherewithal to the provinces for the better administration whenever the need arises.

6. Partition:
Moreover, the partition had its effect. If India not been partitioned at the time it got its freedom, there would certainly have been far fewer features of centralisation in the Indian Constitution than we find today. By providing an example of the dangers inherent in separatism, it served to unite the Indians. So the Constitution makers did their best to provide a long arm to Centre to curb the fissiparous tendencies arising anywhere in the country in future.

7. Lesson from the Long History of India:
States cannot be granted complete autonomy because it proves harmful sometimes. The Central Government has been made more powerful on the basis of the exeperience of the past. Ther is a danger of the disintegration of the country if States are given frill autonomy. In U.S.A. once the States tried to scede themselves from the Centre: In India the people have sharp differences on the basis of religion, caste and language and there is always a danger of States having separatist tendencies.

8. Strong Centre needed to play effective role in International sphere:
It is most essential to make the Centre strong in the present age. Now-a-days different countries of the world have come closer to one another. Each State is to maintain various types of relations with other States. No State can gain importance in the ’ international sphere if the Centre is not strong.

9. Tendency towards Centralisation:
The Constitution makers were also aware of the modem trend towards Centralisation. Even the framers of the American Constitution as observed by Prof. Carr represented a substantial step towards centralised government and the first years after the adoption of the new Constitution continued to be marked by strong nationalist tendencies. While these (formative) periods have not followed one another in orderly fashion, in the long run there has been a tendency for the periods expanding national power to last longer and to have more permanent effects on national, political and economic affairs.

Due to all these reasons Centre was made very strong. Before the fourth general election in the Centre as well as in almost all the States the Congress Party was in power. The dominance of the Congress Party made Centre very powerful.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 22 Indian Federal System

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write the distribution of Powers in Indian Federalism.
Answer:
The Constitution of India very clearly distributes the powers between the centre and the states. There are three lists of powers between the centre and the states, given in the Constitution:

  1. The Union List. There are 97 Subjects in the Union List. Only union government can make laws on these subjects. The main subjects are-Railways, Post and Telegraph, Coinage and Currency, Defence and Foreign Affairs.
  2. The State List. There are 66 subjects in this list. The state governments can make laws on them. The main subjects are-law and order, police, agriculture, irrigation and public works.
  3. The Concurrent List. There are 47 Subjects in the Concurrent List. On these subjects both the centre and the states can make law. But if the two laws are contradictory, the laws of the Centre prevail.

Question 2.
Give four unitary features of the Constitution of India.
Answer:
Following are some of the Unitary features of the Constitution of India.

  1. Centre is very strong.
  2. There is single citizenship in India.
  3. Governors are appointed by the President.
  4. Single tmified judiciary.

Question 3.
Under what circumstances the Union Parliament can make laws on the subjects given in the State List?
Answer:
The Union Parliament can make laws on the subjects given in the State list under the following circumstances:
1. At the Resolution of Rajya Sabha. The Union Parliament will be authorised to pass a law on a subject of State List about which the Rajya Sabha passes a resolution with 2/3 majority of the members present and voting saying that subject has attained national importance.

2. At the request of two or more States. Article 252 empowers Parliament to legislate on a matter in the State list if two or more States desire that any of the matter in the states list be regulated by the Parliament.

3. The Parliament is empowered to pass laws on the State for the State in which emergency has been proclaimed because of the failure of Constitutional machinery.

4. The Parliament has the authority to pass laws on any subject of the State list during the emergency proclaimed because of war and external aggression etc.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 22 Indian Federal System

Question 4.
What was the need of a Strong Centre with a Federation India?
Answer:
Following are the reasons for making the Centre so powerful:
1. Need of Strong Centre to face the Different Problems of the Country. When Indian Constitution was being prepared, the country was facing many problems such as communal riots, Kashmir problem, problem of refugees, economic problems etc. Only strong Centre could solve all these problems. Hence strong Centre was established.

2. Strong Centre needed to face the External Aggression. Our founding fathers were aware if the fact that Pakistan may create problems by creating disturbances in the State of a weak Centre is established. It was felt that only a strong Centre can meet the external foes. The Centre must be very powerful to meet any invasion successfully.

3. Responsibility of the Centre to Defend and Protect every part of the Country. It is the responsibility of the Central Government to defend and protect every part of India. To meet all these needs it is essential that Centre should be made very powerful.

4. Communalism. To curb communalism strong Centre was needed.

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write the distribution of Powers in Indiap Federalism.
Answer:
The Constitution of India very clearly distributes the powers between the centre and the states. There are three lists of powers between the centre and the states, given in the Constitution: 1. The Union List 2. The State List 3. The Concurrent List.

Question 2.
Write a note on Union List.
Answer:
There are 97 Subjects in the Union List. Only union government can make laws on these subjects. The main subjects are-Railways, Post and Telegraph, Coinage and Currency, Defence and Foreign Affairs.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 22 Indian Federal System

Question 3.
Write a note on State List.
Answer:
There are 66 subjects in this list. The state governments can make laws on them. The main subjects are-law and order, police, agriculture, irrigation and public works.

Question 4.
Write a note on Concurrent List.
Answer:
There are 47 Subjects in the Concurrent List. On these subjects both the centre and the states can make law. But if the two laws are contradictory, the laws of the Centre prevail.

Question 5.
Give two unitary features of the Constitution of India.
Answer:
Following are some of the Unitary features of the Constitution of India.

  • Centre is very strong.
  • There is single citizenship in India.

Question 6.
Under what circumstances the Union Parliament can make laws on the subjects given in the State List?
Answer:
1. At the Resolution of Rajya Sabha. The Union Parliament will be authorised to pass a law on a subject of State List about which the Rajya ’ Sabha passes a resolution with 2/3 majority of the members present and voting saying that subject has attained national importance.

2. At the request of two or more States. Article 252 empowers Parliament to legislate on a matter in the State list if two or more States desire that any of the matter in the states list be regulated by the Parliament.

Question 7.
What was the need of a Strong Centre with a Federation India?
Answer:
Following are the reasons for making the Centre so powerful:

  • Need of Strong Centre to face the Different Problems of the Country.
  • Strong Centre needed to face the external aggression.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 22 Indian Federal System

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Name the first Country where federation was established?
Answer:
United Statea of America.

Question 2.
Mention the names of four countries where federation exist?
Answer:
India, U.S.A., Switzerland and Canada.

Question 3.
Write one basic feature of federation.
Answer:
Division of powers between the Centre and the States.

Question 4.
When Article 370, Abrogated from Indian Constitution?
Answer:
5-6 August, 2019.

Fill in the blanks

1. The Constitution in a ………… is always kept supreme.
Answer:
Federation

2. Normally there is ………….. citizenship in a federation.
Answer:
Double

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 22 Indian Federal System

True or False statement

1. In India, planning is centralised.
Answer:
True

2. In Indian Constitution has federal features as well as unitary features
Answer:
True

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Which one of the following is not a feature of Indian federation?
(A) Written Constitution
(B) Supremacy of the Constitution
(C) Distribution of Powers
(D) Dual Citizenship.
Answer:
(D) Dual Citizenship.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What was Guru Angad Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism?
Or
What did Guru Angad Dev Ji do for the development of Sikh Panth?
Or
Write five achievements of Guru Angad Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
1. Popularisation of Gurmukhi: Guru Angad Dev Ji’s first significant effort for the development of Sikhism was the popularisation of Gurmukhi script. Guru Angad Dev Ji improved and polished it. Now it became very easy even for common people to understand it. This script was also instrumental in rapid spread of education among the Sikhs.

2. Expansion of Langar System: Langar system was introduced by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji expanded it. In his time, the langar was managed by his wife Mata Khivi Ji. All people ate food in Langar collectively without any „ consideration of sex, caste or creed. Money for the Langar was given by the Sikhs to the Guru. This institution strengthened feelings of co-operation and fraternity among the Sikhs.

3. Organisation of Sangat: Guru Angad Dev Ji organised institution of Sangat more effectively founded by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The ‘Sangat’ means ‘sitting together collectively’. All people (male or female) could take part in it. The Sangat was considered to be a replica of God. The Sangat met every morning and evening to listen to the Bani (hymn) of the Guru. This institution helped a lot in the success of Sikh missionary work.

4. Denunciation of the Udasi Sect: Udasi sect was founded by Baba Sri Chand Ji, the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. This sect laid emphasis on ‘Sanyas’ or renunciation. Many people began to join the Udasi sect. Thus, the Udasi sect posed a formidable challenge to Sikhism. Therefore, Guru Angad Dev Ji made it clear in unequivocal terms that Sikhism was essentially a religion of householders and no true Sikh could be an Udasi. Thus, Guru Angad Dev Ji succeeded in preserving the purity and originality of Sikh religion.

5. Foundation of Goindwal Sahib: Guru Angad Dev Ji founded a new town named Goindwal Sahib near Khadur Sahib and thus accomplished another very significant step for the development of Sikhism. The town began to be built in 1546 A.D. Guru Angad Dev Ji made one of his devoted followers Amar Das fully responsible for this project. This town soon became a place of pilgrimage for the Sikhs.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 2.
What contribution was made by Guru Angad Dev Ji to improve Gurmukhi script?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji took the first important step towards the consolidation of Sikhism by popularising the Gurmukhi script. Although Gurmukhi script had come into being well before Guru Angad Dev Ji anybody could get confused by reading it. So Guru Angad Dev Ji made requisite improvements in this script and gave it a new look. As a result, it became easy for people to understand it. All the Sikh scriptures were subsequently written in this script.

As this script became popular, the Brahman class suffered a major setback because they considered Sanskrit as the only language of religion. The popularity of Gurmukhi proved helpful in the spread of Sikhism.’ This script reminds the Sikhs of their duty towards Guru. This script also proved very helpful in the spread of education among the Sikhs. Besides, a separate identity of the Sikhs from Hindus could be established. Undoubtedly the spread of the Gurmukhi script gave a new impetus to the development of Sikhism.

Question 3.
Write a short note on the importance of Sangat and Pangat.
Or
What do you know about Sangat?
Or
What do you mean by Pangat or Langar?
Answer:
1. Sangat: Sangat means a congregation of the Sikhs. This Sangat gathered in the morning and evening to listen to the Bani (Hymns) teachings of Guru Ji. This institution of Sangat was established by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji developed it further. Any man or woman could join the Sangat without the discrimination of caste, creed, or religion. Sangat was considered as God’s incarnation. Undoubtedly, this institution proved very significant in the development of Sikhism.

2. Pangat: Pangat or Langar was established by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji continued it and Guru Amar Das Ji further developed this institution. The Mughal emperor Akbar and the King of Haripur also had partaken Langar before meeting Guru Amar Das Ji. Langar was open for people of all religions and castes. The contribution of Langar was significant for the spread of Sikhism. This institution greatly helped in eradicating the caste system and untouchability in society. As a result of this institution, a feeling of mutual brotherhood developed among the Sikhs.

Question 4.
What problems had Guru Amar Das to face in the early years of his pontificate?
Answer:
1. Opposition of Dasu and Datu: Soon after Guru Amar Das Ji succeeded to the Guruship, he had to face the opposition from both the sons of Guru Angad Dev Ji, Dasu and Datu. They refused to recognise Guru Amar Das Ji as the Guru. In spite of provocation Guru Amar Das Ji showed utmost tolerance and humbleness.The Sikhs refused to consider them to be their Guru.

2. Opposition of Baba Sri Chand Ji: Baba Sri Chand Ji was the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and he considered himself to be the rightful successor to Guruship. Baba Sri Chand Ji had many followers. Guru Amar Das Ji showed great wisdom at this occasion. He clarified to the Sikhs that the principles of Udasi sect were totally against the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The Sikhs were convinced by his reasoning and logic. So, they left Baba Sri Chand Ji.

3. Opposition by the Muslims of Goindwal Sahib: The Muslims of Goindwal Sahib grew jealous of increasing popularity of Guru Amar Das Ji. They began to harass the Sikhs in many ways. They stole the belongings of the Sikhs. They pelted stones at the earthen pitchers in which the Sikhs brought water from the Beas and often broke them. Whenever the Sikhs complained about it to Guru Ji, he advised them to remain calm.

4. Opposition by the Hindus: Many Hindus were joining Sikhism as a result of the social reforms undertaken by Guru Amar Das Ji. Sikhism laid emphasis on social equality. All the people were Served Langar without any discrimination. The Sikhs had got a separate place of pilgrimage with the construction of a Baoli. The high caste Hindus of Goindwal Sahib complained to the Mughal emperor Akbar that Guru Amar Das Ji was propagating against Hinduism. After meeting Bhai jetha, Akbar declared that all charges against Guru Amar Das Ji were baseless.

Question 5.
Give an account of the development of Sikhism under Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Write down the five services done by Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikh religion.
Or
Give five contributions of Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
1. Construction of the Baoli at Goindwal Sahib: The first significant step undertaken by Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikhism was the construction of a Baoli at Goindwal Sahib. The construction work of the Baoli was started in 1552 A.D. and it was completed in 1559 A.D. Eighty-four steps were built to reach the Baoli. The construction of Baoli Sahib gave the Sikhs a place of pilgrimage of their own.

2. Expansion of Langar Institution: Guru Nanak Dev Ji started the institution of Langar. Guru Amar Das Ji expanded it greatly. Guru Amar Das Ji declared that no visitor could meet him unless he had taken the Langar. Mughal emperor Akbar and the ruler of Haripur had partaken the Langar in the Pangat before meeting Guru Amar Das Ji. It was open for people of every religion and caste. The institution of Langar proved much helpful in the propagation of Sikhism. It gave a shattering blow to the caste System.

3. Manji System: The establishment of Manji system was one of the most important works of Guru Amar Das Ji. During his Guruship, the number of the followers of Sikhism had increased considerably. Thus, it became impossible for Guru Amar Das Ji to reach every Sikh. So, he established twenty-two Manjis to convey the message of Sikhism in far off areas.

4. Denunciation of the Udasi Sect: The Udasi sect once again began to gain strength during the time of Guru Amar Das Ji. Many Sikhs were becoming Udasis, as they were impressed by the ascetism of Baba Sri Chand Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji showed considerable courage at this juncture. He left no stone unturned to explain to the Sikhs that Udasi sect was totally different from Sikhism. Thus, Guru Amar Das Ji saved Sikhism from being merged into Hinduism.

5. Social Reforms: Guru Amar Das Ji was a great social reformer. He launched a frontal attack on the caste system and Sati system. Guru Amar Das Ji vigorously opposed child marriage and the purdah systeifl. He was in favour of widow re-marriage. Besides, he introduced new (special) rituals for the Sikhs to be observed on occasions of birth, marriage and death. Thus, Guru Amar Das Ji founded a new society.

Question 6.
What was the importance of the construction of the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib in Sikh History?
Answer:
The first significant step undertaken by Guru Amar Das for the development of Sikhism was the construction of a Baoli at Goindwal Sahib. The construction work of the Baoli was started in 1552 A.D. and it was completed in 1559 A.D, Guru Ji had two objectives in its construction. First, he wanted to give the Sikhs a separate place of pilgrimage so that they could be separated from the Hindus. Secondly, he wanted to solve the water problem of the people of that place. Eighty four steps were built to reach the Baoli. After its construction was over, Guru Ji declared, “Whoever would attentively and reverently repeat the Japji on every step after a bath in the Baoli would escape from the wandering in the wombs of the 84 lakhs of living creatures.” The construction of Baoli Sahib proved a very important step in the development of Sikhism. It gave the Sikhs a place of pilgrimage of their own.

Question 7.
Describe briefly the social reforms of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Describe five reforms of Sri Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Discuss the social reforms introduced by Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Why is Guru Amar Das Ji called a social Reformer?
Or
Give an account of the five major social reforms of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
1. Denunciation of Caste Distinctions and Untouchabilities: Guru Amar Das Ji condemned the social evils like caste system and untouchability with strong words. He made it compulsory for each visitor to eat food in Langar before Guru’s darshan. He thus spread the message of universal brotherhood of mankind.

2. Denunciation of Female Infanticide: Bu$h of girl child was considered an ill-omen. The girls were mostly killed at the t^e of birth. Guru Amar Das Ji condemned this evil vehemently. He told that person, who kills girl child, is a sinner. He preached to Sikhs to do away with this evil.

3. Denunciation of Child Marriage: In that period, girls were married at a very young age. Thds the life of women was very deplorable. Therefore, Guru Amar Das Ji preached against child marriage.

4. Denunciation of Sati System: The worst evil of that time was Sati system. According to this inhuman system, if husband of any woman died, then she was forced to burn herself with her husband’s pyre. Guru Amar Das Ji raised his powerful voice against this century old system.

5. Denunciation of Purdah System: Purdah system was quite rampacnt at that time. This system was a great hindrance in the physical and mental growth of women. Therefore, Guru Amar Das Ji criticized this system, openly. He forbade the use of purdah.

Question 8.
What was the Manji System? How did it contribute in the development of Sikhism?
Or
What do you know about Manji System?
Or
Write a note on Manji System.
Answer:
The Manji system played a commendable role in the development of Sikhism. Guru Amar Das Ji was the founder of this important institution. A brief description of the origin and development of the Manji system is as given ahead:

1. Necessity: On account of the great efforts made by Guru Amar Das Ji, people in large numbers embraced Sikhism. Because the number of Sikhs had increased tremendously and they were spread out within and outside Punjab, hence it had become difficult for Guru Ji to personally approach them. Secondly, Guru Amar Das Ji had grown quite old by that time. Due to his growing age, it was difficult for Guru Ji to preach ip distant areas. Hence, Guru Amar Das Ji felt the need to start the Manji system.

2. Meaning of Manji System: While preaching, Guru Amar Das Ji sat on a huge cot. It was called Manja. The other Sikhs either sat on the floor or on mats to listen to his sermons. Guru Ji established 22 Manjis during his lifetime. Their heads were called the Manjidars. These Manjidars in order to show their respect towards Guru Ji used a small cot called Manji. For this reason, this institution came to be known as the Manji system.

3. Functions of the Manjidar: The Manjidar represented the Guru in the area under him. He was responsible for several types of works

  • He worked tirelessly for the propagation of Sikhism.
  • He conveyed the Hukams of Guru Ji to the Sangat.
  • He imparted religious education to the people,
  • He taught Gurmukhi to people,
  • He visited Guru Ji at least once in a year with the Sangat of his region at Goindwal Sahib,

4. Importance of Manji System: The Manji system made a valuable contribution towards the development and organization of Sikhism. This helped in the propagation of Sikhism to distant areas. Due to the influence of the Manjidars, people joined Sikhism in large numbers. It had far-reaching effects. The Manjidars collected money for langar and other works from the Sikhs besides the propagation of religion. Guru Amar Das Ji spent this money for the development of Sikhism. It greatly enhanced the popularity of Sikhism.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 9.
What type of relations did Guru Amar Das Ji have with the Mughals?
Or
Explain the relations between Mughal emperor Akbar and Guru Amar Das Ji,
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji had good relations with the Mughals. At that time Akbar was the Mughal ruler of India. As a result of Guru Amar Das Ji’s prayer, Akbar had succeeded in the expedition of Chittor. So Akbar came to Goindwal Sahib to convey his gratitude towards Guru Ji in 1568 A.D. He ate Langar with other people before meeting Guru Ji and complied with the tradition of partaking food in the Langar. He was very impressed by the personality of Guru Ji and the Langar system. He offered a few villages as Jagir for the conduct of Langar. The offer was declined by Guru Ji, In short, Akbar’s visit to Goindwal Sahib not only enhanced the prestige of Guru Amar Das but it also made Sikhism more popular.

Question 10.
Give the five contributions of Guru Ram Das Ji in the development of Sikhism.
Or
Explain the contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji to the growth of Sikhism.
Or
What was the contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji to Sikh religion?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji retained the Guruship from 1574 to 1581 A.D. Although, his tenure of Guruship was very short, yet he took many significant steps for the organisation and development of Sikhism.

1. Foundation of Ramdaspura: The most important contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji towards the Sikh Panth was the foundation of Ramdaspura or Amritsar. After assuming the Guruship, he himself settled here. In 1577 A.D. he founded Ramdaspura. He settled fifty two other traders, belonging to different trades, at this place in order to make it popular and attract people. The market formed by these traders came to be known as ‘Guru Ka Bazaar’. The foundation of Amritsar Occupies an important place in the history of Sikhism.

2. Introduction of Masand System: Guru Ram Das Ji had started the digging work of two Sarovars (Amritsar and Santokhsar) at Ramdaspura. He needed money to complete this work. So, he sent his representatives to different places to collect money from the Sikhs and to propagate Sikhism. This institution later came to be known as Masand system. It contributed a lot to the spread of Sikhism.

3. Reconciliation with the Udasis: Another important event relating to jthe pontificate of Guru Ram Das Ji was his reconciliation with Udasis. Once Baba Sri Chand Ji, the founder of Udasi sect visited Amritsar to see Guru Ram Das Ji. Baba Sri Chand Ji was so much impressed by Guru’s modesty and humility that he gave up opposing Sikhism from that day. This reconciliation between the Sikhs and the Udasis proved very useful for the Sikh Panth.

4. Some other Important Works: Guru Ram Das Ji did some other important works also for the development of Sikhism. He maintained the tradition of composing hymns. Guru Ram Das Ji composed 679 Sabads. He composed four Lawans . He further consolidated the institutions of Pangat, Sangat and Manji system. Guru Ram Das Ji also condemned in strong words such social evils as caste-system, sati system, child marriage, denial of widow re-marriage.

5. Friendly Relations with Akbar: Friendly relations between the Sikhs and Mughal emperor Akbar continued during his tenure of Guruship. Guru Ram Das Ji had met Akbar at Lahore. He was much impressed by Guru Ram Das Ji’s personality. So, he donated 500 Bighas of land to Guru Ram Das Ji.
Besides, he remitted one year’s land revenue of the farmers of the Punjab on recommendation of Guru Ram Das Ji. All this added to the fame and prestige of Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 11.
What is the importance of the foundation of Ramdaspura (Amritsar) in Sikh History?
Answer:
The most important contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji towards the Sikh Panth was the foundation of Ramdaspura or Amritsar. After assuming Guruship, he himself settled here. In 1577 AJD. he founded Ramdaspura. He settled fifty two other traders belonging to different trades at this place in order to make it popular and attract people. The market formed by these traders came to be known as ‘Guru Ka Bazaar’. It soon became a famous trade centre. Guru Ji planned to construct two sarovars (tanks) Amritsar and Santokhsar at Ramdaspura. First, the digging of the Amritsar sarovar was started. Baba Buddha Ji was entrusted to look after this project. Later on the name of Ramdaspura came to be knpwn as Amritsar. The foundation of Amritsar occupies an important place in the history of Sikhism. It gave them a separate place of pilgrimage which soon developed into the most famous centre of religious propagation.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 12.
Write a note on Udasi Sect.
Or
Write a brief note on Baba Sri Chand Ji.
Answer:
1. Baba Sri Chand Ji. The Udasi sect wa%founded by Baba Sri Chand Ji, the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Many Sikhs, impressed by the asceticism of Sri Chand, began to join Udasi sect which stressed the life of aloofness or renunciation. On the other hand Guru Nanak was in favour of family life.’ The other principles of Udasi sect were in tune with the principles of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Under such circumstances, it was feared that the Sikhs might forget the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and adopt Udasi sect.

2. Guru Angad Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji had strongly opposed the Udasi sect. He said that a true Sikh could not be an Udasi.

3. Guru Amar Das Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji too strongly opposed the Udasi sect.

4. Guru Ram Das Ji. During the pontificate of Guru Ram Das Ji a reconciliation was made with Udasis. Once Baba Sri Chand Ji, the founder of Udasi sect visited Amritsar to see Guru Ram Das Ji. Baba Sri Chand Ji felt much ashamed at this and withdrew his feet. Baba Sri Chand Ji was so much impressed by Guru’s modesty and humility that he gave up opposing Sikhism from that day. This reconciliation between the Sikhs and the Udasis proved very useful for the Sikh Panth.

Essay Type Questions:

Question 1.
What do you know about the early career of Guru Angad Dev Ji? Explain briefly.
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji was the second Guru of the Sikhs. His period of pontificate was from 1539 to 1552 A.D. A brief description of his early career is as under:

1. Birth and Parentage: The original name of Guru Angad Dev Ji was Bhai Lehna Ji. He was born in a village named Matte Di Sarai on 31st March 1504 A.D. His father’s name was Pheru Mai, who was a Trihun Khatri. His mother Sabhrai Devi was a religious minded lady. Her religious thoughts had a deep influence on Bhai Lehna Ji.

2. Childhood and Marriage: When Bhai Lehna Ji grew young he helped his father in his profession. At the age of 15 years, he was married to Bibi Khivi, the daughter of Devi Chand of the same village. In due course of time, Bhai Lehna was blessed with two daughters Bibi Amro and Bibi Anokhi and two sons Datu and Dasu. In 1526 A.D., Babar sacked Matte Di Sarai, so Pheru Mai along with his family shifted to Khadur Sahib, a village in Amritsar district. Soon after, Pheru Mai died and therefore the entire responsibility to run his family fell upon the shoulders of Bhai Lehna Ji.

3. Bhai Lehna Ji Becomes the Disciple of Guru Nanak Dev Ji: Before meeting Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Bhai Lehna Ji was a devotee of Mata Durga. He used to visit Jawalamukhi (in Kangra district) every year along with a group of devotees (Jatha) One day he heard in Khadur Sahib, the recitation of ‘Asa Di Var^from Bhai Jodha, Bhai Lehna Ji was so much stirred by it that he determined to meet Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Thus, when he set out for the pilgrimage of Jawalamukhi with his group of devotees next year, he stopped on the way at Kartarpur to meet Guru Nanak Dev Ji. He was so much overwhelmed and awed by the great personality and teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji that he felt his destination was at hand. Therefore, Bhai Lehna Ji became a follower of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and spent his life in the service of the Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

4. Assumption of Guruship: Bhai Lehna Ji served Guru Nanak Dev Ji dedicatedly and with full devotion. Guru Nanak Dev Ji put his disciple to hard tests from time to time. Bhai Lehna Ji passed all these tests. Guru Nanak Dev Ji decided to ordain Guruship to Bhai Lehna, as he was fully satisfied with his true devotion and endless affection. So, he placed one coconut and five paise before Bhai Lehna Ji and greeted him and appointed him as his successor. Guru Nanak Dev Ji named him (Bhai Lehna Ji) ‘Angad’ because he considered him a part of his own body. It happened on 7th September, 1539 A.D. The appointment of Guru Angad Dev Ji by Guru Nanak Dev Ji as his successor is considered one of the most important events of Sikh history. If Guru Nanak Dev Ji had not done so before leaving for his heavenly abode, Sikhism undoubtedly would gradually have ceased to exist. G.C. Narang aptly says,

“Had Nanak died without a successor, there would have been no Sikhism today.”

Development Of Sikhism Under Guru Angad Dev Ji:

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 2.
What was the contribution of Guru Angad Dev Ji to the development of Sikhism? Explain.
Or
What was the contribution of Guru Angad Dev Ji to the early development of Sikhism?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji became the second Guru of the Sikhs in 1539 AD. and retained Guruship till 1552 AD. At the time of his attaining Guruship, Sikhism was facing many dangers. It was feared that Sikhism might merge in Hinduism. The second danger to Sikhism was from the Udasis. The Udasi sect was founded by Baba Sri Chand Ji,the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Naturally many Sikhs were joining the Udasi sect*. Under such circumstances constant vigil was needed to safeguard the interests of the Sikhs. Guru Angad Dev Ji not only succeeded in removing all the hurdles in the path of Sikhism, but also in consolidating it. The significant contribution of Guru Angad Dev Ji to the.development of Sikhism can be described as under:

1. Popularisation of Gurmukhi: Guru Angad Dev Ji’s first significant effort for the development of Sikhism was the popularisation of Gurmukhi script. Guru Angad Dev Ji improved and polished it. Now it became very easy even for common people to understand it. All the religious books of Sikhism Were written in it. Its very name ‘Gurmukhi’ (an utterance of words from the Guru’s mouth) reminded the Sikhs of their duties towards the Guru and constantly kept alive in their minds the consciousness that they were something distinct from the common mass of Hinduism. This script was also instrumental in rapid spread of education among the Sikhs. Besides, the introduction of this script gave a severe blow to the supremacy of the BrahmAnswer: who recognised Sanskrit as the only religious language. Undoubtedly, the popularisation of Gurmukhi proved most significant in the development of Sikhism. According to H.S. Bhatia and S.R. Bakshi, “Guru Angad Dev Ji gave the Sikhs a written language different from the language of the Hindus and Muslims and thus made them realise that they were separate people.”

2. Collection of Hymns: The collection of the hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji was the second great work of Guru Angad Dev Ji. Guru Nanak Dev Ji had composed many hymns, but these hymns (Bani) lay scattered at many places. Guru Angad Dev Ji collected all the hymns at one place. According to Sikh traditions, Guru Angad Dev Ji summoned Bhai Bala, a devotee of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and got a Janam Sakhi written by Bhai Peda Mokha on Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s life. This Janam Sakhi is known as Bhai Bala’s Janam Sakhi. Some historians are of the view that this Janam Sakhi was written later on. Guru Angad himself composed Bani in the name of ‘Nanak’. In this way, firstly, Guru Angad Dev Ji preserved the original form of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s hymns and saved it from distortion. Secondly, Guru Angad Dev Ji prepared the basis for the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.

3. Expansion of Langar System: Langar system was introduced by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji expanded it. In his time, the langar was managed by his wife Mata Khivi Ji. All people ate food in Langar collectively without any consideration of sex, caste or creed. Money for the Langar was given by the Sikhs to the Guru. This institution strengthened feelings of co-operation and fraternity among the Sikhs. It also gave a shattering blow to the caste system among the Hindus. The habit of charity was developed by it among the Sikhs. It provided a powerful aid in propaganda work. It helped a lot to make Sikhism popular. Prof. Harbans Singh, a famous historian, rightly remarks, “This served as an instrument of a far-reaching social revolution.”

4. Organisation of Sangat: Guru Angad Dev Ji organised institution of Sangat more effectively founded by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The ‘Sangat’ means ‘sitting together collectively’. All people (male or female) could take part in it. The Sangat was considered to be a replica of God. The Sangat met every morning and evening to listen to the Bani (hymn) of the Guru. This institution not only brought the Sikhs under one banner but it also helped a lot in the success of Sikh missionary wprk.

5. Denunciation of the Udasi Sect: Udasi sect was founded by Baba Sri Chand Ji, the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. This sect laid emphasis on ‘Sanyas’ or renunciation. It also believed in yoga and worship of nature. Many people began to join the Udasi sect. Thus, the Udasi sect posed a formidable challenge to Sikhism. Therefore, Guru Angad Dev Ji made it clear in unequivocal terms that Sikhism was essentially a religion of householders and no true Sikh could be an Udasi. This action of the Guru Angad Dev Ji brought rich dividends. Udasism could not become the mass movement. Thus, Guru Angad Dev Ji succeeded in preserving the purity and originality of Sikh religion.

6. Physical Training: Guru Angad Sahib was of the view that just as it is essential to recite Nam to cleans the Atma, similarly, it is necessary to do exercise for the fitness of the body. He held the view that a sound mind develops in a sound body. With this object in view, he built a wrestling ground at Khadur Sahib. Thus, Guru Angad Sahib laid the foundation of the martial spirit, which in the times of the sixth and the tenth Gurus blossomed into the Khalsa.

7. Foundation of Goindwal Sahib: Guru Angad Dev Ji founded a new town named Goindwal Sahib near Khadur Sahib and thus accomplished another very significant step for the development of Sikhism. The town began to be built in 1546 A.D. Guru Angad Dev Ji made one of his devoted followers Amar Das fully responsible for this project. This town soon became a place of pilgrimage for the Sikhs.

8. Meeting with Humayun: In 1540 A.D. Sher Shah Suri gave a crushing defeat to Mughal Emperor Humayun at Kanauj. After the defeat, Humayun reached Punjab and came to Khadur Sahib for Guru Angad Dev Ji’s blessings. At that moment’ Guru Angad Dev Ji was in deep meditation, so he did not open his eyes. Humayun felt insulted and drew out his sword in anger. Suddenly, at that very moment, Guru Angad Dev Ji opened his eyes and said to Humayun, “Where was this sword that you have unsheathed against me during the battle with Sher Shah Suri?” On hearing these words, Humayun felt very much ashamed and prayed for his pardon. Thereafter, Humayun, sought Guru Angad Dev Ji’s blessings. Guru Angad Dev Ji gave his blessings to Humayun and said that he would have to wait for some time for his folly and thereafter he would regain the throne. This prediction of Guru Angad Dev Ji was proved true.

9. Nomination of the Successor: The greatest service rendered by Guru Angad Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism was the nomination of his successor. After deep and prolonged thinking and consideration, Guru Angad Dev Ji chose his most faithful disciple Amar Das for nomination to the highest post of Guruship. Guru Angad Dev Ji placed one coconut and five pjaise before Amar Das and bowed his head. Thus, Amar Das Ji was appointed the third Guru of the Sikhs. By doing so, Guru Angad Dev Ji took a step of far reaching consequence. Guru Angad Dev Ji Immersed in Eternal Light on 29 March, 1552 A.D.

10. Estimate of Guru Angad Dev Ji’s Achievements: Guru Angad Dev Ji took many important steps for the development of Sikhism during his Guruship. He rendered a great service to the Sikh Panth by popularising Gurmukhi, collecting Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s hymns, expanding Sangat and Pangat, separating the Udasi sect from Sikhism, founding Goindwal Sahib and appointing his successor. K.S. Duggal, a famous historian, estimates the achievements of Guru Angad Dev Ji in the following words,

“ It is amazing how much Guru Angad Dev Ji could achieve in the short time at his disposal.”
According to another famous historian S.S. Johar,
“The pontificate of Guru Angad Dev Ji is indeed a turning point in the history of Sikh faith.”

Question 3.
Describe in brief the life and achievements of Guru Angad Dev Ji.
Or
Discuss the life and contribution of Guru Angad Dev Ji to the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
Note:—For answer to this question students may refer to Question No. 1 and 2.

Early Career And Difficulties Of Guru Amar Das Ji:

Question 4.
Give a brief account of the early career and difficulties of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
A brief account of the early career and difficulties of Guru Amar Das Ji is as under:
1. Birth and Parentage: Guru Amar Das Ji was born in Basarke village of Amritsar district on 5th May, 1479 AD. His father Tej Bhan belonged to Bhalla family of Khatri caste. He was rich. No definite information is available about his mother’s actual name. The various sources gives her name as Bakhat Kaur, Roop Kaur and Lakshmi, Sulakhni.

2. Childhood and Marriage: Nothing is known of Guru Amar Das Ji’s childhood except that he was religiously inclined. On coming of age, he took over his father’s profession. As his parents were followers of the Vaishnav sect, he also became a follower of Vaishnavism. At the age of 24 years, he was married to Mansa Devi, daughter of Devi Chand. He was blessed with two sons Baba Mohan and Baba Mohri and two daughters Bibi Dani and Bibi Bhani.

3. Becoming Guru Angad Sahib’s Disciple: Once, when he was returning from Haridwar’s pilgrimage, he met a Sadhu on the way. Both of them took food together. Afterwards, the Sadhu enquired, “Who is your Guru” (spiritual leader)?” Amar Das replied, “ I have none, I am in search of one, but have not found as yet.” The Sadhu exclaimed with sorrow, “ What! have I been associating with a person who hath no Guru. Oh man ! thou hast polluted all my sanctity. All my vows, austerities, fasts and penances have been rendered fruitless. As for thyself all thy charities are of no avail. These sixty two years thou hast passed in vain.” Amar Das was dumb-founded at this behaviour of the Sadhu. So he resolved to have a Guru.

One day, Amar Das heard the Bani of Guru Nanak Dev Ji from Bibi Amro. He was greatly impressed by the Bani. Therefore, Amar Das decided to meet Guru Angad Dev Ji. Soon, he visited Khadur Sahib along with Bibi Amro. He was so much impressed by Guru Angad Dev Ji that he became his follower. He was 62 years old at this time.

4. Assumption of Guruship: After becoming a follower of Quru Angad De Ji, Amar Das Ji started living at Khadur Sahib. He served Guru Angad Dev Ji dedicatedly for about eleven years. He used to bring water for Guru Angad Dev Ji’s bath daily, carrying it on his head from the river Beas, situated three miles away from there. He served the Sangat (people coming to see Guru Angad Dev Ji) and the Langar whole-heartedly.

One day, in January 1552 A.D. when Amar Das was returning from the Beas carrying water on his head as usual, he stumbled in the dark and fell down. There was a weaver’s hut near by. On hearing the thud sound, the weaver woke up and asked who was there. His wife, who had also awoken, by now, replied that it must be Amru Nithawan (who has no place to take shelter). The word reached Guru Angad Dev Ji gradually. He honoured Amar Das and declared that from then onward, Amar Das Ji would no longer remain without shelter (Nithawan). Instead he would provide shelter to the shelterless, on 16 March, 1552 A.D., Guru Angad Dev Ji placed five paisas and one coconut before Amar Das and bowed his head before him. Thus, Amar Das Ji became the third Guru of the Sikhs. Guru Amar Das Ji was 73 years old at that time.

5. Early Difficulties of Guru Amar Das Ji: After assuming Guruship, Guru Amar Das Ji shifted from Khadur Sahib to Goindwal Sahib as per instructions from Guru Angad Dev Ji. In the beginning of his pontificate Guru Amar Das Ji had to face many difficulties. A brief description of these difficulties is given below:

(1) Opposition of Dasu and Datu: Soon after Guru Amar Das Ji succeeded to the Guruship, he had to face the opposition from both the sons of Guru Angad Dev Ji, Dasu and Datu. They refused to recognise Guru Amar Das Ji as the Guru. They used to ask how a water carrier to their house till yesterday could become their Guru. One day in a fit of anger, Datu went to Goindwal Sahib and kicked Guru Amar Das Ji in the presence of the Sangat. As a result of this Guru Amar Das Ji fell down from his seat. In spite of provocation Guru Amar Das Ji showed utmost tolerance and humbleness. After this incident, Guru Amar Das Ji left Goindwal Sahib and returned to his village Basarke. The Sikhs refused to consider Datu to be their Guru. Finally, he retreated to Khadur Sahib with extreme disappointment. Guru Amar Das Ji once again came to Goindwal Sahib on the request of Baba Buddha Ji and other Sikh Sangat.

(2) Opposition of Baba Sri Chand Ji: Baba Sri Chand Ji was the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and he considered himself to be the rightful successor to Guruship. He did not oppose Guru Angad Dev Ji, because Guru Nanak Dev Ji himself had appointed him (Guru Angad Dev Ji) the Guru. But, after Guru Angad Dev Ji, he tried to get his father’s Guruship. Baba Sri Chand Ji had many followers. Guru Amar Das Ji showed great wisdom at this occasion. He clarified to the Sikhs that the principles of Udasi sect were totally against the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The Sikhs were convinced by his reasoning and logic. So, they left Baba Sri Chand Ji. In this way, Guru Amar Das Ji separated the Sikhs from Udasi sect for ever.

(3) Opposition by the Muslims of Goindwal Sahib: The Muslims of Goindwal Sahib grew jealous of increasing popularity of Guru Amar Das Ji. They began to harass the Sikhs in many ways. They stole the belongings of the Sikhs. They pelted stones at the earthen pitchers in which the Sikhs brought water from the Beas and often broke them. Whenever the Sikhs complained about it to Guru Ji, he advised them to remain calm. Once some armed men came to that village. The Muslims picked up a quarrel with them over some matter. A fight took place between the two parties and as a result of which many Muslims were killed. This incident greatly impressed the Sikhs. They thought that God had punished the Muslims for their misdeeds. Thus, their faith in Sikhism became stronger.

(4) Opposition by the Hindus: Many Hindus were joining Sikhism as a result of the social reforms undertaken by Guru Amar Das Ji. Sikhism laid emphasis on social equality. All the people were served Langar without any discrimination. The Sikhs had got a separate place of pilgrimage with the construction of a Baoli. The high caste Hindus of Goindwal Sahib complained to the Mughal emperor Akbar that Guru Amar Das Ji was propagating against Hinduism. Akbar summoned Guru Amar Das Ji to his court to investigate into the charges levelled against Guru Amar Das Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji sent his most competent follower Bhai Jetha Ji to the Mughal court. After meeting Bhai Jetha, Akbar declared that all charges against Guru Amar Das Ji were baseless. It spread Guru Amar Des Ji’s fame in all corners and gave a great boost to Sikhism.

Development Of Sikhism Under Guru Amar Das Ji:

Question 5.
Describe the contribution of Guru Amar Das Ji in the development of Sikhism.
Or
What was the contribution of Guru Amar Das Ji in the development of Sikhism?
Or
Describe the services rendered by Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikh religion.
Or
What were the measures taken by Guru Amar Das Ji for the consolidation and expansion of Sikhism?
Or
Describe in brief the organisatonal development and spread of Sikhism by Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji was the third Guru of the Sikhs. He retained Guruship from 1552 to 1574 AD. When Guru Amar Das Ji assumed Guruship, the Sikh Panth was passing through a critical juncture. Guru Nanak Dev Ji had left for his heavenly abode only thirteen years ago. No doubt, many significant steps had been undertaken for the development of Sikhism in this short period, but still there remained much to be done in this regard. Guru Amar Das Ji continued the work started by Guru Angad Dev Ji for organisation and development of Sikhism and established many new institutions and traditions.

1. Construction of the Baoli at Goindwal Sahib: The first significant step undertaken by Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikhism was the construction of a Baoli at Goindwal Sahib. The construction work of the Baoli was started in 1552 A.D. and it was completed in 1559 A.D. Eighty-four steps were built to reach the Baoli. After its construction was over, Guru Ji declared, “Whoever would attentively and reverently repeat the Japji on every step after a bath in the baoli would escape from the wandering in the wombs of the 84 lakhs of living creatures.”

The construction of Baoli Sahib gave the Sikhs a place of pilgrimage of their own and it helped in separating the Sikhs from the common mass of the Hindus. Moreover, the prestige and prosperity of Goindwal Sahib enormously increased. In the words of H.S. Bhatia and S.R. Bakshi, “The pontificate of Guru Amar Das Ji is thus a turning point in the history of the Sikh movement.”

2. Expansion of Langar Institution: Guru Nanak Dev Ji started the institution of Langar. Guru Amar Das Ji expanded it greatly. Guru Amar Das Ji declared that no visitor could meet him unless he had taken the Langar. He gave the injunction, “Pehle Pangat, pachhe Sangat” (First eat together and then meet together.) Mughal emperor Akbar and the ruler of Haripur had partaken the Langar in the Pangat before meeting Guru Amar Das Ji. It was open for people of every religion and caste. The Langar was served till late at night. The remaining food was thrown to birds aSid animals. The institution of Langar proved much helpful in the propagation of Sikhism. It gave a shattering blow to the caste system and developed a feeling of brotherhood among the Sikhs. According to Dr. Fauja Singh,
“This institution gave a shattering blow to the rigidity of the caste system and paved the way for social equality.”

3. Collection of Hymns: The next important work of Guru Amar Das Ji was to collect the hymns (Bani) of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and Guru Angad Dev Ji. He himself composed 907 Sabads (hymns). It prepared the basis for the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib.

4. Manji System: The establishment of Manji system was one of the most important works of Guru Amar Das Ji. During his Guruship, the number of the followers of Sikhism had increased considerably. Thus, it became impossible for Guru Amar Das Ji to reach every Sikh. So, he established twenty-two Manjis to convey the message of Sikhism in far off areas. It should be kept in mind that Guru Amar Das Ji did not establish all the Manjis at one time. Instead, the process continued throughout his Guruship. The head of every Manji was called Manjidar. These Manjidars appealed to more and more people to join Sikhism. As the Manjidars used to sit on Manji (the cot) while preaching, the system came to be known as Manji system in history. It made tangible contribution to the development and progress of Sikhism. According to D.S. Dhillon,
“The establishment of Manji system gave a big thrust to the missionary activities of the Sikhs.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji Img 1

5. Denunciation of the Udasi Sect: The Udasi sect once again began to gain strength during the time of Guru Amar Das Ji. Many Sikhs were becoming Udasis, as they were impressed by the ascetism of Baba Sri Chand Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji showed considerable courage at this juncture. He left no stone unturned to explain to the Sikhs that Udasi sect was totally different from Sikhism. He clarified that Sikhism taught normal family life and to earn one’s livelihood by the sweat of one’s brow, whereas the Udasi sect taught to escape one’s social responsibilities and wander in the forests in search of salvation by running away from the world. As a result of indefatigable efforts made by Guru Amar Das Ji, the Sikhs broke away from the Udasi sect for ever. Thus, Guru Amar Das Ji saved Sikhism from being merged into Hinduism.

6. Social Reforms: Guru Amar Das Ji was a great social reformer. He wanted to give a new form to the social set up of the Sikhs. Guru Amar Das Ji launched a frontal attack on the caste system and untouchability. He made it compulsory for each visitor to eat food in the Langar, before he was allowed to have Guru’s darshan. In this way, Guru Amar Das Ji laid emphasis on the universal brotherhood of mankind. Guru Amar Das Ji also condemned the sati system vehemently. He said, “They are not satis who are burnt alive on the pyres; rather satis are they who die of the blow of separation.” Guru Amar Das Ji vigorously opposed child marriage and the purdah system. He was in favour of widow re-marriage. Guru Amar Das Ji laid stress on inter¬caste marriages. He strongly forbade the use of narcotics. Besides, he introduced new (special) rituals for the Sikhs to be observed on occasions of birth, marriage and death. Thus, Guru Amar Das Ji founded a new society.

7. Akbar’s visit to Goindwal Sahib: Mughal emperor Akbar visited Goindwal Sahib in 1568 A.D. In accordance with the practice then established by the Guru Akbar first took the Langar before he met Guru Amar Das Ji. He was deeply impressed by the Langar system and Guru Amar Das Ji’s personality. He offered some villages as Jagir to meet the expenses of the Langar. Guru Amar Das Ji refused this offer. This visit of Akbar is of special significance in the history of the Sikh religion. People were greatly impressed by it. They joined Sikhism in large numbers. The Sikh Panth gained more popularity.

8. Nomination of the Successor: In 1574 A.D. Guru Amar Das Ji decided to nominate Bhai Jetha Ji as his successor, before he immersed with Immortal. Bhai Jetha Ji was the son-in-law of Guru Amar Das Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji was so much impressed by the humbleness and devotional service of Bhai Jetha Ji and his wife Bibi Bhani, that he not only appointed Bhai Jetha as his successor, but also blessed that in future Guruship would remain in their family. Guru Amar Das Ji immersed in Eternal Light on 1 September, 1574 A.D. at Goindwal Sahib.

9. Estimate of Guru Amar Das Ji’s Achievements: Sikhism made multifaceted development under the efficient leadership of Guru Amar Das Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji gave the Sikhs a new place of pilgrimage. He expanded the Langar system. He collected the hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and Guru Angad Dev Ji and he himself composed hymns. In this way, he prepared the ground for the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib. He condemned in unequivocal terms the empty rituals prevalent in the Hindu society and opposed the Udasi sect. He, thus, gave the Sikhs a separate entity. In fact, under the able and benign guidance of Guru Amar Das Ji, Sikhism passed through a remarkable transformation. That is why the pontificate of Guru Amar Das Ji is considered a milestone in the history of the Sikh Panth. According to Dr. Sangat Singh, a noted historian,
“Under Guru Amar Das, Sikhism made rapid strides.”
According to another famous historian, Dr. D.S. Dhillon,
“Guru Amar Das’s contribution to the growth of the Sikh Panth was great.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Social Reforms Of Guru Amar Das Ji:

Question 6.
Examine the social reforms of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
“Guru Amar Das Ji was a great social reformer.” Discuss.
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji was a great social reformer in the Sikh history. He wanted to give a new form to the social set up of the Sikhs. He wanted to relieve them of complex rules of medieval period and to establish universal brotherhood of mankind. The brief explanation of social reforms*of Guru Amar Das Ji is as given below:

1. Denunciation of Caste Distinctions and Untouchabilities: Guru Amar Das Ji condemned the social evils like caste system and untouchability with strong words. He was of the opinion that those people are fool and illiterate, who have an ego of higher caste. He made it compulsory for each visitor to eat food in Langar before Guru’s darshan. Besides, he got common wells dug for every caste to use and thus spread message of universal brotherhood of mankind.

2. Denunciation of Female Infanticide: Birth of girl child was considered an ill-omen. The girls were mostly killed at the time of birth. Guru Amar Das Ji condemned this evil vehemently. He told that person, who kills girl child, is a sinner. He preached to Sikhs to do away with this evil.

3. Denunciation of Child Marriage: In that period, girls were married at a very young age. Thus the life of women was very deplorable. Therefore, Guru Amar Das Ji preached against child marriage.

4. Denunciation of Sati System: The worst evil of that time was Sati system. According to this inhuman system, if husband of any woman died, then she was forced to bum herself with her husband’s pyre. Guru Amar Das Ji raised his powerful voice against this century old system. He said, “They are not satis, who are burnt alive on the pyres, rather satis are those, who die of the blow of separation of their husbands.”

5. Denunciation of Purdah System: Purdah system was quite rampant at that time. This system was a great hindrance in the physical and mental growth of women. Therefore, Guru Amar Das Ji criticized this system, openly. He forbade the use of purdah.

6. Prohibition of Intoxicants: At that time society was deteriorating rapidly due to increase in use of alcohol and narcotics. Guru Amar Das Ji strongly condemned this evil. He told that all types of narcotics destroy intelligence, so the distinction between friend and foe cannot be done. A person should not consume such things which let him forget his God.

7. Favoured Widow Marriage: A widow had to live a miserable life. They were not allowed to re-marry. The life of a widow was like hell. Guru Amar Das Ji said that we should respect widows and emphasised on re-marriage of child widow.

8. New Ceremonies .related to Birth, Marriage and Death: Hindu rituals prevalent at the time of birth, marriage and death were very complex and detailed. Guru Amar Das Ji introduced new rituals to be observed at time of birth, marriage and death, which were very simple. He composed ‘Anand Sahib’ having 40 stanzas to be sung at such occasions.

9. New Mode of Celebrating Festivals: Guru Amar Das Ji asked Sikhs to celebrate Baisakhi, Magi and Diwali in a new mode. On these three occasions Sikhs used to visit Goindwal Sahib in huge numbers. This step of Guru Amar Das Ji, proved a milestone in popularizing Sikhism. Famous historian Dr. B.S. Nijjar has aptly said,
“Social reforms started by Guru Amar Das Ji should be considered as a turning point in the history of Sikhism.”

Question 7.
Describe the life and achievements of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
What were the difficulties faced by Guru Amar Das Ji at the time of his accession? Discuss the steps taken by him to consolidate and expand Sikhism.
Answer:
Note: For answer to this question students may refer to Question Nos. 5 and 6.

Question 8.
Examine the development of Sikhism from 1539 to 1574 A.D.
Or
Describe the contribution of Guru Angad Dev Ji and Guru Amar Das Ji in the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
Note: For answer to this question students may refer to Question Nos. 2 and 5.

Life And Achievements Of Guru Ram Das Ji:

Question 9. Write an informative note on the life History of the fourth Guru Ram Das Sahib and his contribution to the Sikh faith and the organisation of the Sikh Panth.
Or
Write a detailed note on the development of Sikhism under Guru Ram Das Ji.
Or
Describe the life and achievements of Guru Ram Das Ji.
Or
Describe the contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji in the development of Sikhism.
Or
What was the contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji to the development of Sikh History?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji was the fourth Guru of the Sikhs. He remained on Gurgaddi from 1574 to 1581 A.D. During his pontificate there was made considerable progress fh the consolidation and development of Sikhism. A brief description of early life of Guru Ram Das Ji and the development of Sikhism under him is as under:
Early Career of Guru Ram Das Ji

1. Birth and Parentage: Guru Ram Das Ji was born at Chuna Mandi in Lahore on 24th September, 1534 AD. His childhood name was Bhai Jetha Ji. His father Hari Das belonged to Sodhi family of Kashatriya caste. The name of his mother was Daya Kaur. His parents were very poor.

2. Childhood and Marriage: Bhai Jetha Ji was of a very religious disposition from his childhood. Once his mother sent him to the market to sell boiled grams. Some hungry saints met him on the way. Bhai Jetha Ji was very kind-hearted. He served all the grams to the hungry saints and came back home empty-handed. He was always ready to serve the people. Once he got a chance to visit Goindwal Sahib in the company of a group of Sikhs. Here he became the disciple of Guru Amar Das Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji was greatly impressed by the devotion and qualities of Bhai Jetha Ji. So, in 1553 A.D., when Bhai Jetha Ji was 19 years old, Guru Amar Das Ji married his younger daughter, Bibi Bhani, to him. Bhai Jetha Ji was blessed with three sons, Prithi Chand (Prithia), Mahadev and Arjan Dev.

3. Assumption of Guruship: Even after his marriage Bhai Jetha Ji lived at Goindwal Sahib and continued doing service as usual. Selfless service, humility and the sweet nature of Bhai Jetha Ji had a profound effect on Guru Amar Das Ji.

So, he nominated Bhai Jetha Ji as his successor to the Guruship in 1574 A.D. From then onward Bhai Jetha Ji was called Ram Das. Thus, Guru Ram Das Ji became the fourth Guru of the Sikhs. Development of Sikhism Under Guru Ram Das Ji Guru Ram Das Ji retained the Guruship from 1574 to 1581 A.D. Although, his tenure of Guruship was very short, yet he took many significant steps for the organisation and development of Sikhism.

1. Foundation of Ramdaspura: The most important contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji towards the Sikh Panth was the foundation of Ramdaspura or Amritsar. After assuming the Guruship, he himself settled here. In 1577 A.D. he founded Ramdaspura. He settled fifty two other traders, belonging to different trades, at this place in order to make it popular and attract people. The market formed by these traders came to be known as ‘Guru Ka Bazaar’. Guru Ram Das Ji planned to construct two sarovars (tanks) Amritsar and Santokhsar at Ramdaspura. At first, the digging of Amritsar sarovar was started. Baba Buddha Ji was entrusted to look after this project. Later on the name of Ramdaspura came to be known as Amritsar. The foundation of Amritsar occupies an important place in the history of Sikhism. It gave the Sikhs a separate place of pilgrimage which soon developed into the most famous centre of religious propagation.

2. Introduction of Masand System: Guru Ram Das Ji had started the digging work of two Sarovars (Amritsar and Santokhsar) “at Ramdaspura. He needed money to complete this work. So, he sent his representatives to different places to collect money from the Sikhs and to propagate Sikhism. This institution later came to be known as Masand system. It contributed a lot to the spread of Sikhism in remote places. According to S.S. Gandhi, “Masand system played a big role in consolidating Sikhism.”

3. Reconciliation with the Udasis: Another important event relating to the pontificate of Guru Ram Das Ji was his reconciliation with Udasis. Once Baba Sri Chand Ji, the founder of Udasi sect visited Amritsar to see Guru Ram Das Ji. Baba Sri Chand Ji was so much impressed by Guru’s modesty and humility that he gave up opposing Sikhism from that day. This reconciliation between the Sikhs and the Udasis proved very useful for the Sikh Panth.

4. Some other Important Works: Guru Ram Das Ji did some other important works also for the development of Sikhism. He maintained the tradition of composing hymns. Guru Ram Das Ji composed 679 Sabads. He introduced a new system of marriage among the Sikhs by circumambulation (Lawan) around Granth Sahib four times. Guru Ram Das Sahib composed four Lawans in this respect. He further consolidated the institutions of Pangat, Sangat and Manji system. Guru Ram Das Ji also condemned in strong words such social evils as caste-system, sati system, child marriage, denial of widow re-marriage.

5. Friendly Relations with Akbar: Friendly relations between the Sikhs and Mughal emperor Akbar continued during his tenure of Guruship. Guru Ram Das Ji had met Akbar at Lahore. He was much impressed by Guru Ram Das Ji’s personality. So, he remitted one year’s land revenue to the farmers of the Punjab on recommendation of Guru Ram Das Ji. All this added to the fame and prestige of Guru Ram Das Ji.

6. Nomination of the Successor: In 1581 A.D., Guru Ram Das Ji nominated his youngest son Arjan Dev as his successor. The reason for this nomination was clear. Prithia or Prithi Chand, the eldest son of Guru Ram Das Ji had annoyed him because of his conspiracies. His second son, Mahadev, was not interested in worldly affairs. Thus, the youngest son, Arjan Dev was considered competent for the Guruship from every angle. Guru Ram Das Ji immersed with Immortal on 1 September, 1581 A.D.

7. Estimate of Achievements of Guru Ram Dass Ji: Although the period of Guruship of Guru Ram Das Ji was seven years Qnly, he succeeded in giving a new impetus to Sikhism. Guru Ram Das Ji by laying the foundation of Ramdaspura and Masand system, by conciliating with the Udasis, by adding his own verses, by refuting the prevalent evils in the society, by continuing the Sangat, Pangat and Manji institutions and by establishing friendly relations with Akbar, he contributed significantly to the consolidation of Sikhism. So, finally we agree with a famous historian, Dr. D.S. Dhillon’s words,

“During the short period of his Guruship of about seven years, Guru Ram Das provided a well-knit community with a form and content.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 10.
Describe briefly the development of Sikhism from 1539 to 1581 A.D.
Answer:
Note: For answer to this question students may refer to Question Nos. 2, 5 and 9.

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What was Guru Angad Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism?
Or
What did Guru Angad Dev Ji do for the development of Sikhism?
Or
Mention any three achievements of Guru Angad Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
(a) A new dimension was given to Gurmukhi script, so that people may understand it easily. (b) Sangat and Pangat institutions were further strengthened. These institutions gave a shattering blow to the caste-system. (Hi) He did a praiseworthy work by keeping Sikhism aloof from the Udasi sect. (d) He maintained strict discipline in Guru Darbar. (v) He founded Goindwal Sahib.

Question 2.
What contribution was made by Guru Angad Dev Ji to improve Gurmukhi script?
Or
What contribution was made by Guru Angad Dev Ji to popularise Gurmukhi script?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji made requisite improvements in this script and gave it a new look. As a result, it became easy for people to understand it. All the Sikh scriptures were subsequently written in this script. As this script became popular, the Brahmin class suffered a major set back, because they considered Sanskrit, as the only language of religion. The popularity of Gurmukhi proved helpful in the spread of Sikhism. This script also proved very helpful in the spread of education among the Sikhs.

Question 3.
How did Guru Angad Dev Ji denounce the Udasi sect.
Answer:
The Udasi sect was founded by Baba Sri Chand Ji, the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. This sect laid emphasis on ‘Sanyas’ or renunciation, whereas Guru Nanak Dev Ji held strong belief in family life. The remaining tenets of Udasi sect were same-as those of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. As a consequence, many people began to join the Udasi sect. Therefore, Guru Angad Dev Ji made it clear in unequivocal terms that Sikhism was essentially a religion of householders and no true Sikh could be an Udasi.

Question 4.
What do you know about Sangat?
Answer:
Sangat means a congregation of the Sikhs. This Sangat gathered in the morning and evening to listen to the Bani (Hynfns) of Guru Angad Dev Ji. This institution of Sangat was established by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji developed it further. Any man or woman could join the Sangat without the discrimination of caste, creed or religion. Sangat was considered as God’s incarnation.

Question 5.
What do you mean by Pangat or Langar?
Or
What do you know about Langar System?
Or
Write a note on Pangat or Langar.
Answer:
Pangat or Langar was established by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji continued it and Guru Amar Das Ji further developed this institution. Guru Amar Das Ji declared that none could meet him without taking Langar. He gave the slogan of first Pangat and then Sangat. This institution greatly helped in eradicating caste system and untouchability in the society.

Question 6.
Write a short note on Sangat and Pangat.
Or
What is the meaning of Sangat and Pangat?
Answer:
For answer to this question students are requested to see the answer of Question No. 4 and 5.

Question 7.
What problems had Guru Amar Das Ji to face in the early years of his pontificate?
Answer:
(0 Guru Amar*Das Ji had to face the opposition of Dasu and Datu, the two sons of Guru Angad Dev Ji. They claimed that being sons of a Guru, they had a right to Gurgaddi. (b) Baba Sri Chand, elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, staked his claim to the Gurgaddi. So, he also started opposing Guru Amar Das Ji. (c) Guru Amar Das Ji’s growing popularity also made Muslims of Goindwal Sahib jealous of the Sikhs. They started harassing the Sikhs in many ways, (d) The orthodox Hindus also started opposing Guru Amar Das Ji for his social reforms.

Question 8.
Give the contribution of Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Or
Write down the three services done by Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikh religion.
Or
Make a mention of the three major contributions of Guru Amar Das Ji to the growth of Sikhism.
Or
Describe any three services done by Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikh religion.
Answer:
(a) First of all he completed the work on Baoli, initiated at Goindwal Sahib. Soon it became a central place of pilgrimage for the Sikhs, (b) The Langar system was further developed, (c) The Manji system established by the Guru gave a new impetus to the spread of Sikhism, (d) The Guru kept Sikhism aloof from Udasi sect and thus, saved it from merging into Hinduism, (v) Guru Amar Das Ji strongly criticised the prevalent social evils.

Question 9.
What was the importance of the construction of the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib in Sikh History?
Or
Why is Goindwal Sahib called the centre of Sikhism?
Answer:
The construction work of the Baoli at Goindwal Sahib was the first significant step of Guru Amar Das Ji towards the development at Sikhism. It was started in 1552 A.D. and it was completed in 1559 A.D. Guru Ji had two objectives in its construction. First, he wanted to give the Sikhs a separate place of pilgrimage so that they could be separated from the Hindus. Secondly, he wanted to solve the water problem of the people of that place. It gave the Sikhs a place of pilgrimage of their own. ,

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 10.
Describe briefly the social reforms of Guru Am&r Das Ji.
Or
Describe any three reforms of Sri Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Discuss the social reforms introduced by Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Why is Guru Amar Das Ji called a Social Reformer?
Or
Give an account of three major social reforms of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
(a) He condemned in strong words the social evil of sati. (b) Guru Ji opposed child marriage and purdah system also, (c) He was in favour of widow re-marriage, (d) He emphatically criticised the prevalent caste system and untouchability. In order to eradicate this evil, he made it obligatory for everyone to partake Langar before meeting him.(u) He condemned all kinds of intoxicants.

Question 11.
What was fhe Manji system? How did it contribute to the development of Sikhism?
Or
What do you know about Manji system?
Or
Write a note on Manji system.
Answer:
The setting up of Manji system was a great achievement of Guru Amar Das Ji. The number of the Sikhs had greatly increased during his Gurgaddi. So it was not possible for him to reach every Sikh personally. In order to intensify the propaganda of Sikhism, he created 22 Manjis. Head of each Manji was called Manjidar. He could go anywhere in connection with the propaganda. Manjidar motivated people to come into the fold of Sikhism. Besides, he used to collect money from the Sikhs and passed it on to Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 12.
What were the main functions of the Manjidar?
Answer:

  • He tried his best to spread Sikhism.
  • He delivered the messages of the Guru Sahib to the Sikh Sangat.
  • He used to give religious education to the people and used to teach them the Gurmukhi language.

Question 13.
What type of relations did Guru Amar Das Ji have with the Mughals?
Or
Explain the relations between Mughal emperor Akbar and Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji had good relations with the Mughals. At that time, Akbar was the Mughal ruler of India. Akbar came to Goindwal Sahib to convey his gratitude towards Guru Amar Das Ji in 1568 A.D. He ate Langar with other people before meeting Guru Amar Das Ji and complied with the tradition of partaking food in the Langar. He was very impressed by the personality of Guru Amar Das Ji and the Langar system. Akbar’s visit to Goindwal Sahib enhanced the prestige of Guru Amar Das.

Question 14.
Explain the contribution of Sri Guru Ram Das Ji to the growth of Sikhism.
Or
What was the contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji to Sikh religion?
Or
Give a brief account of the contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji to the growth of Sikhism.
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji remained on Gurgaddi from 1574 A.D. to 1581 A.D. First of all, he set up Ramdaspura (Amritsar). Guru Ji started Masand system for collecting money from the Sikhs, which was required for the preaching and developmental works of the Sikh Panth. Guru Ram Das Ji put an end to the long standing tussle between the Sikhs and the Udasis, thus, ensuring a new era. Guru Ram Das Ji continued the institutions of Sangat and Pangat.

Question 15.
What is the importance of the foundation of Ramdaspura (Amritsar) in Sikh History?
Answer:
The most important contribution of Gu»u Ram Das Ji towards the Sikh Panth was the foundation of Ramdaspura or Amritsar. In 1577 A.D. he founded Ramdaspura. He settled fifty two other traders belonging to different trades at this place in order to make it popular. It .soon became a famous trade centre. The foundation of Ramdaspura or Amritsar occupies an important place in the history of Sikhism.

Question 16.
Write a short note on Udasi Sect.
Or
Discuss the three principles of Udasi sect.
Or
Write a brief note on Baba Sri Chand Ji.
Answer:
The Udasi sect was founded by Baba Sri Chand Ji, the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Many Sikhs, impressed by the asceticism of Sri Chand Ji, began to join Udasi sect. It stressed on the life of renunciation. It also believed in yoga an worship of nature. Guru Amar Das Ji had strongly opposed the Udasi sect. He said that a true Sikh could not be an Udasi. A settlement was however reached between the Sikhs and the Udasis during Guru Ram Das Ji’s pontificate.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
Name the second Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji.

Question 2.
When was Guru Angad Dev Ji born?
Answer:
1504 A.D.

Question 3.
Where was Guru Angad Dev Ji born?
Answer:
Matte-di-Sarai in Mukatsar.

Question 4.
What was the original name of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
Answer:
Bhai Lehna Ji.

Question 5.
What was the name of the mother of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
Answer:
Sabhrai Devi.

Question 6.
What was the name of the father of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
Answer:
Pherumal.

Question 7.
Who gave the name of Guru Angad to Bhai Lehna Ji?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 8.
To whom did Guru Angad Dev Ji get married?
Answer:
Bibi Khivi Ji.

Question 9.
Name the sons of Guru Angad Dev Ji.
Answer:
Datu and Dasu.

Question 10.
Name the daughters of Guru Angad D.ev Ji.
Answer:
Bibi Amro and Bibi Anokhi.

Question 11.
When did Guru Angad Dev Ji attain Gurgaddi?
Answer:
In 1539 A.D.

Question 12.
Which was the religious headquarter of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
Or
Name the centre of the religious activities of Guru Angad Dev Ji.
Answer:
Khadur Sahib.

Question 13.
Who presented the modified form of the Gurmukhi script?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji.

Question 14.
Who laid the foundation of Goindwal Sahib?
Or
Who founded Goindwal Sahib?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 15.
When was the foundation of Goindwal Sahib laid?
Answer:
1546 A.D.

Question 16.
Name any one important contribution of Guru Angad Dev Ji to the development of Sikh Panth.
Or
How did Guru Angad Dev Ji spread Sikhism?
Answer:
He made the Gurmukhi script popular.

Question 17.
Who was the founder of Udasi sect?
Answer:
Baba Sri Chand Ji.

Question 18.
What do you mean by Udasi?
Answer:
Sanyasi—who denounces the worldly life.

Question 19.
Name the two singers (Ragis) punished by Guru Angad Dev Ji with a view to infuse discipline in the Sikh religion.
Or
Who were the important Kirtan reciters of Guru Angad Dev Ji’s period who defied the discipline of the Sangat?
Answer:
Satta and Balwand.

Question 20.
Which Mughal emperor came to see Guru Angad Dev Ji?
Answer:
Humayun.

Question 21.
From which Sikh Guru, Mughal Emperor Humayun took the blessings?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji.

Question 22.
Who was the third Guru of the Sikhs?
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 23.
When was Guru Amar Das Ji born?
Answer:
In 1479 A.D.

Question 24.
Where was Guru Amar Das Ji born?
Answer:
At Basarke.

Question 25.
What was the name of father of Guru Amar Das Ji? .
Answer:
Tej Bhan Bhalla Ji.

Question 26.
What was the name of mother of Guru Amar Das Ji?
Answer:
Mata Sulakhni Ji.

Question 27.
What was the surname of Guru Amar Das Ji?
Answer:
Bhalla.

Question 28.
How old was Guru Amar Das Ji when he succeeded to Guruship?
Answer:
73 years.

Question 29.
Who was Bibi Bhani?
Or
Who was Bibi Dhani?
Answer:
She was the daughter of Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 30.
Baba Mohri Ji was the son of which Guru Sahib?
Or
Baba Mohan Ji was the son of which Guru Sahib?
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 31.
In which year Guru Amar Das Ji became Guru?
Answer:
In 1552 A.D.

Question 32.
Write down the Guruship period of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
1552 A.D. to 1574 A.D.

Question 33.
Who got the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib constructed?
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 34.
How many steps were built in the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib?
Answer:
84 steps.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 35.
Name any one achievement of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Mention any one contribution of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
Construction of Baoli at Goindwal Sahib.

Question 36.
By which Guru was Manji system started?
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 37.
How many Manjis were founded by Guru Amar Das Ji?
Answer:
Twenty-two.

Question 38.
With what objective was Manji system started?
Answer:
To carry on missionary work of Sikhism.

Question 39.
What contribution was made by Manji system to the development of Sikhism?
Answer:
It went a long way in strengthening the foundations of Sikhism.

Question 40.
How many Shabads (Hymns) were composed by Guru Amar . Das Ji?
Answer:
907 Shabads.

Question 41.
Which Guru Sahib pronounced Anand Sahib Bani?
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 42.
Which social evils were denounced by Guru Amar Das Ji?
Answer:
Untouchability, child marriage, sati system and purdah system etc.

Question 43.
Which Mughal emperor came to Goindwal Sahib to see Guru Amar Das Ji?
Answer:
Akbar.

Question 44.
When did Mughal emperor Akbar came to Goindwal Sahib?
Answer:
1568 A.D.

Question 45.
Whom did Guru Amar Das Ji appoint his successor?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 46.
When did Guru Amar Das Ji immerse with the Immortal?
Answer:
1574 A.D.

Question 47.
Who was the fourth Guru of the Sikhs?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 48.
What was the duration of pontificate of Guru Ram Das Ji?
Answer:
1574 A.D. to 1581 A.D.

Question 49.
When was Guru Ram Das Ji born?
Answer:
1534 A.D.

Question 50.
What was Guru Ram Das Ji’s original name?
Or
What was the first name of Guru Ram Das Ji?
Or
What was the early name of Guru Ram Das Ji?
Answer:
Bhai Jetha Ji.

Question 51.
What was the name of Guru Ram Das Ji’s mother?
Answer:
Daya Kaur.

Question 52.
What was the name of Guru Ram Das Ji’s father?
Answer:
Haridas.

Question 53.
To which caste did Guru Ram Das Ji belong?
Answer:
Sodhi.

Question 54.
Which Guru Sahib is known as Sodhi Sultan?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 55.
Name the wife of Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
Bibi Bhani.

Question 56.
Name the sons of Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
Prithi Chand, Mahadev and Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 57.
Who was Prithi Chand?
Answer:
The eldest son of Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 58.
When was Ramdaspura founded?
Answer:
In 1577 A.D.

Question 59.
When did Guru Ram Das Ji succeed the Guruship?
Answer:
1574 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 60.
Describe any one work done by Guru Ram Das Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Or
Mention any one achievement of Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji founded Ramdaspura.

Question 61.
With what name Ramdaspura got famous?
Answer:
Amritsar

Question 62.
When was Amritsar founded?
Answer:
1577 A.D.

Question 63.
Who founded Amritsar?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 64.
During which Guru’s time was the settlement between the Sikhs and Udasis made?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 65.
Who started the Masand system?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 66.
Give any one aim of the Masand system.
Answer:
To preach Sikh religion.

Question 67.
Which Guru Sahib started articulation of ‘Chaar Lavan’?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 68.
How many Shabads were composed by Guru Ram Das Ji?
Answer:
679.

Question 69.
In which year Guru Ram Das Ji immersed in Eternal Light?
Answer:
In 1581 A.D.

Question 70.
Who was the successor of Guru Ram Das Ji?
Answer:
Guru Arjan t)ev ji.

Fill in the blanks:

1. The Second Sikh Guru was …………….
Answer:
Gum Angad Dev Ji

2. The original name of Gum Angad Dev Ji was ………………..
Answer:
Bhai Lehna Ji

3. Gum Angad Dev Ji was born in …………….
Answer:
1504 A.D.

4. The name of father of Guru Angad Dev Ji was …………….
Answer;
Phemmal

5. Gum Angad Dev Ji attained Gumship in ………………..
Answer:
1539 A.D.

6. Gum Angad Dev Ji popularised …………….. script.
Answer:
Gurmukhi

7. ………………. was the founder of Udasi Sect.
Answer:
Baba Sri Chand Ji

8. Guru Angad Dev Ji founded Goindwal Sahib in ………………
Answer:
1546 A.D.

9. Guru Angad DeV Ji immersed in Eternal Light in ………………….
Answer:
1552 A.D.

10.The third Guru of Sikhs was …………….
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji

11.Guru Amar Das Ji was born in ………………
Answer:
1479 A.D.

12.Guru Amar Das Ji belonged to …………… family.
Answer:
Bhalla

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

13.Guru Amar Das Ji assumed Gumship in ………………..
Answer:
1552 A.D.

14.Guru Amar Das Ji succeeded to Gumship at the age of ……………….
Answer:
73

15. Guru Amar Das Ji got the Baoli of ……………….. constructed.
Answer:
Goindwal Sahib)

16. Guru Amar Das Ji started the construction of the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib in ……………
Answer:
1552 A.D.

17. Manji system was raised by ……………..
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji

18. Mughal Emperor …………………. came to Goindwal Sahib to see Guru Amardas Ji.
Answer:
Akbar

19. Guru Amar Das Ji met Mughal Emperor ……………….
Answer:
Akbar

20. Guru Amar Das Ji immersed in Eternal Light in …………………
Answer:
1574 A.D.

21. ………………… was the fourth Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji

22. The original name of Guru Ram Das Ji was ……………..
Answer:
Bhai Jetha Ji

23. Guru Ram Das Ji belonged to ……………… caste.
Answer:
Sodhi

24. Guru Ram Das Ji was married to ……………….
Answer:
Bibi Bhani

25. Guru Ram Das Ji attained Guruship in ………………..
Answer:
1574 A.D.

26. Guru Ram Das Ji established Ramdaspura in ……………….
Answer:
1577 A.D.

27. Masand system was started by ……………..
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

True or False:

1. Guru Angad Dev Ji was the third Sikh Guru.
Answer:
False

2. The original name of Guru Angad Dev Ji was Bhai Lehna Ji.
Answer:
True

3. Guru Angad Dev Ji’s father’s name was Tej Bhan.
Answer:
False

4. Sabhrai Devi was the mother of Guru Angad Dev Ji.
Answer:
True

5. Guru Angad Dev Ji was married to Bibi Khivi.
Answer:
True

6. Guru Angad Dev Ji became second Sikh Guru in 1539 A.D.
Answer:
True

7. Guru Angad Dev Ji made afforts to popularize Persian language.
Answer:
False

8. Baba Sri Chand founded the Udasi Sect.
Answer:
True

9. Guru Angad Dev Ji met Mughal Emperor, Akbar.
Answer:
False

10. Guru Angad Dev Ji immersed in Eternal Light in 1539 A.D.
Answer:
False

11. Guru Amar Das Ji was the third Guru of the Sikhs!
Answer:
True

12. Guru Amar Das Ji was born in 1479 A.D.
Answer:
True

13. Tej Bhan was the name of the father of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
True

14. The name of one of the daughters of Guru Amar Das Ji was Bibi Bhani.
Answer:
True

15. Guru Amar Das Ji assumed Guruship in 1552 A.D.
Answer:
True

16. Guru Amar Das Ji got constructed Baoli at Goindwal Sahib.
Answer:
True

17. Guru Ram Das Ji established Manji system.
Answer:
False

18. Guru Amar Das Ji vigrously opposed Sati system.
Answer:
True

19. Guru Ram Das Ji was the fourth Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
True

20. Bhai Jetha Ji was the original name of the Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
True

21. Guru Ram Das Ji belonged to Sodhi family.
Answer;
True

22. Bibi Bhani was the wife of Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
True

23. Guru Ram Das Ji assumed Guruship in 1574 A.D.
Answer:
True

24. Guru Ram Das Ji laid the foundation of Ramdaspura in 1578 A.D.
Answer:
False

25. Guru Amar Das Ji started Masand system.
Answer:
False

26. Reconciliation of the Sikhs with Udasis took place during Guru Ram Das Ji’s time.
Answer:
True

27. Guru Ram Das Ji introduced Four Lavan system of marriage.
Answer:
True

28. Guru Ram Das Ji immersed in Eternal Light in 1581 A.D.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who was the second Guru of Sikhs?
(a) Guru Amar Das Ji
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji
(c) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(d) Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Angad Dev Ji

2. When was Guru Angad Dev Ji born?
(a) In 1469 A.D.
(b) In 1479 A.D.
(c) In 1501 A.D,
(d) In 1504 AD,
Answer:
(d) In 1504 AD,

3. Where was Guru Angad Dev Ji born?
(a) Matte-di-Sarai
(b) Kiratpur Sahib
(c) Goindwal Sahib
(d) Harike.
Answer:
(a) Matte-di-Sarai

4. What was the original name of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
(a) Bhai Jetha Ji
(b) Bhai Lehna Ji
(c) Bhai Gurditta Ji
(d) Bhai Daeu Ji.
Answer:
(b) Bhai Lehna Ji

5. Who was the father of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
(a) Tyagmal Ji
(b) Pherumal Ji
(c) Tej Bhan Ji
(d) Mehrban Ji.
Answer:
(b) Pherumal Ji

6. What was the name of mother of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
(a) Lakshmi Devi Ji
(b) Sabhrai Devi Ji
(c) Mansa Devi Ji
(d) Subhag Devi Ji.
Answer:
(b) Sabhrai Devi Ji

7. Who was the wife of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
(a) Bibi Khivi Ji
(b) Bibi Nanaki Ji
(c) Bibi Amro Ji
(d) Bibi Bhani Ji.
Answer:
(a) Bibi Khivi Ji

8. When did Guru Angad Dev assume Guruship?
(a) In 1529 A.D.
(b) In 1538 A.D.
(c) In 1539 A.D.
(d) In 1552 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1539 A.D.

9. Which was the religious headquarter of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
Or
Name the centre of religious activities of Guru Angad Dev Ji.
(a) Goindwal Sahib
(b) Amritsar
(c) Khadur Sahib
(d) Sultanpur Lodhi.
Answer:
(c) Khadur Sahib

10. Which Guru Sahib popularised the Gurmukhi Script?
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(c) Guru Amar Das Ji
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Answer:
(b) Guru Angad Dev Ji

11. Who was the founder of Udasi sect?
(a) Baba Sri Chand Ji
(b) Baba Lakshmi Das Ji
(c) Baba Mohan Ji
(d) Baba Mohri Ji.
Answer:
(a) Baba Sri Chand Ji

12. Which town was founded by Guru Angad Sahib?
(a) Kartarpur
(b) Tarn Taran
(c) Kirtpur Sahib
(d) Goindwal Sahib
Answer:
(d) Goindwal Sahib

13. Which Mughal Emperor came to Khadur Sahib to see Guru Angad Dev Ji?
(a) Babar
(b) Humayun
(c) Akbar
(d) Jahangir
Answer:
(b) Humayun

14. When did Guru Angad Dev Ji immerse in Eternal Light?
(a) In 1550 A.D.
(b) In 1551 A.D.
(c) In 1552 A.D.
(d) In 1554 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1552 A.D.

15. Who was the third Guru of the Sikhs?
(a) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji
(c) Guru Amar Das Ji
(d) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
Answer:
(c) Guru Amar Das Ji

16. When was Guru Amar Das Ji born?
(a) In 1458 A.D.
(b) In 1465 A.D.
(c) In 1469 A.D.
(d) In 1479 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1479 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

17. Where was Guru Amar Das Ji born?
(a) Khadur Sahib
(b) Harike
(c) Basarke
(d) Goindwal Sahib.
Answer:
(c) Basarke

18. What was the name of father of Guru Amar Das Ji?
(a) Tej Bhan
(b) Meharban
(c) Mohan Das
(d) Pherumal.
Answer:
(a) Tej Bhan

19. Who was Bibi Bhani?
(a) Daughter of Guru Angad Dev Ji
(b) Wife of Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Daughter of Guru Amar Das Ji
(d) Daughter of Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
(c) Daughter of Guru Amar Das Ji

20. When did Guru Amar Das Ji succeed to Guruship?
(a) In 1539 A.D.
(b) In 1550 A.D.
(c) In 1551 A.D.
(d) In 1552 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1552 A.D.

21. Who got the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib constructed?
(a) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Ram Das Ji
(d) Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji

22. How many steps were built in the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib?
(a) 62
(b) 72
(c) 73
(d) 84
Answer:
(d) 84

23. Which Guru Sahib pronounced Anand Sahib Bani?
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(c) Guru Amar Das Ji
(d) Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Amar Das Ji

24. By which Guru was Manji system started?
(a) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Ram Das Ji
(d) Gur« Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji

25. Why was Manji system started?
(a) To make Sikhism popular
(b) To collect ingredients for Langar
(c) To construct Gurudwaras
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(a) To make Sikhism popular

26. ‘Which social evil was denounced by Guru Amar Das Ji?
(a) Child marriage
(b) Sati system
(c) Purdah system
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

27. Which was the centre of religious activities of Guru Amar Das Ji?
(a) Amritsar
(b) Goindwal Sahib
(c) Khadur Sahib
(d) Lahore.
Ans.
(b) Goindwal Sahib

28. When did Guru Amar Das Ji immerse in Eternal Light?
(a) In 1552 A.D.
(b) In 1564 A.D.
(c) In 1568 A.D.
(d) In 1574 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1574 A.D.

29. Who was the fourth Guru Ji of the Sikhs?
(a) Guru Ram Das Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(d) Guru Har Krishan Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Ram Das Ji

30. When was Guru Ram Das Ji born?
(a) In 1479 A.D.
(b) In 1524 A.D.
(c) In 1534 A.D.
(d) In 1539 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1534 A.D.

31. What was Guru Ram Das Ji’s original name?
(a) Bhai Bala Ji
(b) Bhai Jetha Ji
(c) Bhai Lehna Ji
(d) Bhai Mardana Ji.
Answer:
(b) Bhai Jetha Ji

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

32. What was the name of the father of Guru Ram Das Ji?
(a) Haridas Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Tej Bhan Ji
(d) Pherumal Ji.
Answer:
(a) Haridas Ji

33. What was the name of the mother of Guru Ram Das Ji?
(a) Daya Kaur Ji
(b) Roop Kaur Ji
(c) Sulakhni Ji
(d) Lakshmi Ji.
Answer:
(a) Daya Kaur Ji

34. To which caste did Guru Ram Das Ji belong?
(a) Bedi
(b) Bhalla
(c) Sodhi
(d) Sethi.
Answer:
(c) Sodhi

35. To whom did Guru Ram Das Ji marry?
(a) Bibi Dani Ji
(b) Bibi Bhani Ji
(c) Bibi Amro Ji
(d) Bibi Anokhi Ji.
Answer:
(b) Bibi Bhani Ji

36. Who was Prithi Chand?
(a) Elder brother of Guru Ram Das Ji
(b) Elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(c) Son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(d) Son of Guru Har Krishan Ji.
Answer:
(b) Elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji

37. When did Guru Rain Das Ji succeed to Guruship?
(a) In 1534 A.D.
(b) In 1552 A.D.
(c) In 1554 A.D.
(d) In 1574 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1574 A.D.

38. Which Guru laid the foundation of Amritsar or Ramdaspura?
(a) Guru Amar Das Ji
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji
(c) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(d) Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji

39. When did Guru Ram Das Ji lay the foundation of Amritsar?
(a) In 1574 A.D.
(b) In 1575 A.D.
(c) In 1576 A.D.
(d) In 1577 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1577 A.D.

40. Who started the Masand system?
(a) Guru Ram Das Ji
(b) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(c) Guru Amar Das Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Ram Das Ji

41. During which Guru’s pontificate was the settlement between the Sikhs and Udasis made?
(a) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Ram Das Ji
(d) Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer: (c)

42. Which Sikh Guru started four Lavan system of marriage?
(a) Guru Amar Das Ji
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji
(c) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(d) Guru Har Krishan Ji.
Answer:
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji

43. Which Mughal King visited Guru Ram Das Ji?
(a) Babar
(b) Humayun
(c) Akbar
(d) Aurangzeb.
Answer:
(c) Akbar

44. When did Guru Ram Das Ji immerse in Eternal Light?
(a) In 1561 A.D.
(b) In 1571 A.D.
(c) In 1575 A.D.
(d) In 1581 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1581 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Give a brief account of the contribution of Guru Nanak to Sikhism.
Answer:
When Guru Nanak Dev Ji was born in the 15th century, the political, social and religious condition of India was pitiable. The Muslims belonged to the ruling class. They hated the Hindus and perpetrated cruelty on them. Religion had been reduced to the level of mere outward show. People were groping in the darkness of ignorance. The condition of women-folk in society was very deplorable. Guru Nanak Dev Ji undertook travels in the various parts of the country and abroad to dispel superstitions prevalent among people and to bring awareness in ’ them.

Guru Ji preached to worship only one God, to lead pious and truthful life, to give equal rights to women and to shun superstitions. Wherever he went, ‘ he deeply impressed people through his teachings. Guru Ji raised a voice against the tyranny of the ruling class and officials and injustice. He founded two institutions namely Sangat and Pangat. A new religious brotherhood had come into being in the lifetime of Guru Nanak. Before he immersed with Immortal in 1539 A.D. Guru Nanak appointed Lehna (Guru Angad) his successor. The appointment of Guru Angad proved very significant for the development of Sikh Panth.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 2.
What do you n$ean by Udasis? What were the aims of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’ Udasis?
Or
What were the aims of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji mean the travels undertaken by him. The main objective of Guru Nanak’s Udasis was to dispel the ignorance and superstitions of the people. He wanted to convey the message of the universal brotherhood of mankind and worship of the only one God to the people. Both the religions — Hinduism and Islam had gone astray and forgotten their true principles. The priestly class whose duty was to guide people had themselves turned corrupt and characterless.

When the religious leaders themselves grope in the dark, it is not difficult to ascertain the condition of the common people. The people had started worshipping a number of gods, goddesses, graves, trees, snakes, stones etc. In this way, the true spirit of religion had disappeared. Society was divided into many castes and sub-castes. People of one caste hated the people of the other castes. The condition of women-folk in society was pitiable. They were not treated as equal to men. Guru Nanak started his Udasis to show a new path to the people who were groping in darkness.

Question 3.
Write a brief note on any five important Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
1. Saidpur: Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his first Udasi from Sultanpur and reached Saidpur (Eminabad). When he reached there, Malik Bhago, a landlord of the village, invited Guru Ji to a feast, but Guru Ji stayed in the house of a poor carpenter Bhai Lalo. Malik Bhago compelled Guru Nanak Dev Ji to explain his conduct. Guru Nanak Dev Ji took the food of Malik Bhago in one hand and the rough and dry bread of Bhai Lalo in the other hand and pressed them. Blood dripped from Malik Bhago’s food, whereas milk dripped from Bhai Lalo’s bread. In this way, Guru Nanak Dev Ji proved that we should earn our livelihood by honest means and hard labour.

2. Talumba : Guru Nanak’Dev Ji met Sajjan at this place. He had built a temple and a mosque within his Haveli. During the day, he served these travellers nicely but at night he used to rob them and sometimes killed them and threw their bodies into a secret well. He was planning to play the same trick with Guru Nanak Dev Ji and Bhai Mardana. However, when at night Guru Nanak Dev Ji recited his melodious Bani, Sajjan thug was moved and he fell at the feet of the great Guru and sought his pardon for his bad deeds. Guru Nanak Dev Ji forgave him. After this incident, Sajjan gave up cheating and killing, became a true Sajjan and spent his remaining life propagating Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings.

3. Gorakhmata: After Haridwar, Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Gorakhmata. Here, Guru Ji told Sidh Jogis that one cannot get salvation by wearing earrings in the ears, by applying ash (vibhuti) to the body or by blowing horns, by holding sticks or by shaving of heads. These Jogis were so impressed with his teachings that they became his disciples. Since then, Gorakhmata is called Nanakmata.

4. Hasan Abdal: On his return journey to Punjab, Guru Nanak Dev Ji stopped at Hasan Abdal. Here an arrogant Faqir, Wali Kandhari in a fit of rage, rolled a very heavy stone rock downward from the hilltop to kill Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Nanak Dev Ji stopped it with his palm. This place is known as ‘Punja Sahib’ these days and there stands a splendid Gurdwara.

5. Mecca: Mecca is the birthplace of the Prophet Mohammad. According to Sikh tradition, when Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Mecca, he slept with his feet towards the Kaaba. When Qazi Rukun-ud-Din noticed it, he flew into a rage. Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained to him that Allah is present everywhere.

Question 4.
Give a brief account of the First Udasi of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
1. Saidpur: Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his first Udasi from Sultanpur and reached Saidpur (Eminabad). When he reached there, Malik Bhago, a landlord of the village, invited Guru Ji to a feast, but Guru Ji stayed in the house of a poor carpenter Bhai Lalo. Malik Bhago compelled Guru Nanak Dev Ji to explain his conduct. Guru Nanak Dev Ji took the food of Malik Bhago in one hand and the rough and dry bread of Bhai Lalo in the other hand and pressed them. Blood dripped from Malik Bhago’s food, whereas milk dripped from Bhai Lalo’s bread. In this way, Guru Nanak Dev Ji proved that we should earn our livelihood by honest means and hard labour.

2. Kurukshetra: Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Kurukshetra on the occasion of a solar eclipse. Here, Guru Nanak Dev Ji told the gathered people that one should lead a simple and precious life. His words worked like magic and many people became his disciples. The majority of historians don’t agree with this incident.

3. Gorakhmata: After Haridwar, Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Gorakhmata. Here, Guru Ji told Sidh Jogis that one cannot get salvation by wearing earrings in the ears, by applying ash (vibhuti) to the body or by blowing of horns, by holding sticks or by shaving of heads. These Jogis„were so impressed with his teachings that they became his disciples. Since then, Gorakhmata is called Nanakmata.

4. Kamrup : When Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Kamrup in Assam, a famous witch Nur Shahi along with some other beautiful women, tried to cast a spell on Guru Nanak Dev Ji by her alluring gestures and extraordinary display of tempting charms but she failed. Guru Nanak Dev Ji showed them the right path.

5. Jagannath Puri : After a visit to Assam, Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Jagannath Puri in Orissa. The priest of Jagannath Puri temple asked Guru Nanak Dev Ji to pay homage to their Lord Jagannath. Guru Nanak Dev Ji told them he did not believe in formal worship of aarti. Nature, all the time, is busy with the worship of that Almighty God. So, there is no need of offering artificial worship to Him.

Question 5.
What do you know about the Second Udasi of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
1. Kailash Parbat: Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Kailash Parbat (Sumer) via Tibet. The Siddhas were greatly surprised at Guru’s arrival there. Guru Nanak Dev Ji told them that the truth had disappeared from the world and falsehood and corruption prevailed everywhere. Guru Nanak Dev Ji advised them to serve humanity.

2. Ladakh: Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Ladakh from Kailash Parbat. Impressed by the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, many people became his disciples.

3. Kashmir : Guru Nanak Dev Ji held a very lengthy religious debate with Pandit Brahm Das at Mattan in Kashmir. Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained to him that mere reading or reciting of the Vedas and the Ramayana could not bring salvation. Salvation can be attained only by one’s actions in accordance with the teachings of these holy scriptures.

4. Hasan Abdal : On his return journey to the Punjab Guru Nanak Dev Ji stopped at Hasan Abdal. Here an arrogant Faqir, Wali Kandhari in a fit of rage, rolled a very heavy stone rock downward from the hill top to kill Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Nanak Dev Ji stopped it with his palm. This place is known as ‘Puuja Sahib’ these days and there stands a splendid Gurdwara.

5. Sialkot: Guru Nanak Dev Ji met a Muslim saint named Hamza Ghaus at Sialkot. He was angry with the people of this town over some issue and he was determined to destroy the whole, city with his power. But, when he met Guru Ji he was so impressed that all his anger disappeared. This incident impressed the people.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 6.
Give a brief account of the Third Udasi of Guru Nanak Dev Ji
Answer:
1. Multan : Mhny Sufi saints lived in Multan. Here Guru Nanak Dev Ji met a famous Sufi saint Shaikh Bahauddin. He was greatly impressed with Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings and became his disciple.

2. Mecca : Mecca is the birth place of the Prophet Mohammad. According to Sikh tradition, when Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Mecca, he slept with his feet towards the Kaaba. When Qazi Rukun-ud-Din noticed it, he flew into a rage.When the Qazi turned Guru Ji’s feet to the other directions, the Kaaba also began to turn towards those directions. At this, the Qazi and other Muslims present were deeply impressed. Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained to them that Allah is present everywhere.

3. Medina : From Mecca Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Medina. Guru Nanak Dev Ji gave here his message of love. He had a religious debate with Imam Azim here.

4. Baghdad : Guru Nanak Dev Ji met Shaikh Behlol in Baghdad. He was so much impressed with the Bani of the great Guru Nanak Dev Ji that he became his disciple.

5. Saidpur: When Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Saidpur at the end of 1520 A.D., Babar attacked this town with a view to occupy it. The Mughal army put to death thousands of innocent people during this attack. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was also arrested along with them. But when Babar came to know that Guru Nanak Dev Ji was a great saint, he set free not only Guru Nanak Dev Ji but many other prisoners also.

Question 7.
Briefly describe the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Give a brief account of the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
The Nature of God : Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in one God only. He laid stress on the oneness of God in his Bani again and again. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is the Creator, Sustainer and Destroyer of the world. He is Nirguna (without attributes) as well as Saguna (with attributes). He is the absolute Lord. He is the greatest of all.

2. Maya : According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Maya is the biggest obstacle in man’s way of attaining salvation (mukti). An unregenerate (manmukh) man always indulges in the vicious circle of worldly things like wealth, status, power, luxury, beautiful woman, son etc. It is Maya. Thus, one who yields to Maya is caught in the cycle of transmigration and his chains are not cut.

3. Denunciation of the Caste System: The Hindu society of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s time was divided not only into four main castes but into many sub-castes also. The members of the upper castes hated the people of the lower castes and treated them very badly. The practice of untouchability was very common. Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned the caste system in unequivocal words. Guru Nanak Dev Ji preached the principle of universal brotherhood of mankind.

4. Denounced Ill-treatment of Women : During the time of Guru Nanak Dev Ji the condition of women in Indian society was extremely pitiable. Many evil practices had crept in. Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned emphatically all such evils as were prevalent among women of that time. Guru Nanak Dev Ji laid emphasis on the equal rights of men and women.

5. Importance of Guru : Guru Nanak Dev Ji regarded the blessings of the Guru as most important in order to reach God. According to him the Guru is the ladder by means of which one reaches God. It is the Guru who leads a man from darkness (ignorance) to light (enlightenment). But it is not an easy affair to find out a real Guru. Man cannot find the real Guru without the blessings of God Himself.

Question 8.
What was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s concept of God?
Or
What were the views of Guru Nanak Dev Ji about God?
Answer:
1. The Unity of God : Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in one God only. He laid stress on the oneness of God in his Bani again and again. According to the Sikh tradition the letter ‘IK ONKAR’ (afi) which appears in the beginning of the Mool Mantra stands for oneness of God. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is the Creator, Sustainer and Destroyer of the world and His direct exercise of these functions reduces all other deities to meaningless shadows. They are just a tiny star before God.

2. Nirguna and Saguna: God has two forms. He is Nirguna (without attributes) as well as Saguna (with attributes). In the beginning, God created the earth and the space and He existed in Himself. It was His Nirguna form. Then, He created this world and through it He revealed Himself in His creation. This is His Saguna aspect.

3. Creator, Sustainerand Destroyer : God alone is the Creator, Sustainer and Destroyer of the world. By His order (Hukam) men, animals, birds, rivers, mountains, forests etc. Came into existence. God does not merely create.He is also the Destroyer and Recreator of the world.

4. Immortal: The universe created by God is unstable and impermanent but God is immortal. He is beyond the cycle of birth, death and rebirth. Thousands of Mohammads,
Brahmas, Vishnus, and Ramas stand in obedience before Him. All of them are mortal, whereas God is immortal.

5. Greatness of God : According to Guru Nanak Sahib, God is the greatest of all. His greatness is beyond description. Thousands of Saints and Bhagatas have sung songs in praise of His greatness, yet not a fragment of His greatness could they express. His praise, His mercy, His knowledge, His gifts cannot be described.

Question 9.
What was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s concept of Maya?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji regarded Maya as the biggest hurdle in the way of man’s salvation. The.multicoloured Maya allures man to itself. An unregenerate man remains engrossed in worldly things such as wealth, status, beautiful women, sons etc. It is called Maya. In fact, the entire creation is God’s Maya. It is a snare. An unregenerate man does not know the difference between the Creator and His creation. He does not realize that all other than5 God is subject to annihilation. Maya whom he loves so much does not accompany him after his death. It separates man from God by keeping him absorbed in worldly things. One who yields to Maya also remains caught in the cycle of transmigration. By accumulating riches-gold, silver etc.-a man considers himself to be a great person of the world. But actually, he is collecting poison for himself. Thus, he ruins his life by being caught in ‘dubidha’ (misery arising from affiliation to anything other than God).

Question 10.
What is the importance of ‘Guru’ in Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings?
Or
What was the concept of “Guru” according to Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
In his teachings Guru Nanak Dev Ji laid much emphasis oil Guru. The Guru is a ladder by means of which one attains salvation. Without the Guru’s guidance no one can attain salvation. An unregenerate man remains engrossed in worldly enjoyments. It is the Guru who purifies his mind. He can become one with the God if he follows the instructions of the Guru. A meeting with the Guru results in killing the ego. The misery born of vices ends and the good fortune is awakened. The Guru gives knowledge about Truth, Nam and Shabad. The Guru dispels the darkness of ignorance. Only the Guru leads a man from darkness (ignorance) to light (realisation). It is not easy to get a true Guru. One cannot get Guru without the Nadar (grace) of God. It is worthy to note that when Guru Nanak Dev Ji talks of Guru, he does not refer to any human Guru. The human Gurus are blind. A true Guru is God Himself who is revealed through the Word (Shabad).

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 11.
Throw light on the importance of Kirat Karo, Nam Japo and Wand Chhako.
Answer:
Nam Japna, Kirat Kama and Wand Chhakna are the three basic principles of Sikhism. Remembering Divine Name : Remembering the Divine Name or Simran is considered to be the highest form of worship of God. Guru Nanak Dev Ji said that on one hand remembering the Divine Name eradicates all sins of the heart, on . the other hand it becomes placid. For this reason, man’s sorrows come to an end. All his fears are dispelled. By remembering the Divine Name, a man’s works are accomplished easily because God Himself helps him in all his works. Without Name, man’s life on this earth is futile.

Honest Labour : Kirat means honest labour* Honest labour is extremely important. It is the ordain of the Absolute (Hukam). We observe everyday that every creature earns his livelihood through Kirat. Hence the need for honest labour is extremely essential for man because he is the head of all creatures. A person who does not perform honest labour cannot keep his body fit. Such a person actually performs a sin against the Absolute.

Sharing with the Needy: Sikhism hasgreatlyemphasised on Wand Chhakna. Wand Chhakna means to share with the needy. Sikhism does not advocate sharing after eating but sharing before eating. It also inspires to treat others as brothers and sisters and to share with them. Sikhism believes in donating Daswandh. It means that one should spend one tenth of one’s income towards the cause of social welfare.

Question 12.
Write the views of Guru Nanak Dev Ji about the women.
Answer:
The condition of women-folk during Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s time was very miserable. They were considered not equal in status to men in society. Many evils existed among them like-child marriage, polygamy, purdah system, sati system and divorce etc. For these reasons, birth of a female child was considered an ill- omen. Guru Nanak Dev Ji strongly criticised the prevalent evils relating to women. He launched a forceful campaign to enhance the respect of women in society. He opposed child-marriage, polygamy, purdah system and sati system etc. He was in favour of according women equal rights with men. In this regard Guru Nanak Dev Ji allowed Women to join Sangat and Pangat. Guru Nanak Dev Ji said that woman who gave birth to great emperors, should not be called inferior. He was in favour of giving education to women also.

Question 13.
What was the social meaning and significance of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s message?
Or
What was the impact of teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
The social meaning of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s message is very important. His message was for everyone. Any man or woman could take the path shown by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The path of salvation was open for all. Guru Nanak preached social equality. Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned the caste-system in strong words. In order to put his message of social equality into practice, he founded two institutions-Sangat and Pangat. No discrimination of caste was observed while preparing the Langar. Guru Nanak Dev Ji strongly criticised unjust policies of the rulers and corruption existing in his time. Besides the ruling class, Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned in unequivocal terms the corrupt officials of the government. In this way, Guru Nanak Dev Ji identified himself with the masses.

Question 14.
How far were the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji different from the Bhakti reformers?
Answer:
The teachings of Gum Nanak Dev Ji were different from the teachings of other religious preachers in many ways. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is formless. He never acquires the human form. The Bhakti preachers regard Krishna and Rama as the incarnations of God. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was deadly against idol- worship while the other religious preachers had full faith in it. Guru Nanak Dev Ji nominated Guru Angad Dev Ji his successor for preaching Sikhism and continuing the Gurgaddi. On the other hand very few Bhakti preachers continued the tradition of establishing Gurgaddi. As a result they couM not maintain their identity for long. Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in leading a married life. The Bhakti preachers thought it to be a big hurdle in the way of salvation. Gum Nanak Dev Ji founded two institutions of Sangat and Pangat. Anybody could join these without any discrimination of caste and creed. The Bhakti preachers .did not set up any such institution. Guru Nanak Dev Ji did not consider Sanskrit a holy language. He preached his teachings in Punjabi, the language of the masses. Most of the Bhakti preachers gave Sanskrit the status of a holy language.

Question 15.
How and where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji spend last 18 years of his life?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji established Kartarpur (Abode of God) on the banks of the Ravi in 1521 A.D. He spent the last 18 years of his life with his family at this place. During this period he set up the institutions of Sangat and Pangat. Sangat meant the congregation which gathered to hear the Bani of the Gum everyday. Every man or woman could join the Sangat without any discrimination. Only the name of God was recited and chanted in the Sangat. Pangat means to sit in a line and take food together. In this Langar (the community kitchen), no discrimination of caste, creed or religion was observed. Both these institutions proved helpful in the spread of Sikhism. Besides Guru Ji composed here 976Shabads. This work of the. Guru proved extremely useful for the development of Sikhism. Main Bani of Guru Nanak Dev Ji includes Japji Sahib, Var Majh, Sidh Gosht, Var Malhar, Barah Maha and Patti etc.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Essay Type Questions:

Question 1.
Give a brief account of the life of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
The life time of Guru Nanak Dev Ji can be divided into three periods. Accordingly, the first period, 1469 to 1499 A.D. is related from his birth to enlightenment. The second period, 1499 to 1521 A.D. is related to the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The third period, 1521 to 1539 A.D. is related to his stay at Kartarpur wdth his family and his work for the spread, growth and development of Sikhism.

First Period : 1469 to 1499 A.D.:

1. Birth and Parentage : Guru Nanak Dev Ji was born on 15 April, 1469 – AD., on Purnima (the day of full moon) at Rai Bhoi Ki Talwandi, a place-now situated in Sheikhupura district of Pakistan. This holy place is now known as Nankana Sahib. His father Mehta Kalu Ji, a Patwari of the village, belonged to Bedi Kshatriya family. His mother, Tripta Ji, was a pious and religious minded lady. According to Sikh traditions, many miracles were witnessed at the time of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s birth.

2. Childhood and Education : Guru Nanak Dev Ji was quite serious and thoughtful by nature since his childhood. He was not much inclined to games and was interested in the worship of God. When he was seven years old, he was sent to the Pathshala of Pandit Gopal for elementary learning of Hindi and Mathematics. He surprised Pandit Gopal by his spiritual knowledge. Later on he learnt Sanskrit from Pandit Brij Nath and Arabic and Persian from Maulvi Qutub-ud-Din. When he was nine, Purohit Hardyal was called to perform the ceremony of the sacred thread (Janeu). Guru Nanak Dev Ji categorically refused to wear the sacred thread and remarked that he would wear the thread of kindness, satisfaction, truthfulness and restraint which would never break, burn or get besmeared.

3. In various occupations: Having noticed the over indulgence of Guru Nanak Dev Ji in his thoughts, his father was alarmed. So, he tried to keep his son busy with one work or other. First of all, he was asked to graze buffaloes, but Guru Ji did not show any interest. Consequently, his father decided to set him in trade. He gave Guru Ji a sum of twenty rupees and sent him to the market to strike a profitable bargain. On way to the market, Guru Ji met a group of sadhus, who were hungry for many days. Guru Ji spent the whole amount on feeding those sadhus, and returned home empty handed. This event is known as ‘Sacha Sauda’ (true bargain) in history.

4. Marriage : Mehta Kalu Ji married him to Sulakhni Ji, daughter of Mool Chand of Batala. He was 14 years old then. In due course of time, he was blessed with two sons named Sri Chand and Lakhmi Das.

5. Service at Sultanpur Lodhi: At the age of 20 years, Guru Nanak Dev Ji was sent to Sultanpur Lodhi by his father Mehta Kalu to his son-in-law Jai Ram (Guru Ji’s brother-in-law). On his recommendation, Guru Nanak Dev Ji got a job in Modikhana (the store). Guru Nanak Dev Ji did this job honestly for ten years.

6. Enlightenment: While at Sultanpur Lodhi, Guru Nanak Dev Ji used to go to the rivulet Kali Beip daily in the morning to take a bath. One day, he went as usual for taking bath and remained untraceable for three days. During these three days Guru Nanak Dev Ji gained true knowledge. At that time, he was 30 years old. After enlightenment, Guruji uttered, “Na Ko Hindu, Na Ko Musalman”.

7. Udasis: After attaining enlightenment in 1499 A.D. Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his travels in India and abroad. These travels were called the Udasis. These Udasis were conducted with the objective to dispel the ignorance of the people and to preach the unity of God and brotherhood of mankind. In India Guru Nanak Dev Ji travelled from Kailash mountain in north to Rameshvaram in south and from Pakpattan in west to Assam in east. Outside India Guru Nanak Dev Ji travelled to Mecca, Madina, Baghdad and Sri Lanka. We get important information from his Bani about the travels of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. He spent about 21 years in these Udasis. Guru Nanak Dev Ji succeeded in his aim to a great extent during these Udasis.

8. Settled at Kartarpur: Guru Nanak Dev Ji founded a town named Kartarpur (the abode of God) at the banks of the Ravi river in 1521 A.D. and spent the last 18 years of his life at this place. He started the institutions of ‘Sangat’ and ‘Pangat’ during this period. Besides, he composed 976 Sabads, which also proved extremely helpful for the spread and development of Sikhism. The prominent Banis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji are Japji Sahib, Var Majh, Asa di Var, Sidh Goshti, Var Malhar, Bara Maha and Patti.

9. Nomination of the Successor: Guru Nanak Dev Ji nominated Bhai Lehna Ji, his famous disciple as his successor, before he immersed in Eternal Light. Guru Nanak Dev Ji placed one coconut and five paise before Bhai Lehna Ji and bowed his head. In this way, Bhai Lehna Ji came to be known as Guru Angad Dev Ji. Thus, Guru Nanak Dev Ji planted a sapling, which became a dense tree at the time of Guru Gobind Singh Ji. According to Dr. Hari Ram Gupta,

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings Img 1

” The appointment of Angad was a step of far-reaching significance.”

10. Immersed in Eternal Light : Guru Nanak Dev Ji Immersed in Eternal Light on 22 September, 1539 A.D.

Question 2.
Write a note on the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. What was the aim of these Udasis?
Or
What is meant by Udasis? Give a brief account of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Briefly discuss the travels of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. What was their aim?
Or
Give an account of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Describe briefly the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. What was their impact on society?
Answer:
After attaining enlightenment in 1499 A.D., Guru Nanak Dev Ji set out on long travels in India and in foreign countries. He spent about 21 years in these travels. These travels of Guru Nanak Dev Ji are known as Udasis because he wandered like an Udasi (unconcerned, unattached) during these years and renounced his home and family. The historians also disagree on the total number of the Udasis undertaken by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. However, the latest researches have proved that Guru Nanak Dev Ji undertook three Udasis.

Objectives of the Udasis:

The main objective of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, was to remove the ignorance of the people and to give the message of the unity of the God and universal brotherhood of mankind. The Hindu, Brahmans and Jogis, whose main function was to show the right path to the misled people, were themselves corrupt and characterless. The people worshipped countless gods and goddesses, graves, trees, snakes, stones etc. The Muslim religious leaders had also degenerated. Although the Quran forbids sensual merry-making, music and dance, yet many Muslims led a life of sensual pleasure. The society was divided into many castes and sub-castes. The members of high caste hated those belonging to the low castes. The condition of women in the society was the most deplorable. Guru Nanak Dev Ji undertook his Udasis to show the new path of enlightenment and salvation to those, who were wandering in the darkness of ignorance. In the words of a famous historian, Dr. S. S. Kohli, “The Great Master did not confine his mission to this country, he travelled far and wide, to far off lands and countries, in order to enlighten humanity as a whole.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

First Udasi:

Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his first Udasi at the end of 1499 A.D. Bhai Mardana, who was a famous follower of Guru Ji, also accompanied him during these travels. Guru Nanak Dev Ji completed this Udasi in 12 years. He travelled from the east to the south. He visited the following important places during this Udasi:

1. Saidpur : Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his first Udasi from Sultanpur and reached Saidpur (Eminabad). When he reached there, Malik Bhago, a landlord of the village, invited Guru Ji to a feast, but Guru Ji stayed in the house of a poor carpenter Bhai Lalo. Malik Bhago compelled Guru Nanak Dev Ji to explain his conduct. Guru Nanak Dev Ji took the food of Malik Bhago in one hand and the rough and dry bread of Bhai Lalo in the other hand and pressed them. Blood dripped from Malik Bhago’s food, whereas milk dripped from Bhai Lalo’s bread. In this way Guru Nanak Dev Ji proved that we should earn our livelihood by honest means and hard labour.

2. Talumba : Guru Nanak Dev Ji met Sajjan at this place. He had built a temple and a mosque within his Haveli. During the day, he served these travellers nicely but at night he used to rob them and sometimes killed them and threw their bodies into a secret well. He was planning to play the same trick with Guru Nanak Dev Ji and Bhai Mardana. However, when at night Guru Nanak Dev Ji recited his melodious Bani, Sajjan thug was moved and he fell at. the feet of the great Guru and sought his pardon for his bad deeds. Guru Nanak Dev Ji forgave him. After this incident, Sajjan gave up cheating and killing, became a true Sajjan and spent his remaining life in propagating Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings. According to K.S. Duggal, “Sajjan’s den of an assassin was transformed into a dharamsala.”

3. Kurukshetra : Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Kurukshetra on the occasion of a solar eclipse. Guru Nanak Dev Ji told them we should lead a simple and picess life. His words worked like magic and many people became his disciples.

4. Delhi : Guru Nanak Dev Ji stayed at ‘Majnu Ka Tila’ in Delhi. It is said, while living in Delhi, Guru Nanak Dev Ji brought back a dead elephant of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi to life, but Sikh tradition doesn’t agree with this incident.

5. Haridwar: When Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Haridwar he saw many Hindus had gathered there to wash away their sins by a dip in the sacred water of the Ganges. While taking a bath, they were offering water to their forefathers (Pitras) facing the Sun. On seeing this, Guru Ji started throwing water towards the west. Astonished at this, many people gathered around him and asked what he was doing. He answered that he was offering water to his fields in Punjab. People laughed at his answer and asked how this water could reach his fields situated at a distance of 300 miles. Guru Nanak Dev Ji remarked that if their water could reach the Sun, which is situated millions of miles away, why his water could not reach his fields. Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s answer impressed them deeply.

6. Gorakhmata : After Haridwar, Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Gorakhmata. Here, Guru Ji told Sidh Jogis that one cannot get salvation by wearing earrings in the ears, by applying ash (vibhuti) to the body or by blowing of horns, by holding sticks or by shaving of heads. These Jogis were so impressed with his teachings that they became his disciples. Since then, Gorakhmata is called Nanakmata.

7. Banaras : Banaras was also a famous place of pilgrimage of the Hindus. Here Guru Nanak Dev Ji held a long discussion with Pt. Chatur Das about idol worship. Guru Nanak Dev Ji convinced him by saying that idol worship is as futile as watering the barren land. Highly impressed by his teachings, Chatur Das became a Sikh along with his Brahman friends.

8. Kamrup : When Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Kamrup in Assam, a famous witch Nur Shahi along with some other beautiful women, tried to cast a spell on Guru Nanak Dev Ji by’her alluring gestures and extraordinary display of tempting charms but she failed. Guru Nanak Dev Ji showed them the right path.

9. Jagannath Puri : After a visit to Assam, Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Jagannath Puri in Orissa. The priest of Jagannath Puri temple asked Guru Nanak Dev Ji to pay homage to their Lord Jagannath. Guru Nanak Dev Ji told them he did not believe in formal worship of aarti. Nature, all the time, is busy with the worship of that Almighty God. So, there is no need of offering artificial worship to Him.

10.Ceylon : After visiting South India Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Ceylon (Sri Lanka). At that time Shivnath was the ruler of Ceylon. He was greatly impressed by the personality and hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. As a result he became the follower of Guru Nanak Dev Ji along with many other people.

11. Pakpattan : During his return to the Punjab from Ceylon, Guru Nanak Dev Ji stayed at Pakpattan. Here, he met Sheikh Brahm the follower of Sheikh Farid. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was greatly pleased to meet this famous Sufi saint. Sheikh Brahm was also very much impressed by Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Second Udasi:

Guru Nanak Dev Ji began his second Udasi towards the East at the end of 1513 A.D. Guru Nanak Dev Ji spent three years in this Udasi. He visited the following important places during this Udasi:

1. Hilly States : Guru Nanak Dev Ji passed through the Punjab and visited the hilly states of Mandi, Rawalsar, Jawalamukhi, Kangra, Baijnath, Kullu etc. Many people of these hilly states were impressed by the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and thus became his followers.

2. Kailash Parbat: Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Kailash Parbat (Sumer) via Tibet. The Siddhas were greatly surprised at Guru’s arrival there. Guru Nanak Dev Ji told them that the truth had disappeared from the world and falsehood and corruption prevailed everywhere. Guru Nanak Dev Ji advised them to serve humanity.

3. Ladakh: Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Ladakh from Kailash Parbat. Impressed by the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, many people became his disciples.

4. Kashmir : Guru Nanak Dev Ji held a very lengthy religious debate with Pandit Brahm Das at Mattan in Kashmir. Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained to him that mere reading or reciting of the Vedas and the Ramayana could not bring salvation. Salvation can be attained only by one’s actions in accordance with the teachings of these holy scriptures.

5. Hasan Abdal : On his return journey to the Punjab Guru Nanak Dev Ji stopped at Hasan Abdal. Here an arrogant Faqir, Wali Kandhari in a fit of rage, rolled a very heavy stone rock downward from the hill top to kill Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Nanak Dev Ji stopped it with his palm. This place is known as ‘Punja Sahib’ these days and there stands a splendid Gurdwara.

6. Sialkot: Guru Nanak Dev Ji met a Muslim saint named Hamza Ghaus at Sialkot. He was angry with the people of this town over some issue and he was determined to destroy the’ whole city with his power. But, when he met Guru Ji he was so impressed that all his anger disappeared. This incident impressed the people.

Third Udasi:

Guru Nanak Dev Ji began his third Udasi at the epd of 1517 A.D. This Udasi also took four years. Guru Nanak Dev Ji visited many countries of Western Asia during this Udasi. Bhai Mardana also accompanied him. Guru Nanak Dev Ji visited the following important places during this Udasi:

1. Multan : Many Sufi saints lived in Multan. Here Guru Nanak Dev Ji met a famous Sufi saint Shaikh Bahauddin. He was greatly impressed with Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings and became his disciple.

2. Mecca: Mecca is the birthplace of the Prophet Mohammad. According to Sikh tradition, when Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Mecca, he slept with his feet towards the Kaaba. When Qazi Rukun-ud-Din noticed it, he flew into a rage. When the Qazi turned Guru Ji’s feet to the other directions, the Kaaba also began to turn towards those directions. At this, the Qazi and other Muslims present were deeply impressed. Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained to them that Allah is present everywhere.

3. Madina: From Mecca Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Madina. Guru Nanak Dev Ji gave here his message of love. He had a religious debate with Imam Azim here.

4. Baghdad: Guru Nanak Dev Ji met Shaikh Behlol in Baghdad. He was so much impressed with the Bani of the great Guru Nanak Dev Ji that he became his disciple.

5. Saidpur: When Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Saidpur at the end of 1520 A.D., Babar attacked this town with a view to occupy it. The Mughal army put to death thousands of innocent people during this attack. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was also arrested along with them. But when Babar came to know that Guru Nanak Dev Ji was a great saint, he set free not only Guru Nanak Dev Ji but many other prisoners also. After it, Guru Ji reached Talwandi. Thus, his Udasis came to an end in 1521 A. D.

Impact of the Udasis:

The Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji had a profound impact on society. He succeeded to a great extent in removing the superstitions prevalent among people and brought in them a new awakening. He won over great scholars, Jogis, Siddhas, Brahmans, thieves, thugs and criminals by his sweet hymns. Guru Nanak Dev Ji completely changed the minds of such persons. Thousands of people became his followers after being greatly impressed by his personality and his teachings. To conclude, we fully agree with these words of Dr S.S. Kohli, “He had a holy mission to perform and his performance was no less than a miracle.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 3.
Describe in detail the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
What were the main teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji? What was their social importance?
Or
Study the main teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. what was their influence on society?
Or
Describe the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Study the main teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Briefly describe the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
The teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji were simple but impressive. His teachings had a miraculous effect on the minds of the people. His teachings were not meant for any particular class, caste or province. They were concerned with the whole humanity. His main teachings are as given ahead :

1. The Nature of God : Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in one God only. He laid stress on the oneness of God in his Bani again and again. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is the Creator, Sustainer and Destroyer of the world. There are hundreds and thousands of deities but only one God. God is known by countless names, like Hari, Ram, Gopal, Wahe Guru, Sahib, Allah, Khuda etc. His manifestations may be many, but He is One and there is no other. Guru Nanak says, “Remember the one God who is contained in sea and land.”

God has two forms. He is Nirguna (without attributes) as well as Saguna (with attributes). He is the absolute Lord. Every thing happens in accordance with His will. He alone is the Creator, Sustainer and Destroyer of the world. He is immortal. He is the greatest of all. His greatness is beyond description.

2. Maya : According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Maya is the biggest obstacle in man’s way of attaining salvation (mukti). An unregenerate (manmukh) man always indulges in the vicious circle of worldly things like wealth, status, power, luxury, beautiful woman, son etc. It is Maya. Thus, one who yields to Maya is caught in the cycle of transmigration and his chains are not cut.

3. Haumai : An unregenerate (manmukh) man has a very strong feeling of Haumai (ego). As a consequence of his haumai, he remains trapped in the worldly evils. The results are disastrous, for instead of leading a man to salvation, his haumai binds him more firmly to the wheel of transmigration.

4. Evil impulses : An unregenerate (manmukh) man is always surrounded by evil impulses. Kam (lust), krodh (anger), lobh (greed), moh (attachment) and hankar (pride) are five enemies of man. He commits sins and deceives others under their influence. Consequently, he is caught in stronger chains of transmigration and therefore he is destined to suffer the pains of hell.

5. Denunciation of the Caste System: The Hindu society of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s time was divided not only into four main castes—Brahmans, Kshatriyas, Vaishyas and Shudras but into many sub-castes also. The members of the upper castes hated the people of the lower castes and treated them very badly. The practice of untouchability was very common. Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned the caste system and untouchability in unequivocal words. Guru Nanak Dev Ji preached the principle of universal brotherhood of mankind.

6. Condemnation of Idol Worship: Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned idol worship in unequivocal terms. He preached that idols are lifeless stones. If they are thrown into the water, they themselves would sink. How can those idols, which cannot save themselves help men to cross the ocean of the world? So, idol worship is useless and the worship of only one God is desirable.

7. Condemnation of Empty Rituals : Guru Nanak Dev Ji denounced empty rituals and blind faith which were in vogue in the society, in strong words. He told the people that they could not attain salvation (mukti) by putting a tilak on the forehead, applying ash on the body, by wearing earringsfby blowing of horns (shells), by keeping fasts, by undergoing penance in the forest, by offering water to the Sun, and by worshipping graves, khankahas, snakes, trees etc. Guru Nanak Dev Ji called all such acts as vain ceremonies. According to him, the religion of only such a man is true, who is true and pure at heart.

8. Denounced Ill-treatment of Women : During .the time of Guru Nanak Dev Ji the condition of women in Indian society was extremely pitiable. Many evil practices had crept in. Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned emphatically all such evils as were prevalent among women of that time. In order to raise the status of women Guru Nanak Dev Ji laid emphasis on the equal rights of men and women. He says, “Why belittle her who gives birth to Rajas?”

9. Recitation of Nam and Sabad : Guru Nanak Dev Ji considered the recitation of Nam and Sabad as the highest form of God-worship. Man can get deliverance through Nam and Sabad from the world which is full of diseases and sufferings. Man’s arrival in this world (his birth) is futile, if he does not recite Nam and Sabad. Man remains entrapped in all sort of sins and in the vicious circle of transmigration without Nam. The Nam should be recited with a true heart and inner devotion (faith)* Dr. Dewan Singh aptly says, “Nam is the only and most efficacious source and agent for the redemption and salvation of the sinful and self-engrossed mankind.”

10. Importance of Guru : Guru Nanak Dev Ji regarded the blessings of the Guru as most important in order to reach God. According to him the Guru is the ladder by means of which one reaches God. It is the Guru who leads a man from darkness (ignorance) to light (enlightenment). But it is not an easy affair to find out a real Guru. Man cannot find the real Guru without the blessings of God Himself.

11. Hukam : The doctrine of Hukam (order) or the will of God occupies a crucial position in the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Happiness or misery is in accordance with his Hukam. God’s Hukam cannot be evaded. Man should always obey the Hukam of God. He, who does so, is blessed by God and gets salvation. On the contrary, he who does not bow before the will of God, is bound to wander from pillar to post.

12. Sach Khand : According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, to reach the Sach Khand was the ultimate goal of human life. A man has to travel through Dharam Khand, Gian Khand, Saram Khand and Karam Khand in his journey to Sach Khand which is the final stage. Here, the soul merges with the Super Soul and all worries and sufferings disappear.

Importance of Teachings:

The teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji had a tremendous impact not only on religious and social fields, but on political fields also. His teachings went a long way in eliminating blind faiths and superstitions from the society, as the darkness of the horizon disappears before the sunrise. Consequently, a new awakening took place among people. They discarded useless rituals and started worship of one God. Guru Nanak Dev Ji laid the foundation of a new social order by condemning caste system, by propagating brotherhood of mankind, providing equal status to women in society, and by establishing institutions of ‘Sangat’ and ‘Pangat’. His teachings gave a rude jolt, even to the rulers of the time. According to famous historian Dr. I.B. Banerjee,
“The age of Guru Nanak Dev Ji was an age of ignorance and an age of strife, and we may say at once the message of Nanak was a message of truth and a message of peace.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Give a brief account of the contribution of Guru Nanak Dev Ji to Sikhism.
Answer:
When Guru Nanak Dev Ji was born in the 15th century, the people were groping in the darkness of ignorance. Condition of wom’en folk in society was very deplorable. Guru Nanak Dev Ji undertook travels in the various parts of the country and abroad to bring awareness in them. He founded two institutions namely Sangat and Pangat. Before he breathed his last in 1539 A.D. Guru Nanak Dev Ji nominated Bhai Lehna Ji (Guru Angad Dev Ji) as his successor. The nomination of Guru Angad Dev Ji proved very significant for the development of Sikh Panth.

Question 2.
What do you mean by Udasis? What were the aims of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Udasis?
Or
What were the aims and importance of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji mean the travels undertaken by him. Main objective of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Udasis was to dispel ignorance and superstitions of the people. He wanted to convey the message of universal brotherhood of mankind and worship of the only one God to the people. Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his Udasis to show a new path to the people, who were groping in darkness.

Question 3.
Give a brief account of the important Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Write a brief note on any three important Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his Udasis from Saidpur. On being asked by Malik Bhago, he told that we should earn our bread by honest and not by foul means.
(b) At Gorakhmata, Guru Nanak Dev Ji told the Sidh Jogis that man cannot attain salvation by wearing earrings or by rubbing ashes on the body but through purity of soul.
(c) Guru Ji proved at Mecca that God is Omnipresent and not confined to any particular place.

Question 4.
Write an essence of the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Give a brief account of the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Write any three teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:

  • According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is one. He is formless and omnipresent,
  • He is immortal. He is omnipotent and kind,
  • He is the Creator, Sustainer and Destroyer of the world. So, we should not worship any other god or goddess except Him.
  • The Guru accepted Maya as the biggest hurdle in the way of salvation,
  • The Guru told that lust, anger, greed, attachment and pride are the five enemies of man.

Question 5.
What was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s concept of God?
Or
What were the views of Guru Nanak Dev Ji about God?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in one God only. God has two forms. He is Nirguna (without attributes) as well as Saguna (with attributes). By His order (Hukam) the universe came into existence. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is the Sovereign Lord. Everything happens in accordance with His will. Guru Nanak Dev Ji says that the universe created by God is unstable and impermanent but God is immortal. He is beyond the cycle of birth, death and rebirth.

Question 6.
What type of religious beliefs and rituals were condemned by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned all the blind faiths of religion prevalent in society. He opposed idol-worship, Vedic rituals, going on pilgrimages, and other rituals connected with important occasions of life. The Brahmins were the main supporters of these rituals. He did not approve of the ideology of the Jogis for two reasons-

  • The Jogis lacked faith in God.
  • They remained away from society and shirked social responsibilities.

Question 7.
What was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s concept of Maya? Explain in brief.
Or
Describe Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s concept of Maya.
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji regarded Maya as the biggest hurdle in the way of man’s salvation. The multicoloured Maya allures man to itself. Maya to whom he loves so much does not accompany him after his death. It separates man from God, by keeping him absorbed in worldly things. One who yields to Maya also remains caught in the cycle of transmigration. Thus, he ruins his life.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 8.
What is the importance of guru in Guru Nanak Dev’s teachings?
Or
What was the concept of “Guru” according to Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji laid much emphasis on Guru. The Guru is a ladder by means of which one attains salvation. Without the Guru’s guidance, no one can attain salvation. An unregenerate (manmukh) man remains engrossed in worldly enjoyments. It is the Guru who purifies his mind. The Guru gives knowledge about Truth, Nam and Sabad. The Guru dispels the darkness of ignorance. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, a true Guru is God Himself, who is revealed through the Word (Sabad). ,

Question 9.
What is the importance of ‘Nam’ in Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji considered the recitation of Nam as the highest form of God-Worship. Man can get deliverance through Nam from the world which is full of diseases and sufferings. Those who recite Nam are free from all illusions and all their sorrows come to an end. Such a person’s soul blooms like a lotus. A man remains entrapped in all sorts of sins and in the vicious circle of transmigration without Nam.

Question 10.
What is the importance of Hukam in Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings?
Answer:
The doctrine of Hukam (order) or the will of God occupies a crucial position in the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The world moves in accordance with the will of God. Birth and death of a creature, appreciation or dishonour, happiness or misery is in accordance with His Hukam. His Hukam cannot be evaded. He who obeys the Hukam of God is blessed by God and attains salvation.

Question 11.
Write the views of Guru Nanak Dev Ji about women.
Answer:
The condition of women during Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s time was very- miserable. They were not considered equal to man’s in society. They were regarded as a commodity of sensual pleasure. Many evils existed among them like child marriage, polygamy, purdah system, sati system and divorce etc. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was in favour of women’s equal rights with men. He was in favour of giving education to women also.

Question 12.
What are Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s views on Caste?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji criticised the prevalent caste system in unequivocal terms. His main aim was to remove the social discrimination from the society. In his view no one could be rich or poor on the basis of the caste. In the court of God karma and not the caste decide the fate of a man. Guru Nanak Dev Ji opened the door of Sikhism for downtrodden classes.

Question 13.
What was the social meaning and significance of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s message?
Or
What was the impact of teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
The social meaning of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s message is very important. His message was for everyone. Any man or woman could take the path shown by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The path of salvation was open for all. Guru Nanak Dev Ji preached social equality. Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned the caste system in strong words. In order to put his message of social equality into practice, he founded two institutions i.e. Sangat and Pangat. No discrimination of caste was observed while preparing the Langar.

Question 14.
How far were the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji different from the Bhakti reformers? ,
Answer:
According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is formless. He never acquires the human form. The Bhakti preachers regard Krishna and Rama as the incarnations of God. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was against idol-worship, while the other religious preachers had full faith in it. Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in leading a married life. The Bhakti preachers thought it to be a big hurdle, in the way of salvation. Guru Nanak Dev Ji founded two institutions of Sangat and Pangat. The Bhakti preachers did not set up any such institution.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 15.
Guru Nanak Dev Ji was a great poet and musician. Explain.
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji was not only a great religious saint but also a great poet and musician. There are 976 Sabads (hymns) in Guru Granth Sahib which are composed by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. It shows that Guru Nanak Dev Ji was a great poet. The poems of Guru Nanak Dev Ji touch the concept of God and Humanity and the relationship between both. He took the help of music to spread his message. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was well versed with many types of Ragas. His music had deep influence on the minds of the listeners.

Question 16.
How and where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji spend last 18 years of his life?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji spent the last 18 years of his life with his family at Kartarpur. During this period, he set up the institutions of Sangat and Pangat. Sangat meant the congregation, which gathered to hear the Bani of the Guru everyday. Pangat means to sit in a queue and take food together. In this Langar (the community kitchen), no discrimination of caste, creed or religion was observed. Guru Nanak Dev Ji composed 976 Shabads.

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
Who was the founder of Sikhism?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev. Ji.

Question 2.
When was Guru Nanak Dev Ji born?
Answer:
1469 A.D.

Question 3.
Where was Guru Nanak Dev Ji born?
Answer:
Talwandi.

Question 4.
With what name the birthplace of Guru Nanak Dev Ji is now called?
Answer:
Nankana Sahib.

Question 5.
Who said it, “Satgur Nanak Pargatiya Miti Dhund Jag Chanan Hoa”?
Answer:
Bhai Gurdas Ji.

Question 6.
What was the name of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s father?
Answer:
Mehta Kalu Ji.

Question 7.
To which caste did Mehta Kalu belong?
Answer:
Bedi.

Question 8.
Who was Mehta Kalu?
Answer:
He was the father of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 9.
What was the name of the Mother of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Tripta Ji.

Question 10.
Who was Tripta Ji?
Answer:
She was the Mother of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 11.
What was the name of the sister of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Bebe Nanaki.

Question 12.
What was the name of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Wife?
Answer:
Bibi Sulakhni Ji.

Question 13.
With how many rupees did Guru Nanak do Sacha Sauda?
Answer:
20 rupees.

Question 14.
Why was Guru Nanak Dev Ji sent to Sultanpur Lodhi?
Answer:
To do a job.

Question 15.
When was Guru Nanak Dev Ji enlightened?
Answer:
1499 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 16.
What was the first utterance of Guru Nanak Dev Ji after enlightenment?
Or
With which words did Guru Nanak Dev Ji start his preaching work?
Answer:
“Na Ko Hindu Na Ko Musalman”.

Question 17.
What is meant by the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
His travels.

Question 18.
What was the purpose of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Udasis?
Answer:
To dispel the ignorance prevalent among people and to preach Holy Name.

Question 19.
When did Guru Nanak start his first Udasi?
Answer:
1499 A.D.

Question 20.
From wh§re did Guru Nanak Dev Ji start his first Udasi?
Answer:
Saidpur (Eminabad).

Question 21.
Name any two places visited by Guru Nanak during his first Udasi.
Answer:
(a) Delhi and
(b) Kurukshetra.

Question 22.
Who was the constant companion of Guru Nanak Sahib Ji?
Or
Who was the companion of Guru Nank Dev Ji during Udasis?’
Or
Who was the companion of Guru Nanak Dev Ji at the time of Udasis?
Answer:
Bhai Mardana.

Question 23.
Which instrument did Bhai Mardana play while performing kirtan?
Answer:
Rabab.

Question 24.
Who was the first disciple of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Bhai Lalo.

Question 25.
Why did Guru Nanak Dev Ji refuse the food of Malik Bhago?
Answer:
Because it was not earned by honest means.

Question 26.
Where did Sri Guru Nanak Dev Ji met with Sajjan?
Answer:
At Talumba.

Question 27.
Where had Guru Nanak Dev Ji watered the fields facing towards West?
Answer:
Haridwar.

Question 28.
Which Sufi Saint did Guru Nanak Dev Ji meet at Panipat?
Answer:
Shaikh Tahir.

Question 29.
What was Gorakhmata named as after Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Udasi?
Answer:
Nanak Mata.

Question 30.
Who was Nurshai?
Answer:
Nurshai was the famous witch of Kamrup.

Question 31.
In which temple Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained the meaning of true Aarti to the people in Orissa?
Answer:
Jagan Nath Puri.

Question 32.
What did Guru Nanak Dev Ji preach the Sidhs of Kailash Parbat?
Answer:
To do social service.

Question 33.
Which ruler of Ceylon met Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Shivnath.

Question 34.
At which place did Guru Nanak Dev Ji move Kaba during his Udasis?
Answer:
Mecca.

Question 35.
With which Qazi Guru Nanak Dev Ji had confrontation?
Answer:
Rukun-ud-Din.

Question 36.
With what name is Hasan Abdal now known?
Answer:
Panja Sahib.

Question 37.
Sri Guru Nanak Dev Ji met with which Shaikh at Baghdad?
Answer:
Shaikh Behlol.

Question 38.
When was Guru Nanak Dev Ji arrested for some time?
Answer: 1520 A.D.

Question 39.
Who was the Mughal ruler at the time of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Babar.

Question 40.
Name any one prominent teaching of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
God is one.

Question 41.
What was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s concept of Maya?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji considered this world as Maya.

Question 42.
How many enemies of man have been identified by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Five.

Question 43.
What is the concept of Guru in Sikh religion, according to Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Guru is the ladder by which one reaches God.

Question 44.
What is the importance of meditation of God according to Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Without the meditation of God the coming of man into this world is fruitless.

Question 45.
Name any two traits of Manmukh (Unregenerate Man).
Answer:
A Manmukh is always surrounded by sensual lust.

Question 46.
What is self-surrender?
Answer:
To give up ego.

Question 47.
What do you mean by the word ‘Nadar5?
Or
What is meant by ‘Nadar5?
Answer:
Grace of God.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 48.
What do you mean by Hukam?
Answer:
The decree of God.

Question 49.
What is the concept of Kirat?
Answer:
Earning by one’s honest labour.

Question 50.
What is meant by ‘Anjan Mahe Niranjan5?
Answer:
Leading a simple and pious life amidst the impurities of the world.

Question 51.
Which three things did Guru Nanak Dev Ji ask his disciples to follow?
Or
Write the essence of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings in three words.
Answer:
Do honest labour, utter Nam and eat after distributing.

Question 52.
Who started the tradition of Kirtan?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 53.
Write the name of the town established by Guru Nanak on the bank of Ravi.
Answer:
Kartarpur.

Question 54.
What is meant by word Kartarpur?
Answer:
The abode of God.

Question 55.
Which two institutions were established at Kartarpur by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Sangat and Pangat.

Question 56.
What is the meaning of Sangat?
Answer:
Sangat means the congregation which listens to the hymns of Guru.

Question 57.
What is the meaning of Pangat?
Answer:
Pangat means a group of people sitting in a queue to eat langar.

Question 58.
Which Guru Sahib started the system of Langar?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 59.
What do you know about ‘Guru Ka Langar’?
Or
Which Guru Sahib started the Langar system?
Answer:
(a) Guru Ka Langar was started by Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
(b) All men and women in the congregation take their meals together without any discrimination.

Question 60.
Give a difference between the teachings of Guru Nanak and other Bhagats.
Answer:
Guru Nanak Ji was against idol worship but other Bhagats were not.

Question 61.
Where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji spend his last years?
Answer:
Kartarpur (Pakistan).

Question 62.
How many Shabads were composed by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
976.

Question 63.
Name the main two compositions of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Name only two compositions of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Which two ‘Banis’ were composed by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
(a) Japji Sahib,
(b) Asa Di Var.

Question 64.
Which Guru Sahib pronounced Babar Bani?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Sahib.

Question 65.
Where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji immerse in Eternal Light?
Answer:
1539 A.D. at Kartarpur (Pakistan).

Question 66.
Whom did Guru Nanak Dev Ji appoint his successor?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji.

Question 67.
Why did Guru Nanak Dev Ji give the name of Guru Angad Dev to Bhai Lehna Ji?
Answer:
Because he considered him as the part of his body.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Fill in the blanks:

1. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was born in ……………….
Answer:
1469 A.D.

2. The name of the father of Guru Nanak Dev Ji was ………………
Answer:
Metha Kalu

3. ……………… was the name of the sister of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
Bebe Nanaki

4. The name of mother of Guru Nanak Dev Ji was ………………..
Answer:
Tripta Ji

5. Guru Nanak Dev Ji did Sacha Sauda with ………………. rupees.
Answer:
20

6. Guru Nanak Dev Ji worked in Modikhana of ………………..
Answer:
Sultanpur Lodhi

7. Guru Nanak Dev Ji got the enlightenment at the age of ……………..
Answer:
30

8. After enlightenment, Guru Nanak Dev Ji uttered the first words, ………………
Answer:
“Na Ko Hindu, Na Ko Muslman”

9. Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Udasis were his …………..
Answer:
travels

10. Guru Nanak Dev Ji started, first Udasis in ……………….. A.D.
Answer:
1499

11. ……………….. was the companion of Guru Nanak Dev Ji at the time of Udasis.
Answer:
Bhai Mardana

12. Guru Nanak Dev Ji visited ………………. first during his first Udasi.
Answer:
Saidpur

13. Guru Nanak Dev Ji met Sajjan thug at …………………
Answer:
Talumba

14. Guru Nanak Dev Ji watered his farms at …………………..
Answer:
Haridwar

15. Guru Nanak Dev Ji told the importance of actual worship (aarti) at …………………
Answer:
Jagannath Puri

16. Guru Nanak Dev Ji met the Siddhas at ……………….
Answer:
Kailash Parbat

17. At the time of Udasi of Mecca, ……………… was the Qazi there.
Answer:
Rukun-ud-Din

18. Guru Nanak Dev Ji spent his last years in …………..
Answer:
Kartarpur

19. Guru Nanak Dev Ji established the two institutions of ………………… and ………………..
Answer:
Sangat, Pangat

20. Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in …………….. God.
Answer:
one

21. Guru Nanak Dev Ji ……………….. the caste system and Idol worship.
Answer:
condemned

22. There are ……………….. enemies of man as told by .Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
five

23. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, the ultimate aim of human life is to reach ……………
Answer:
Sach Khand

24. Guru Nanak Dev Ji immersed in Eternal Light in ………………….
Answer:
1539 A.D.

25. Guru Nanak Dev Ji appointed ……………… as his successor.
Answer:
Bhai Lehna Ji

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

True or False:

1. Guru Nanak Dey Ji was born on 15th April 1469 A.D.
Answer:
True

2. The birth place of Guru Nanak Dey Ji is called ‘Punja Sahib’.
Answer:
False

3. The name of the father of Guru Nanak Dey Ji was Mehta Kalu.
Answer:
True

4. The name of the mother of Guru Nanak Dey Ji was Sabrai Devi.
Answer:
False

5. The name of the sister of Guru Nanak Dey Ji was Bebe Nanaki.
Answer:
True

6. Guru Nanak Dey Ji was related to Beth family.
Answer:
True

7. Guru Nanak Dey Ji did the Sacha Sauda with Rs. 40 only.
Answer:
False

8. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was married to inhabitant of Amritsar, Sulakhni.
Answer:
False

9. Sri Chand and Lakhmi Das were the sons of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
True

10. Guru Nanak Dev Ji got a job in Modikhanna of Goindwal Sahib.
Answer:
False

11. After enlightment, Guru Nanak Dev Ji uttered, “Na Ko Hindu, Na Ko Musalman.”
Answer:
True

12. At the time of enlightment, Guru Nanak Dev Ji was 35 year old.
Answer:
False

13. The travels of Guru Nanak Dev Ji are called Udasis.
Answer:
True

14. Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his first Udasi from Saidpur.
Answer:
True

15. Guru Nanak Dev Ji stayed at the house of Malik Bhago.
Answer:
False

16. Guru Nanak Dev Ji met Sajjan Thug at Kurukshetra.
Answer:
False

17. Guru Nanak Dev Ji offered water to his fields at Haridwar.
Answer:
True

18. Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained about the real worship of God Almighty to the priests of Jagannath Puri.
Answer:
True

19. At Mecca, Guru Nanak Dev Ji slept with his feet towards the Kaaba.
Answer:
True

20. Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in one God only.
Answer:
True

21. Guru Nanak Dev Ji started two institutions of ‘Sangat and Pangat’.
Answer:
True

22. Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in caste system and idol worship.
Answer:
False

23. Guru Nanak Dev Ji laid emphasis on the equal rights of men and women.
Answer:
True

24. Guru Nanak Dev Ji immersed in Eternal Light in 1539 A.D.
Answer:
True

25. Guru Nanak Dev Ji nominated Bhai Lehna Ji as his successor.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who was the foundier of Sikhism?
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji

2. When was Guru Nanak Dev Ji born?
(a) In 1459 A.D.
(b) In 1469 A.D.
(c) In 1479 A.D.
(d) In 1489 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1469 A.D.

3. Which was the birth place of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
(a) Kirtpur Sahib
(b) Kartarpur
(c) Talwandi
(d) Lahore.
Answer:
(c) Talwandi

4. What was the name of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s father?
(a) Mehta Kalu Ji
(b) Jai Ram Ji
(c) Sri Chand Ji
(d) Pherumal Ji.
Answer:
(a) Mehta Kalu Ji

5. What was the name of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s mother? .
(a) Khivi Ji
(b) Tripta Ji
(c) Nanaki Ji
(d) Gujari Ji.
Answer:
(b) Tripta Ji

6. Who was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s sister?
(a) Nanaki Ji
(b) Bhani Ji
(c) Dani Ji
(d) Khivi Ji.
Answer:
(a) Nanaki Ji

7. With how many rupees Guru Nanak Dev Ji did Sacha Sauda?
(a) 10
(b) 20
(c) 30
(d) 50
Answer:
(b) 20

8. Name the wife of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
(a) Ganga Devi Ji
(b) Sulakhni Ji
(c) Bibi Veero Ji
(d) Bibi Bhani Ji.
Answer:
(b) Sulakhni Ji

9. Where did Mehta Kalu send Nanak to do a job?
(a) Multan
(b) Lahore
(c) Sultanpur Lodhi
(d) Kiratpur Sahib.
Answer:
(c) Sultanpur Lodhi

10. At what age did Guru Nanak Dev Ji get the enlightenment?
(a) 20 years
(b) 22 years
(c) 26 years
(d) 30 years
Answer:
(d) 30 years

11. What was the purpose of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Udasis?
(a) To dispel the prevalent superstitions among people
(b) To preach Holy Name
(c) To spread the message of universal brotherhood of mankind
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

12. From where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji start his first Udasi?
(a) Gorakhmata
(b) Haridwar
(c) Saidpur
(d) Kurukshetra
Answer:
(c) Saidpur

13. Where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji meet Sajjan Thug (Cheat)?
(a) At Talumba
(b) At Saidpur
(c) At Delhi
(d) At Dhubri.
Answer:
(a) At Talumba

14. Where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji meet with witch Nurshahi?
(a) Gaya
(b) Kamrup
(c) Dhubri
(d) Banaras.
Answer:
(b) Kamrup

15. At which place Guru Nanak Dev Ji told that Nature all the time, is busy with the worship of God.
(a) Haridwar
(b) Kurukshetra
(c) Banaras
(d) Jagan Nath Puri
Answer:
(d) Jagan Nath Puri

16. Which ruler of Ceylon met Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
(a) Krishandev Rai
(b) Bholenath
(c) Shivnath
(d) Shanker Dev.
Answer:
(c) Shivnath

17. Which of the following place is now called Punja Sahib?
(a) Pakpattan
(b) Sialkot
(c) Hasan Abdal
(d) Gorakhmata.
Answer:
(c) Hasan Abdal

18. Which Qazi stopped Guru Nanak Dev Ji to sleep with his feet towards Kabha at Mecca?
(a) Bah-ud-Din
(b) Qutub-ud-Din
(c) Rukun-ud-Din
(d) Bahlol.
Answer:
(c) Rukun-ud-Din

19. When did Guru Nanak Dev Ji settle at Kartarpur?
(a) In 1519 A.D.
(b) In 1520 A.D.
(c) In 1521. A.D.
(d) In 1522 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1521. A.D.

20. What is the nature of God according to Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Or
What was the concept of God of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
(a) He is all powerful.
(b) He is immortal.
(c) He is Nirguna and Saguna.
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

21. Which of the following is not the nature of Unregenerate man?
(a) He always indulges in vicious circle of Maya.
(b) He always worships God.
(c) He has a strong feeling of ego (Haumai).
(d) He is always surrounded by evil impulses.
Answer:
(b) He always worships God.

22. Which of the following was not denounced by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
(a) Priestly class
(b) Caste system
(c) Idol worship
(d) Equality of men and women.
Answer:
(d) Equality of men and women.

23. What were the means of achieving the Ultimate object of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
(a) Recitation of Nam
(b) Self surrender
(c) To obey the Hukam of God
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

24. How many enemies of man have been identified by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Answer:
(d) Five

25. Which things did Guru Nanak Dev Ji ask every man to follow?
(a) To do honest labour (Kirat Kama)
(b) To utter Nam (Nam Japna).
(c) To eat after distributing (Wand Chakna).
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

26. Who started the tradition of Kirtan?
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji

27. Which of the following fact proves that Guru Nanak Dev Ji was a Revolutionary?
(a) Establishment of new institutions
(b) Opposed the caste system
(c) Condemned the Idol worship
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

28. Whom did Guru Nanak Dev Ji appoint his successor?
(a) Bhai Jetha Ji
(b) Bhai Durga Ji
(c) Bhai Lehna Ji
(d) Sri Chand Ji
Answer:
(c) Bhai Lehna Ji

29. In which year Guru Nanak Dev Ji immersed in Eternal Light?
(a) In 1519 A.D.
(b) In 1529 A.D.
(c) In 1539 A.D.
(d) In 1549 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1539 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Explain the political condition of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What was the general political condition of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the political condition of Punjab was very unstable. As a result of the wrong policies of Lodhi Sultans lawlessness prevailed all around. The ruling class remained engrossed in pleasure-seeking. Feasts were held every day in the courts. The female dancers took part in these celebrations in a big number and drinking sessions were freely held. As a result, nobody had time to attend to the problems of the people. The govt, officials had become corrupt to the core and bribery was rampant; so much so that Qazis and Ulemas delivered justice only when their palm was greased. The Muslims perpetrated. tyranny on the Hindus and converted them to Islam at the point of the sword.

The state administration had collapsed. Taking advantage of such conditions, Daulat Khan Lodhi, the Governor of Punjab declared himself independent. In this regard, he invited Babar to invade India. Babar defeated Daulat Khan Lodhi towards the end of 1525 A.D. and took control of Punjab. He defeated Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi in the first battle of Panipat on 21 April 1526 A.D. and founded the Mughal rule in India.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 2.
“At the beginning of the 16th century, Punjab was a cockpit of triangular struggle”. Explain.
Or
Explain the triangular struggle of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, Punjab was a cockpit of triangular struggle. This triangular struggle began between Babar, the ruler of Kabul, Ibrahim Lodhi, the ruler of Delhi and Daulat Khan Lodhi, the Governor of Punjab. Daulat Khan Lodhi wanted to become an independent ruler of Punjab. When Ibrahim Lodhi came to know about it, he ordered Daulat Khan Lodhi to present himself in the royal court. In order to escape the wrath of the Sultan, Daulat Khan Lodhi sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. When he reached Delhi, he was arrested and thrown into prison.

Somehow, Dilawar Khan managed to escape from the prison. On reaching Punjab, he narrated to Daulat Khan Lodhi, his father, the treatment meted out to him in Delhi. In order to take revenge for this insult, he invited Babar to invade India, which was already looking for such a golden opportunity. In this triangular struggle, Babar Came out victorious. In 1525¬26 A.D. he not only took control of Punjab but also occupied Delhi. Thus, the foundation of Mughal rule in India was laid.

Question 3.
Who was Daulat Khan Lodhi? What were the causes of the struggle between Daulat Khan Lodhi and Ibrahim Lodhi?
Or
Write a short note on Daulat Khan Lodhi.
Answer:
Daulat Khan Lodhi was the Governor of Punjab. He was appointed to this post in 1500 A.D. The main cause of the struggle between Daulat Khan Lodhi and Ibrahim Lodhi was that the former wanted to be an independent ruler of Punjab. For this purpose, he hatched a conspiracy with Alam Khan, the foster brother of Ibrahim Lodhi, who wanted to acquire the throne of Delhi. When Ibrahim Lodhi came to know about it, he issued an order to Daulat Khan Lodhi to present himself in the royal court of Delhi. In order to escape the wrath of the Sultan, Daulat Khan sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. When Dilawar Khan reached there, he was arrested and put into prison. He was ill-treated in jail. But soon he succeeded in escaping from jail. On reaching Punjab, he appraised his father Daulat Khan of the ill-treatment meted out to him in Delhi. Daulat Khan invited Babar to invade India, in order to take revenge for the insult. Later on Daulat Khan Lodhi turned against Babar. Babar defeated him in 1525 A.D and occupied Punjab.

Question 4.
Who was Babar? When and how many times did he invade Punjab? Write briefly about these invasions.
Or
Give a brief account of Babar’s five invasions over Punjab.
Answer:
Babar was the ruler of Kabul. He invaded Punjab five times from 1519 A.D. to 1526 A.D. He invaded Punjab for the first time in 1519 A.D. Babar captured Bhera and Bajaur regions during this invasion. As soon as Babar returned, the people took back their control. In the same year, Babar invaded Punjab for the second time. This time Babar occupied Peshawar. During his third invasion over Punjab in 1520 A.D. Babar brought Bajaur, Bhera and Sialkot under his control. After this, he attacked Saidpur. Babar thoroughly plundered Saidpur during this invasion. The Mughal army arrested Guru Nanak also along with other people. Later on, with the intervention of Babar, Guru Nanak was released. In 1524 A.D. on the invitation of Daulat Khan Lodhi, Babar invaded Punjab for the fourth time and seized it without much difficulty. Later on, Daulat Khan Lodhi turned against Babar. In order to teach Daulat Khan Lodhi a lesson, Babar invaded Punjab for the 5th time in November 1525 A.D. He defeated Daulat Khan Lodhi and occupied Punjab. After this, Babar defeated Ibrahim Lodhi on April 21, 1526 A.D. in the first battle of Panipat. Thus, Babar established the Mughal dynasty in India. ‘

Question 5.
When did Babar invade Saidpur? What is its importance in Sikh History?
Answer:
Babar invaded Saidpur in 1520 A.D. The people of this place stoutly resisted Babar. Consequently, Babar got angry. His forces massacred people in a large number, set the houses and palaces on fire after plundering them. Thousands of women were taken into custody and they were maltreated. Guru Nanak was in Saidpur at that time and he wrote in his ‘Babar Bani’ about the tyranny of the Mughal army on people. The army of Babar had arrested Guru Ji also. Later on, when Babar came to know about the piety of Guru Nanak, he at once ordered his release. Babar wrote in his autobiography Tuzak-i-Babri that if he had known that such a great saint was living in that city, he would never have attacked and ransacked it. On the intervention of Guru Nanak, several innocent people were let off.

Question 6.
Why and where did the battle take place between Babar and Ibrahim Lodhi?
Or
Give a brief account of the First Battle of Panipat.
Or
Explain the First Battle of Panipat and its significance.
Answer:
Babar invaded India for the fifth time in November 1525 A.D. to teach Daulat Khan a lesson. Hearing the news of Babar’s invasion, Daulat Khan got frightened, that he took refuge in the fort of Malout in Hoshiarpur district. Babar besieged the fort. Daulat Khan surrendered after some resistance. Babar pardoned him. Now, Babar once again captured the whole of Punjab. Encouraged by this victory, he decided to attack Delhi, which was being ruled by Ibrahim Lodhi. So, he ordered his army to march towards Delhi. When Ibrahim got the news, he marched towards Punjab to face Babar with an army of one lakh. Babar had 20 thousand soldiers in his army. Both the armies fought a fierce battle near Panipat on 21 April 1526 A.D. This battle is known as the first battle of Panipat. In this battle, Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated and killed. In this way, the reign of the Lodhi dynasty in India came to an end and Babar founded the Mughal empire in India.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 7.
What led to the victory of Babar in the first battle of Panipat?
Or
Give a brief account of the causes of the victory of Babar and the defeat of the Afghans in India.
Answer:
Many factors were responsible for Babar’s victory in the battle of Panipat. Ibrahim Lodhi, the Sultan of Delhi was notorious for his ill-treatment and the tyranny caused to his nobles and his subjects. They wanted to get rid of such a ruler. The army of Ibrahim Lodhi was also very weak. Most of the soldiers had joined him with the purpose of looting. Their methods of fighting were also outdated and they lacked proper training. Ibrahim committed a political blunder in not attacking Babar’s army for 8 days in Panipat. Had he not allowed Babar to strengthen his security, the results of the battle might have been different. Babar was an able commander. He had a vast experience of fighting battles. The artillery of Babar created havoc. The soldiers of Ibrahim could not face them with their swords, bows and arrows. With all these factors, the Afghans were defeated and Babar came out victorious.

Question 8.
Explain the social condition of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What do you know about the social condition of Punjab at the time of the birth of Guru Nanak Dev?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the society of Punjab was divided into two main classes-the Hindus and Muslims. The Muslims being related to the ruling class, enjoyed some special privileges. They were appointed to high offices of the State. On the other hand, the Hindus were deprived of all their rights. The Muslims called them Kafirs (non-believers). The Muslims perpetrated so much tyranny on the Hindus that several Hindus embraced Islam under duress. At that time, the condition of women was not good. The dresses of upper-class Muslims used to be costly and were made of silk or velvet. The garments worn by the people of the lower class and the Hindus were simple. Hunting, horse racing, chess-playing, dancing, music, animal-fighting and playing cards were the main sources of entertainment of the people.

Question 9.
What was the condition of women in the society of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century? Explain briefly.
Answer:
The condition of the women-folk in the society of Punjab, at the beginning of the 16th century, was highly deplorable. The women were considered not equal in status to men. They were confined within the four walls of the house. At that time many girls were killed as soon as they were born. They were married off in their childhood. As a result, no attention was given to girls’ education. Sati System was also at its climax. A widow was not allowed to re-marry. She was forced to lead a hellish life. The condition of Muslim women was also not good. Many prescriptions in society existed for them. They were treated as objects of sensual pleasure. Their condition had become deplorable due to prostitution, the divorce system and the purdah system. Women of high-class Muslims enjoyed some special privileges but they were few in number.

Question 10.
Into which classes were the Muslim society of Punjab divided and what type of life did they lead, at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the Muslim society was divided into three classes:

  • Upper Class: The Upper Class of Muslim society comprised the nobles, Khans, Sheikhs, Qazis and Ulemas. People of this class led a life of pleasure, luxury and comfort. They lived in palatial buildings. Most of their time was spent on celebrations. Although Qazis and Ulemas were religious leaders, most of them had gone astray from their path.
  • Middle Class: The Middle Class included traders, soldiers, peasants and petty officials of the state government. There was a big gap between their life and that of upper-class people, But their standard of living was much better than that of the upper-class Hindus.
  • Lower Class: This class consisted of mostly slaves and servants. Their life was not good. They had to bear the tyranny of their masters.

Question 11.
What was the social condition of Muslims of Punjab, at the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Give an account of the Muslim classes of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The Muslim society of Punjab at the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes: The Muslim society in Punjab at the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

  • Upper Class: The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, Khans, Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces.
  • Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.
  • Lower Class: It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood! Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress: The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of the lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjamas and women wore long burqas.

5. Education: No remarkable progress was made in the field of education at the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, mastabas and madrasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and mastabas whereas higher education was provided in the madrassas. Madrasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were well-known centres. education for -the Muslims in Punjab.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 12.
What was the social condition of the Hindus in the society of Punjab, at the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Make a mention of the social condition of Hindus in Punjab in the opening of the 16th Century.
Answer:
1. Caste System: The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in society. The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas, however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days.

2. Position of Women: The position of women in Hindu society was also not satisfactory. She was deprived of those rights which were given to men. No attention was paid to girls’ education. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among Hindu women. The custom of Sati was also on the rise.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore a sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt-like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment: The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

Question 13.
Give a brief account of prevalent education in Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
No special progress was made in the field of education at the beginning of the 16th century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, mastabas and madrasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and mastabas whereas higher education was provided in madrasas. Madrasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and – Multan were the well-known centres of education for the Muslims in Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in Punjab. The Hindus received education from the Brahmins in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these’ places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madrassas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

Question 14.
What were the main means of entertainment of the people of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and witnessing animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and cheaper. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show. At the beginning of the 16th century, the Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

Question 15.
Give a brief account of the economic condition of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
Explain the economic condition of Punjab during the 16th century.
Or
Briefly mention the economic condition of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
1. Agriculture: At the beginning of the sixteenth century, agriculture was the main occupation of the people of Punjab. The soil of Punjab was very fertile. The land was large and more and more land could be brought under cultivation. The people of Punjab were hard working. Agriculture was mainly dependent upon rain. Wheat, barley, maize, rice and sugarcane were major crops. Due to the rich harvests, Punjab was called the Granary of India.

2. Industries: Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of Punjab. There were industries run both by the state and the individuals. The textile industry was the most famous industry in Punjab. Besides the textile industry, there were other industries that manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

3. Animal Rearing: Some people of Punjab were engaged in animal rearing also. This included animals like cows, oxen, buffaloes, horses, ponies, camels, sheep and goats. Milk and wool were obtained from these animals. Horses, ponies, camels and oxen were used for carrying goods.

4. Trade: The trade of Punjab was much developed. Trade was carried on by certain categories of people. In those days the foreign trade of Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cottonseed and sugar were exported to these countries and in turn, Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk from these countries.

5. Standard of Living: In those days, the standard of living of all the people of Punjab was not the same. The upper class of Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. The upper class of Hindus also had much wealth, but the class of Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living whereas the Hindus of the middle class were not having a good standard of living. The poor and the farmers in the society had a very low standard of living.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 16.
Give a brief account of agriculture in Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, agriculture was the main occupation of people in Punjab. Land in Punjab was very fertile. There was no dearth of land to bring it under cultivation. People here were very hard-working. Canals, ponds and wells were used for irrigation. Due to these reasons, there used to be bumper harvests despite the fact that old methods were used for farming. The main crops of Punjab were wheat, barley, maize, rice and sugarcane. Besides, cotton, mustard, jawar, bajra and pulses were also cultivated. As there used to be bumper harvests, Punjab was called Granary of India.

Question 17.
What do you know about the Punjab industries at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of Punjab. There were industries run both by the state and the individuals. The state-owned industries were situated in big cities, whereas the industries run by individuals were situated in villages. The textile industry was the most famous industry in Punjab. As silk cloth was in great demand among the people of upper classes, so it was produced in a big quantity. Samana, Sunam, Sirhind, Dipalpur, Jalandhar, Lahore and Multan were famous centres of silk textile. Chicken (embroidered fine muslin) was produced in Gujarat and Sialkot. Multan and Sultanpur were famous for calico (chintz). Sialkot was known for its dhotis, sarees, turbans and embroidered best quality lungis. Amritsar, Kangra and Kashmir were famous centres of woollen textiles. Besides the textile industry, there were other industries that manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

Question 18.
Give a brief account of the trade of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
Give an account of the main industries of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The trade of Punjab was much developed. Trade was carried on by certain categories of people. The Kshatriyas, Mahajan’s, Banias, Soods and Aroras among the Hindus and Bohras and Khojas among the Muslims carried on trade. Transportation of goods was carried on by Banjaras. The traders travelled in groups for fear of burglars and dacoits. The institution of Hundi was in vogue. The money lenders lent money on interest. Special markets were organised On the occasions of fairs and festivals. Such markets were held at Multan, Lahore, Jalandhar, Dipalpur, Sirhind, Sunam, Samana etc. in Punjab. People came to these markets in a very large number and purchased their necessities. Special markets were held for animals also. In those days the foreign trade of Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cottonseed and sugar were exported to these countries and in turn, Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk from these countries.

Question 19.
What was the living standard of people at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
In those days, the standard of living of all the people of Punjab was not the same. The upper-class Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. They lived in big palaces. They wore costly clothes. They ate a rich diet. Wine and women were part of their life. A large number of servants, slaves and women were always at their disposal. The upper-class Hindus also had much wealth, but the Muslims used to loot them. So, they spent their wealth stealthily. The middle-class Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living whereas the Hindus of the middle class were not having a good standard of living. The Hindus could hardly make both ends meet. The poor and the farmers in the society had a very low standard of living. They could neither taste good food nor wear good clothes. They always remained under the debt of the money-lenders.

Essay Type Questions:

Question 1.
Describe the political condition of Punjab at the time (In the beginning of the 16th century) of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s birth.
Or
While describing briefly the invasions of Babar over Punjab, explain the causes of his success.
Or
Describe the political condition of Punjab in the beginning of 16th century.
Answer:
The political condition of Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. In those days the Punjab was under the Sultanate of Delhi. The Sultans of the Lodhi dynasty were ruling at that time. Thus, it becomes essential for us to know briefly about the rule of Lodhi Sultans for proper , understanding of the political condition of the Punjab.

The Punjab Under the Lodhis:

In the beginning of the 16th century, anarchy and conspiracies prevailed everywhere in the Punjab.

1. Tatar Khan Lodhi : Bahlol Lodhi had appointed Tatar Khan Lodhi, one of his near relatives, as Governor of the Punjab in 1469 A.D. He ruled over the Punjab with an iron hand till 1485 A.D. He raised the banner of revolt against Bahlol Lodhi in 1485 A.D. due to some reasons. The Sultan sent his son Prince Nizam Khan, who later succeeded to the throne as Sikandar Lodhi, to crush the revolt of Tatar Khan. Tatar Khan was killed while fighting with Prince Nizam Khan.

2. Daulat Khan Lodhi : Daulat Khan Lodhi was the son of Tatar Khan Lodhi. Sultan Sikandar Lodhi appointed him the Governor of the Punjab in 1500 A.D. He remained fully loyal during the reign of Sikandar Lodhi, but he started thinking of becoming independent with the cooperation of his three sons (Ghazi Khan, Haji Khan and Dilawar Khan) during the reign of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi. He even started conspiring with Alam Khan Lodhi, a step-brother of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi, who wanted the throne of Delhi for himself. When the Sultan came to know about these conspiracies, he summoned Daulat Khan to the royal court. Daulat Khan Lodhi, sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. Dilawar Khan was taken prisoner by the Sultan and was treated very badly. However, he managed to escape from the prison and quickly reached Punjab. He narrated the bad treatment meted out to him by the Sultan to his father, Daulat Khan. Daulat Khan Lodhi in order to avenge this insult, invited Babar to invade India.

3. Condition of Subjects : In the beginning of the sixteenth century, the condition of the subjects was also very deplorable. The rulers used to indulge in luxuries and merry-making. Extravagant parties had become a daily routine of the court. None had time to take care of the public. As a consequence of this, the government officials became corrupt. Bribery was common. Not to speak of the Sultan, even Qazis and Ulemas took bribe and delivered justice accordingly. All sorts of atrocities were let loose on the Hindus. They were being converted to Islam by force. Those, who refused were put to death. In short, atrocities, cruelties, corruption and intrigue were prevalent all over. The prevailing political condition of the time has been aptly described by Guru Nanak Dev Ji in Var Majh, “Kal kati raje kasai, Dharam pankhkar udriya, Koor amavas sach chandrama dise nahin keh chariya.” This Kali age is like a sword, the Kings are butchers. Goodness has taken wings and flown away. There is pitch darkness and the moon of truth shines nowhere.

Invasions of Babar:

A triangular contest began for the possession of Punjab in 1519 A.D. It took place between Ibrahim Lodhi, Daulat Khan Lodhi and Babar. Finally Babar won the struggle. He had to invade India five times to- fulfil his aim.’ A brief description of these invasions is given below :

1. First Invasion of Babar 1519 AL.D. : Babar was the ruler of Kabul. In order to expand his empire, Babar concentrated on India, because anarchy and lawlessness prevailed in India at that time. He stormed the border areas of the Punjab in his first invasion of India in 1519 A.D. This time he captured Bhera and Bajaur without facing any resistance. He placed these areas under the charge of Hindu Beg and himself returned to Kabul.

2. Second Invasion of Babar 1519 A.D.: People of Bhera and Bajaur pushed out Hindu Beg from their region soon after Babar had returned to Kabul. So, Babar attacked the Punjab, the second time in September, 1519 A.D. Now, he captured Peshawar. However, he had to return as a revolt had broken out in Badakhshan.

3. Third Invasion of Babar 1520 A.D.: Babar’s third invasion of the Punjab took place in 1520 A.D. During this invasion he easily captured Bhera, Bajaur and Sialkot. Then he attacked Saidpur (Eminabad). The people of Saidpur resisted the attack, so Babar in a fit of fury massacred a large number of people in cold blood.

The whole city was mercilessly plundered. Thousands of women were captured and molested. Guru Nanak Dev Ji, who was present in Saidpur at that time, has mentioned in ‘Babar Vani’ the atrocities let loose on the people by Babar’s army. Guru Nanak Dev writes, ‘‘Khurasan he ruleth and Hindustan he has invaded. No blame to Thee, who ordaineth. The Moghuls hath come for retribution. So much suffering had been inflicted, People cry in agony. Hath Thou not felt?” Babar’s soldiers had arrested Guru Nanak Dev Ji also. Later, when Babar came to know that his soldiers had arrested a great saint, he immediately ordered his release. Babar writes in his autobiography Tuzak-i-Babari that if he had known that such a great saint lived in this town, he would have never attacked it.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

4. Fourth Invasion of Babarl524 A.D. : Babar attacked Punjab the fourth time in 1524 A.D. at the invitation of Daulat Khan Lodhi. He reached Lahore without meeting any stiff resistance. At Lahore, some Afghan Chiefs resisted him against the wishes of Daulat Khan. As a result, Babar flew into a rage and Lahore experienced a reign of terror, destruction and savagery. A large number of people were killed. Houses and streets were set on fire. Then, Babar reached Dipalpur and captured it with the cooperation of Daulat Khan Lodhi. It was also mercilessly sacked. Thereafter, he took control of the Jalandhar Doab. Thus, having conquered the Punjab, Babar placed the territories of Jalandhar Doab and Sultanpur under the charge of Daulat Khan Lodhi. But, as it was much below the expectation of Daulat Khan Lodhi, he along with his son Haji Khan, revolted against Babar. Babar defeated them, but they fled and took refuge in Shivalik hills. Soon after Babar returned to Kabul, Daulat Khan came back to Punjab, defeated the Mughals and recaptured the Punjab.

5. Fifth Invasion of Babar 1525-26 A.D. : Babar invaded India for the fifth time in November 1525 A.D. to teach Daulat Khan a lesson. Hearing the news of Babar’s invasion, Daulat Khan got frightened, that he took refuge in the fort” of Malout in Hoshiarpur district. Babar besieged the fort. Daulat Khan surrendered after some resistance. Babar pardoned him. Now, Babar once again captured the whole of Punjab. Encouraged by this victory, he decided to attack Delhi, which was being ruled by Ibrahim Lodhi. So, he ordered his army to march towards Delhi. When Ibrahim got the news, he marched towards the Punjab to face Babar with an army of one lakh. Babar had 20 thousand soldiers in his army. Both the armies fought a fierce battle near Panipat on 21 April, 1526 A.D. This battle is known as the first battle of Panipat. In this battle Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated and killed. In this way, the reign of the Lodhi dynasty in India came to an end and Babar founded the Mughal empire in India.

Causes of Babar’s Success:

There were many causes (factors) responsible for Babar’s victory in the first battle of Panipat. Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi was quite unpopular among the chiefs a nd the public for his indecent behaviour and cruelties. So, they wanted to get rid of such an incompetent ruler. The army of Ibrahim Lodhi was very weak. Many soldiers in his army had gathered for the purpose of looting only. Their method of warfare was obsolete and they lacked planning. Ibrahim Lodhi committed a grave political and military blunder, when he did not attack Babar’s army for eight days. If, he had not allowed Babar to consolidate his defence system, the result of the battle might have been different. Babar was an able army general. He had a good experience of wars and battles. His use of artillery caused havoc among the Afghan soldiers. The above description makes it clear that there was anarchy and unrest in Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century and it had become an arena of battles and conspiracies.

Question 2.
Discuss the social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
The social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. The society was divided into two major classes, namely the Hindus and the Muslims. The Muslims enjoyed many privileges, because they belonged to the ruling class. On the other hand, the Hindus, who formed the majority of population, were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called ‘Kafirs’ and ‘Zimmies.’. Jaziya and the pilgrimage tax were for’cibly charged from the Hindus. The Muslims subjected the Hindus to so much atrocity that a large number of them were compelled to embrace Islam. The condition of women in the society was worse than that of animals. In the words of Dr. Jasbir Singh Ahluwalia, “When Guru Nanak appeared on the horizon, the Indian society had already become static and decadent.”

Features of the Muslim Society:

The Muslim society of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes : The Muslim society in the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

(a) Upper Class : The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, KhAnswer: Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces. They spent most of their time in merry¬making and feasts. Only during the days of battles were an exception to it. Ulemas and Qazis were religious leaders of the Muslims. Their main duty was to explain Islamic laws and deliver justice to people. But, many of the Ulemas and Qazis of that time had gone astray from their real path.

(b) Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.

(c) Lower Class : It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters. The condition of the slaves working in the courts was somewhat better than those working in the houses. Sometimes they could reach to high positions in the court.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in the Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Institutions of polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable. Only women of the upper class Muslim society were granted some facilities, but their number was very small.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. They were very much fond of chewing the betel (pan) and the betel-nut (supari). They drank many kinds of flavoured cold drinks (sharbats) in the summer. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress : The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjama and women wore long burqas. Both men and women were fond of wearing ornaments. The ornaments of the upper class were made of precious stones, jewels, gold and silver, whereas ornaments of the lower class were very simple and ordinary. The ladies used many kinds of cosmetics.

5. Education : No remarkable progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, maktabs and madarasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs whereas higher education was provided in the madarasas. Madarasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of education for the Muslims in the Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in the Punjab.

6. Means of Entertainment: The Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and watching animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these fairs, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Features of the Hindu Society:

Following were the main features of the Hindu society in the beginning of sixteenth century :

1. Caste System : The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in the society. Their supreme position had received a great set back with the establishment of Muslim rule in India. Even, then all the rituals of the Hindus were performed by them alone.

The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days. Besides these four main castes, the Hindu society of those days was divided into many other castes and sub-castes. According to Nicoli Conti, an Italian traveller, there were 84 sub¬castes among the Hindus. These castes badly hated one another. The high-caste people contemptuously treated the people of low castes. The caste-system was in fact a blot on the face of the Hindu society. It had weakened the Hindu society to the extent, that its very foundations had been shaken.

2. Position of Women : The position of women in the Hindu society was also not good. She was deprieved of rights given to men. No attention was paid towards girl’s education. So, they remained uneducated. As the Muslims used to take away young Hindu girls forcibly in those days, so, they \vere married at an early age. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among the Hindu women. The custom of sati was also on the rise. According to sati system, after the death of her husband, the widow was forcibly burnt alive along with the dead body of her husband on the same pyre. The re-marriage of the widow was not permitted.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and a turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt¬like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment : The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

6. Education: The Hindus received education from the Brahmans in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in the Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madarasas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

Question 3.
Explain the political and social conditions of Punjab at the birth of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Give a brief account of the political and social conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:

The political condition of Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. In those days the Punjab was under the Sultanate of Delhi. The Sultans of the Lodhi dynasty were ruling at that time. Thus, it becomes essential for us to know briefly about the rule of Lodhi Sultans for proper , understanding of the political condition of the Punjab.

The Punjab Under the Lodhis:

In the beginning of the 16th century, anarchy and conspiracies prevailed everywhere in the Punjab.

1. Tatar Khan Lodhi : Bahlol Lodhi had appointed Tatar Khan Lodhi, one of his near relatives, as Governor of the Punjab in 1469 A.D. He ruled over the Punjab with an iron hand till 1485 A.D. He raised the banner of revolt against Bahlol Lodhi in 1485 A.D. due to some reasons. The Sultan sent his son Prince Nizam Khan, who later succeeded to the throne as Sikandar Lodhi, to crush the revolt of Tatar Khan. Tatar Khan was killed while fighting with Prince Nizam Khan.

2. Daulat Khan Lodhi : Daulat Khan Lodhi was the son of Tatar Khan Lodhi. Sultan Sikandar Lodhi appointed him the Governor of the Punjab in 1500 A.D. He remained fully loyal during the reign of Sikandar Lodhi, but he started thinking of becoming independent with the cooperation of his three sons (Ghazi Khan, Haji Khan and Dilawar Khan) during the reign of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi. He even started conspiring with Alam Khan Lodhi, a step-brother of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi, who wanted the throne of Delhi for himself. When the Sultan came to know about these conspiracies, he summoned Daulat Khan to the royal court. Daulat Khan Lodhi, sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. Dilawar Khan was taken prisoner by the Sultan and was treated very badly. However, he managed to escape from the prison and quickly reached Punjab. He narrated the bad treatment meted out to him by the Sultan to his father, Daulat Khan. Daulat Khan Lodhi in order to avenge this insult, invited Babar to invade India.

3. Condition of Subjects : In the beginning of the sixteenth century, the condition of the subjects was also very deplorable. The rulers used to indulge in luxuries and merry-making. Extravagant parties had become a daily routine of the court. None had time to take care of the public. As a consequence of this, the government officials became corrupt. Bribery was common. Not to speak of the Sultan, even Qazis and Ulemas took bribe and delivered justice accordingly. All sorts of atrocities were let loose on the Hindus. They were being converted to Islam by force. Those, who refused were put to death. In short, atrocities, cruelties, corruption and intrigue were prevalent all over. The prevailing political condition of the time has been aptly described by Guru Nanak Dev Ji in Var Majh, “Kal kati raje kasai, Dharam pankhkar udriya, Koor amavas sach chandrama dise nahin keh chariya.” This Kali age is like a sword, the Kings are butchers. Goodness has taken wings and flown away. There is pitch darkness and the moon of truth shines nowhere.

Invasions of Babar:

A triangular contest began for the possession of Punjab in 1519 A.D. It took place between Ibrahim Lodhi, Daulat Khan Lodhi and Babar. Finally Babar won the struggle. He had to invade India five times to- fulfil his aim.’ A brief description of these invasions is given below :

1. First Invasion of Babar 1519 AL.D. : Babar was the ruler of Kabul. In order to expand his empire, Babar concentrated on India, because anarchy and lawlessness prevailed in India at that time. He stormed the border areas of the Punjab in his first invasion of India in 1519 A.D. This time he captured Bhera and Bajaur without facing any resistance. He placed these areas under the charge of Hindu Beg and himself returned to Kabul.

2. Second Invasion of Babar 1519 A.D.: People of Bhera and Bajaur pushed out Hindu Beg from their region soon after Babar had returned to Kabul. So, Babar attacked the Punjab, the second time in September, 1519 A.D. Now, he captured Peshawar. However, he had to return as a revolt had broken out in Badakhshan.

3. Third Invasion of Babar 1520 A.D.: Babar’s third invasion of the Punjab took place in 1520 A.D. During this invasion he easily captured Bhera, Bajaur and Sialkot. Then he attacked Saidpur (Eminabad). The people of Saidpur resisted the attack, so Babar in a fit of fury massacred a large number of people in cold blood.

The whole city was mercilessly plundered. Thousands of women were captured and molested. Guru Nanak Dev Ji, who was present in Saidpur at that time, has mentioned in ‘Babar Vani’ the atrocities let loose on the people by Babar’s army. Guru Nanak Dev writes, ‘‘Khurasan he ruleth and Hindustan he has invaded. No blame to Thee, who ordaineth. The Moghuls hath come for retribution. So much suffering had been inflicted, People cry in agony. Hath Thou not felt?” Babar’s soldiers had arrested Guru Nanak Dev Ji also. Later, when Babar came to know that his soldiers had arrested a great saint, he immediately ordered his release. Babar writes in his autobiography Tuzak-i-Babari that if he had known that such a great saint lived in this town, he would have never attacked it.

4. Fourth Invasion of Babarl524 A.D. : Babar attacked Punjab the fourth time in 1524 A.D. at the invitation of Daulat Khan Lodhi. He reached Lahore without meeting any stiff resistance. At Lahore, some Afghan Chiefs resisted him against the wishes of Daulat Khan. As a result, Babar flew into a rage and Lahore experienced a reign of terror, destruction and savagery. A large number of people were killed. Houses and streets were set on fire. Then, Babar reached Dipalpur and captured it with the cooperation of Daulat Khan Lodhi. It was also mercilessly sacked. Thereafter, he took control of the Jalandhar Doab. Thus, having conquered the Punjab, Babar placed the territories of Jalandhar Doab and Sultanpur under the charge of Daulat Khan Lodhi. But, as it was much below the expectation of Daulat Khan Lodhi, he along with his son Haji Khan, revolted against Babar. Babar defeated them, but they fled and took refuge in Shivalik hills. Soon after Babar returned to Kabul, Daulat Khan came back to Punjab, defeated the Mughals and recaptured the Punjab.

5. Fifth Invasion of Babar 1525-26 A.D. : Babar invaded India for the fifth time in November 1525 A.D. to teach Daulat Khan a lesson. Hearing the news of Babar’s invasion, Daulat Khan got frightened, that he took refuge in the fort” of Malout in Hoshiarpur district. Babar besieged the fort. Daulat Khan surrendered after some resistance. Babar pardoned him. Now, Babar once again captured the whole of Punjab. Encouraged by this victory, he decided to attack Delhi, which was being ruled by Ibrahim Lodhi. So, he ordered his army to march towards Delhi. When Ibrahim got the news, he marched towards the Punjab to face Babar with an army of one lakh. Babar had 20 thousand soldiers in his army. Both the armies fought a fierce battle near Panipat on 21 April, 1526 A.D. This battle is known as the first battle of Panipat. In this battle Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated and killed. In this way, the reign of the Lodhi dynasty in India came to an end and Babar founded the Mughal empire in India.

Causes of Babar’s Success:

There were many causes (factors) responsible for Babar’s victory in the first battle of Panipat. Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi was quite unpopular among the chiefs a nd the public for his indecent behaviour and cruelties. So, they wanted to get rid of such an incompetent ruler. The army of Ibrahim Lodhi was very weak. Many soldiers in his army had gathered for the purpose of looting only. Their method of warfare was obsolete and they lacked planning. Ibrahim Lodhi committed a grave political and military blunder, when he did not attack Babar’s army for eight days. If, he had not allowed Babar to consolidate his defence system, the result of the battle might have been different. Babar was an able army general. He had a good experience of wars and battles. His use of artillery caused havoc among the Afghan soldiers. The above description makes it clear that there was anarchy and unrest in Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century and it had become an arena of battles and conspiracies.

The social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. The society was divided into two major classes, namely the Hindus and the Muslims. The Muslims enjoyed many privileges, because they belonged to the ruling class. On the other hand, the Hindus, who formed the majority of population, were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called ‘Kafirs’ and ‘Zimmies.’. Jaziya and the pilgrimage tax were for’cibly charged from the Hindus. The Muslims subjected the Hindus to so much atrocity that a large number of them were compelled to embrace Islam. The condition of women in the society was worse than that of animals. In the words of Dr. Jasbir Singh Ahluwalia, “When Guru Nanak appeared on the horizon, the Indian society had already become static and decadent.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Features of the Muslim Society:

The Muslim society of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes : The Muslim society in the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

(a) Upper Class : The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, KhAnswer: Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces. They spent most of their time in merry¬making and feasts. Only during the days of battles were an exception to it. Ulemas and Qazis were religious leaders of the Muslims. Their main duty was to explain Islamic laws and deliver justice to people. But, many of the Ulemas and Qazis of that time had gone astray from their real path.

(b) Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.

(c) Lower Class : It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters. The condition of the slaves working in the courts was somewhat better than those working in the houses. Sometimes they could reach to high positions in the court.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in the Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Institutions of polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable. Only women of the upper class Muslim society were granted some facilities, but their number was very small.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. They were very much fond of chewing the betel (pan) and the betel-nut (supari). They drank many kinds of flavoured cold drinks (sharbats) in the summer. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress : The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjama and women wore long burqas. Both men and women were fond of wearing ornaments. The ornaments of the upper class were made of precious stones, jewels, gold and silver, whereas ornaments of the lower class were very simple and ordinary. The ladies used many kinds of cosmetics.

5. Education : No remarkable progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, maktabs and madarasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs whereas higher education was provided in the madarasas. Madarasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of education for the Muslims in the Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in the Punjab.

6. Means of Entertainment: The Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and watching animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these fairs, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

Features of the Hindu Society:

Following were the main features of the Hindu society in the beginning of sixteenth century :

1. Caste System : The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in the society. Their supreme position had received a great set back with the establishment of Muslim rule in India. Even, then all the rituals of the Hindus were performed by them alone.

The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days. Besides these four main castes, the Hindu society of those days was divided into many other castes and sub-castes. According to Nicoli Conti, an Italian traveller, there were 84 sub¬castes among the Hindus. These castes badly hated one another. The high-caste people contemptuously treated the people of low castes. The caste-system was in fact a blot on the face of the Hindu society. It had weakened the Hindu society to the extent, that its very foundations had been shaken.

2. Position of Women : The position of women in the Hindu society was also not good. She was deprieved of rights given to men. No attention was paid towards girl’s education. So, they remained uneducated. As the Muslims used to take away young Hindu girls forcibly in those days, so, they \vere married at an early age. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among the Hindu women. The custom of sati was also on the rise. According to sati system, after the death of her husband, the widow was forcibly burnt alive along with the dead body of her husband on the same pyre. The re-marriage of the widow was not permitted.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and a turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt¬like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment : The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

6. Education: The Hindus received education from the Brahmans in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in the Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madarasas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

Economic Condition:

Question 4.
What do you know about agriculture, trade and industries of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteeth century?
Or
Describe the main features of the economic condition of Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century.
Answer:
The economic condition of the people of the Punjab was very good in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Firstly, the soil of the Punjab was very fertile which yielded rich crops with less labour. Secondly, the five great rivers flowed in the Punjab and the land irrigated by them yielded gold (i.e. rich crops). Thirdly, the Punjabis were very hard working. Fourthly, many new towns and cities were founded during the Sultanate period. These were connected with each other through roads. Consequently, they had become very famous trade centres. Fifthly, the entire Indian trade with the countries of Central Asia was carried through the Punjab only.

1. Agriculture : In the beginning of the sixteenth century, agriculture was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. The soil of the Punjab was very fertile. Land was large and more and more land could be brought under cultivation. The people of the Punjab were hard working. Canals, tanks and wells were used for irrigation. Thus, although the farmers of the Punjab used old methods of farming. They got rich yield of crops on account of the reasons described above. Wheat, barley, maize, rice and sugarcane were major crops. Besides, cotton-seeds, millet, mustard, and many kinds of pulses were grown. Due to the rich harvests the Punjab was called the Granary of India.

2. Industries : Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. There were industries run both by the state and the individuals. The state owned industries were situated in big cities, whereas the industries run by individuals were situated in villages. The textile industry was the most famous industry of the Punjab. As silk cloth was in great demand among the people of upper classes, so it was produced in large quantity. Samana, Sunam, Sirhind, Dipalpur, Jalandhar, Lahore and Multan were famous centres of silk textile. Chicken (embroidered fine muslin) was produced in Gujarat and Sialkot. Multan and Sultanpur were famous for calico (chintz). Sialkot was known for its dhotis, sarees, turbans and embroidered best quality lungis. Amritsar, Kangra and Kashmir were famous centres of woollen textiles. Besides textile industry, there were other industries which manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

3. Animal Rearing: Some people of the Punjab were engaged in animal rearing also. This included animals like cows, oxen, buffaloes, horses, ponies, camels, sheep and goats. Milk and wool were obtained from these animals. Horses, ponies, camels and oxen were used for carrying goods.

4. Trade : The trade of the Punjab was much developed. Trade was carried on by certain categories of people. The Kshatriyas, Mahajans, Banias, Soods and Aroras among the Hindus and Bohras and Khojas among the Muslims carried on trade. Transportation of goods was carried on by Banjaras. In those days the foreign trade of the Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cotton seed and sugar were exported to these countries and in turn the Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk from these countries.

5. Commercial Towns : In the beginning of sixteenth century Lahore and Multan were the two most important commercial towns of the Punjab. Besides, Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Batala, Bathinda, Sunam, Ropar, Ferozepur, Sultanpur, Pathankot, Sialkot, Kjillu, Chamba and Kangra were also famous for trade and commerce.

6. Standard of Living: In those days, the standard of living of all the people of the Punjab was not the same. The upper class of Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. The upper class of Hindus also had much wealth, but the Muslims used to loot them. So, they spent their wealth stealthily. The middle class of Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living whereas the Hindus of the middle class were not having a good standard of living. The Hindus could hardly make both ends meet. The poor and the farmers in the society had a very low standard of living. They could neither taste good food nor wear good clothes.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 5.
Briefly discuss the social and economic conditions of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What were the social and economic conditions of the people of Punjab in the 16th century?
Or
What were the social and economic conditions of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century? Discuss it.
Answer:

The social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. The society was divided into two major classes, namely the Hindus and the Muslims. The Muslims enjoyed many privileges, because they belonged to the ruling class. On the other hand, the Hindus, who formed the majority of population, were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called ‘Kafirs’ and ‘Zimmies.’. Jaziya and the pilgrimage tax were for’cibly charged from the Hindus. The Muslims subjected the Hindus to so much atrocity that a large number of them were compelled to embrace Islam. The condition of women in the society was worse than that of animals. In the words of Dr. Jasbir Singh Ahluwalia, “When Guru Nanak appeared on the horizon, the Indian society had already become static and decadent.”

Features of the Muslim Society:

The Muslim society of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes : The Muslim society in the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

(a) Upper Class : The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, KhAnswer: Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces. They spent most of their time in merry¬making and feasts. Only during the days of battles were an exception to it. Ulemas and Qazis were religious leaders of the Muslims. Their main duty was to explain Islamic laws and deliver justice to people. But, many of the Ulemas and Qazis of that time had gone astray from their real path.

(b) Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.

(c) Lower Class : It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters. The condition of the slaves working in the courts was somewhat better than those working in the houses. Sometimes they could reach to high positions in the court.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in the Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Institutions of polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable. Only women of the upper class Muslim society were granted some facilities, but their number was very small.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. They were very much fond of chewing the betel (pan) and the betel-nut (supari). They drank many kinds of flavoured cold drinks (sharbats) in the summer. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress : The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjama and women wore long burqas. Both men and women were fond of wearing ornaments. The ornaments of the upper class were made of precious stones, jewels, gold and silver, whereas ornaments of the lower class were very simple and ordinary. The ladies used many kinds of cosmetics.

5. Education : No remarkable progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, maktabs and madarasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs whereas higher education was provided in the madarasas. Madarasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of education for the Muslims in the Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in the Punjab.

6. Means of Entertainment: The Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and watching animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these fairs, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

Features of the Hindu Society:

Following were the main features of the Hindu society in the beginning of sixteenth century :

1. Caste System : The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in the society. Their supreme position had received a great set back with the establishment of Muslim rule in India. Even, then all the rituals of the Hindus were performed by them alone.

The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days. Besides these four main castes, the Hindu society of those days was divided into many other castes and sub-castes. According to Nicoli Conti, an Italian traveller, there were 84 sub¬castes among the Hindus. These castes badly hated one another. The high-caste people contemptuously treated the people of low castes. The caste-system was in fact a blot on the face of the Hindu society. It had weakened the Hindu society to the extent, that its very foundations had been shaken.

2. Position of Women : The position of women in the Hindu society was also not good. She was deprieved of rights given to men. No attention was paid towards girl’s education. So, they remained uneducated. As the Muslims used to take away young Hindu girls forcibly in those days, so, they \vere married at an early age. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among the Hindu women. The custom of sati was also on the rise. According to sati system, after the death of her husband, the widow was forcibly burnt alive along with the dead body of her husband on the same pyre. The re-marriage of the widow was not permitted.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and a turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt¬like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment : The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

6. Education: The Hindus received education from the Brahmans in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in the Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madarasas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

The economic condition of the people of the Punjab was very good in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Firstly, the soil of the Punjab was very fertile which yielded rich crops with less labour. Secondly, the five great rivers flowed in the Punjab and the land irrigated by them yielded gold (i.e. rich crops). Thirdly, the Punjabis were very hard working. Fourthly, many new towns and cities were founded during the Sultanate period. These were connected with each other through roads. Consequently, they had become very famous trade centres. Fifthly, the entire Indian trade with the countries of Central Asia was carried through the Punjab only.

1. Agriculture : In the beginning of the sixteenth century, agriculture was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. The soil of the Punjab was very fertile. Land was large and more and more land could be brought under cultivation. The people of the Punjab were hard working. Canals, tanks and wells were used for irrigation. Thus, although the farmers of the Punjab used old methods of farming. They got rich yield of crops on account of the reasons described above. Wheat, barley, maize, rice and sugarcane were major crops. Besides, cotton-seeds, millet, mustard, and many kinds of pulses were grown. Due to the rich harvests the Punjab was called the Granary of India.

2. Industries : Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. There were industries run both by the state and the individuals. The state owned industries were situated in big cities, whereas the industries run by individuals were situated in villages. The textile industry was the most famous industry of the Punjab. As silk cloth was in great demand among the people of upper classes, so it was produced in large quantity. Samana, Sunam, Sirhind, Dipalpur, Jalandhar, Lahore and Multan were famous centres of silk textile. Chicken (embroidered fine muslin) was produced in Gujarat and Sialkot. Multan and Sultanpur were famous for calico (chintz). Sialkot was known for its dhotis, sarees, turbans and embroidered best quality lungis. Amritsar, Kangra and Kashmir were famous centres of woollen textiles. Besides textile industry, there were other industries which manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

3. Animal Rearing: Some people of the Punjab were engaged in animal rearing also. This included animals like cows, oxen, buffaloes, horses, ponies, camels, sheep and goats. Milk and wool were obtained from these animals. Horses, ponies, camels and oxen were used for carrying goods.

4. Trade : The trade of the Punjab was much developed. Trade was carried on by certain categories of people. The Kshatriyas, Mahajans, Banias, Soods and Aroras among the Hindus and Bohras and Khojas among the Muslims carried on trade. Transportation of goods was carried on by Banjaras. In those days the foreign trade of the Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cotton seed and sugar were exported to these countries and in turn the Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk from these countries.

5. Commercial Towns : In the beginning of sixteenth century Lahore and Multan were the two most important commercial towns of the Punjab. Besides, Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Batala, Bathinda, Sunam, Ropar, Ferozepur, Sultanpur, Pathankot, Sialkot, Kjillu, Chamba and Kangra were also famous for trade and commerce.

6. Standard of Living: In those days, the standard of living of all the people of the Punjab was not the same. The upper class of Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. The upper class of Hindus also had much wealth, but the Muslims used to loot them. So, they spent their wealth stealthily. The middle class of Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living whereas the Hindus of the middle class were not having a good standard of living. The Hindus could hardly make both ends meet. The poor and the farmers in the society had a very low standard of living. They could neither taste good food nor wear good clothes.

Question 6.
Give a brief account of the religious condition of the people of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
In the 16th century, two main religions Hinduism and Islam were prevalent. These religions were divided into several sects further. Besides these, Buddhism and Jainism were also popular. A brief description of these religions is as follows :

1. Hinduism: Hinduism was the most important religion of the people of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century. Hindus believed in the Vedas. Ramayana and Mahabharata were extremely popular among the people of Punjab in the 16th century. Brahmans hold the supreme position during this period. All customs from birth till death were considered incomplete without the presence of the BrahmAnswer: The following sects were popular in Hinduism in Punjab :

(a) Shaivism: Shaivism was very popular at the beginning of the 16th century in Punjab. Most of the people were devotees of Shiva. They had established Shivalayas at several places, where the teachings of Shaivism were imparted. Those who believed in Shaivism were called Jogis. The main branch of the Jogis was called Nathpanthi. It was established by Gorakhnath. Because they pierced their ears to wear kundals, they were also referred to as ‘Kaanfate Jogi’. The main centre of the Jogis in Punjab was at Gorakhnath ka Tilla in Jhelum. The Jogis preached against the Brahmanic customs and caste system.

(b) Vaishnavism: Vaishnavism was also quite popular in Punjab. The people of this sect worshipped Vishnu and his incarnations. In this period, Sri Ram and Sri Krishna were worshipped as incarnations of Vishnu. Several huge and beautiful temples were built in several parts of Punjab. The devotees of this sect did not consume wine or flesh.

(c) Shaktism: Shaktism was quite prevalent among the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century. The people of this sect worshipped Durga, Kali and other deities. They considered these goddesses as the symbol of power. To please these deities, animals were sacrificed. Several temples were constructed in their memory. Of these, the famous temples were Jwala Ji, Chintapurni, Chamunda Devi and Naina Devi.

2. Islam: Islam was founded by Prophet Muhammad Sahib in the 7th century A.D. in Mecca. He vehemently opposed the social and religious malpractices prevalent in society. He gave the message of one God and the mutual brotherhood of mankind. At the beginning of the 16th century, Islam spread fervently. There were two reasons for this. Firstly, all the Sultans who ruled over India were Muslims. Secondly, they converted people to Islam at the point of a sword. The followers of Islam were divided into Sunni and Shia sects. The number of Sunni Muslims was greater and they had orthodox ideas. The religious leaders of Muslims were called the Ulemas. They interpreted the Islamic laws and inspired the people to spend a pious life. They looked down upon the other religions with hatred.

3. Sufism : Sufism was a sect that was associated with Islam. This sect was popular in Punjab. This sect was divided in 12 Silsilas. The Chishti and Suhrawardi Silsilas of Punjab were most popular. Thaneswar, Hansi, Narnaul and Panipat were the famous centres of the Sufis. The people of this sect believed in only one Allah. They respected all religions. They considered service to humanity as their greatest responsibility. They believed in music. The Sufis inspired the Hindus and Muslims to maintain cordial relations, encouraged the Sultans to give up fanaticism and contributed appreciably towards the development of music and literature.

4. Jainism : Jainism was prevalent amongst the traders. The people of this sect believed in 24 Tirthankaras, Triratnas, Ahimsa, principle of Karma and Nirvana. They did not believe in the existence of God.

5. Buddhism : In the 16th century, Buddhism was a part of Hinduism. Lord Buddha was considered to be an incarnation of Lord Vishnu. Very few people of Punjab followed Buddhism. Guru Nanak Dev Ji has described the religious condition of the people of Punjab in the 16th century in his compositions. According to him, both the Hindus and the Muslims observed several religious rituals such as rubbing ash on the body, putting tilak on the forehead, piercing ears for wearing kundals, bathing in the rivers, observing rozas and worshipping the tombs etc. People had completely forgotten the true spirit of religion. In the end, we agree with the words of Dr. Hari Ram Gupta, “In short, at the time of Guru Nanak’s advent both the religions in India, Hinduism and Islam, had become corrupt and degraded. They had lost their pristine purity and glory.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 7.
Describe the social and religious condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th’century.
Answer:
The social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. The society was divided into two major classes, namely the Hindus and the Muslims. The Muslims enjoyed many privileges, because they belonged to the ruling class. On the other hand, the Hindus, who formed the majority of population, were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called ‘Kafirs’ and ‘Zimmies.’. Jaziya and the pilgrimage tax were for’cibly charged from the Hindus. The Muslims subjected the Hindus to so much atrocity that a large number of them were compelled to embrace Islam. The condition of women in the society was worse than that of animals. In the words of Dr. Jasbir Singh Ahluwalia, “When Guru Nanak appeared on the horizon, the Indian society had already become static and decadent.”

Features of the Muslim Society:

The Muslim society of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes : The Muslim society in the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

(a) Upper Class : The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, KhAnswer: Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces. They spent most of their time in merry¬making and feasts. Only during the days of battles were an exception to it. Ulemas and Qazis were religious leaders of the Muslims. Their main duty was to explain Islamic laws and deliver justice to people. But, many of the Ulemas and Qazis of that time had gone astray from their real path.

(b) Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.

(c) Lower Class : It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters. The condition of the slaves working in the courts was somewhat better than those working in the houses. Sometimes they could reach to high positions in the court.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in the Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Institutions of polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable. Only women of the upper class Muslim society were granted some facilities, but their number was very small.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. They were very much fond of chewing the betel (pan) and the betel-nut (supari). They drank many kinds of flavoured cold drinks (sharbats) in the summer. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress : The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjama and women wore long burqas. Both men and women were fond of wearing ornaments. The ornaments of the upper class were made of precious stones, jewels, gold and silver, whereas ornaments of the lower class were very simple and ordinary. The ladies used many kinds of cosmetics.

5. Education : No remarkable progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, maktabs and madarasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs whereas higher education was provided in the madarasas. Madarasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of education for the Muslims in the Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in the Punjab.

6. Means of Entertainment: The Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and watching animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these fairs, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

Features of the Hindu Society:

Following were the main features of the Hindu society in the beginning of sixteenth century :

1. Caste System : The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in the society. Their supreme position had received a great set back with the establishment of Muslim rule in India. Even, then all the rituals of the Hindus were performed by them alone.

The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days. Besides these four main castes, the Hindu society of those days was divided into many other castes and sub-castes. According to Nicoli Conti, an Italian traveller, there were 84 sub¬castes among the Hindus. These castes badly hated one another. The high-caste people contemptuously treated the people of low castes. The caste-system was in fact a blot on the face of the Hindu society. It had weakened the Hindu society to the extent, that its very foundations had been shaken.

2. Position of Women : The position of women in the Hindu society was also not good. She was deprieved of rights given to men. No attention was paid towards girl’s education. So, they remained uneducated. As the Muslims used to take away young Hindu girls forcibly in those days, so, they \vere married at an early age. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among the Hindu women. The custom of sati was also on the rise. According to sati system, after the death of her husband, the widow was forcibly burnt alive along with the dead body of her husband on the same pyre. The re-marriage of the widow was not permitted.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and a turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt¬like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment : The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

6. Education: The Hindus received education from the Brahmans in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in the Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madarasas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

In the 16th century, two main religions Hinduism and Islam were prevalent. These religions were divided into several sects further. Besides these, Buddhism and Jainism were also popular. A brief description of these religions is as follows :

1. Hinduism: Hinduism was the most important religion of the people of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century. Hindus believed in the Vedas. Ramayana and Mahabharata were extremely popular among the people of Punjab in the 16th century. Brahmans hold the supreme position during this period. All customs from birth till death were considered incomplete without the presence of the BrahmAnswer: The following sects were popular in Hinduism in Punjab :

(a) Shaivism: Shaivism was very popular at the beginning of the 16th century in Punjab. Most of the people were devotees of Shiva. They had established Shivalayas at several places, where the teachings of Shaivism were imparted. Those who believed in Shaivism were called Jogis. The main branch of the Jogis was called Nathpanthi. It was established by Gorakhnath. Because they pierced their ears to wear kundals, they were also referred to as ‘Kaanfate Jogi’. The main centre of the Jogis in Punjab was at Gorakhnath ka Tilla in Jhelum. The Jogis preached against the Brahmanic customs and caste system.

(b) Vaishnavism: Vaishnavism was also quite popular in Punjab. The people of this sect worshipped Vishnu and his incarnations. In this period, Sri Ram and Sri Krishna were worshipped as incarnations of Vishnu. Several huge and beautiful temples were built in several parts of Punjab. The devotees of this sect did not consume wine or flesh.

(c) Shaktism: Shaktism was quite prevalent among the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century. The people of this sect worshipped Durga, Kali and other deities. They considered these goddesses as the symbol of power. To please these deities, animals were sacrificed. Several temples were constructed in their memory. Of these, the famous temples were Jwala Ji, Chintapurni, Chamunda Devi and Naina Devi.

2. Islam: Islam was founded by Prophet Muhammad Sahib in the 7th century A.D. in Mecca. He vehemently opposed the social and religious malpractices prevalent in society. He gave the message of one God and the mutual brotherhood of mankind. At the beginning of the 16th century, Islam spread fervently. There were two reasons for this. Firstly, all the Sultans who ruled over India were Muslims. Secondly, they converted people to Islam at the point of a sword. The followers of Islam were divided into Sunni and Shia sects. The number of Sunni Muslims was greater and they had orthodox ideas. The religious leaders of Muslims were called the Ulemas. They interpreted the Islamic laws and inspired the people to spend a pious life. They looked down upon the other religions with hatred.

3. Sufism : Sufism was a sect that was associated with Islam. This sect was popular in Punjab. This sect was divided in 12 Silsilas. The Chishti and Suhrawardi Silsilas of Punjab were most popular. Thaneswar, Hansi, Narnaul and Panipat were the famous centres of the Sufis. The people of this sect believed in only one Allah. They respected all religions. They considered service to humanity as their greatest responsibility. They believed in music. The Sufis inspired the Hindus and Muslims to maintain cordial relations, encouraged the Sultans to give up fanaticism and contributed appreciably towards the development of music and literature.

4. Jainism : Jainism was prevalent amongst the traders. The people of this sect believed in 24 Tirthankaras, Triratnas, Ahimsa, principle of Karma and Nirvana. They did not believe in the existence of God.

5. Buddhism : In the 16th century, Buddhism was a part of Hinduism. Lord Buddha was considered to be an incarnation of Lord Vishnu. Very few people of Punjab followed Buddhism. Guru Nanak Dev Ji has described the religious condition of the people of Punjab in the 16th century in his compositions. According to him, both the Hindus and the Muslims observed several religious rituals such as rubbing ash on the body, putting tilak on the forehead, piercing ears for wearing kundals, bathing in the rivers, observing rozas and worshipping the tombs etc. People had completely forgotten the true spirit of religion. In the end, we agree with the words of Dr. Hari Ram Gupta, “In short, at the time of Guru Nanak’s advent both the religions in India, Hinduism and Islam, had become corrupt and degraded. They had lost their pristine purity and glory.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Explain the political condition of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What was the political condition of Punjab in the beginning of. 16th century?
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, the political condition of the Punjab was very unstable. As a result of the wrong policies of Lodhi Sultans, lawlessness prevailed all around. The govt, officials had become corrupt to the core and bribery was rampant. The Muslims converted the Hindus to Islam at the point of the Sword. Seaving the situation, the governor of Punjab Daulat-Khan-Lodhi invited Babar to attack India.

Question 2.
“In the beginning of the 16th century, the Punjab was a cockpit of triangular struggle”. Explain.
Or
Explain the triangular struggle of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What do you know about the triangular struggle in Punjab?
Or
Write in brief about the triangular struggle of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century.
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century the Punjab was a cockpit of triangular struggle. This triangular struggle began between Babar, the ruler of Kabul, Ibrahim Lodhi, the ruler of Delhi and Daulat Khan Lodhi, the Governor of the Punjab. Daulat Khan Lodhi wanted to become an independent ruler of the Punjab. When Ibrahim Lodhi came to know about it, he imprisioned Daulat Khan Lodhi’s younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. In order to take revenge of this insult, he invited Babar to invade India. In this triangular struggle, Babar came out victorious.

Question 3.
Who was Daulat Khan Lodhi?
Or
Write a short note on Daulat Khan Lodhi.
Answer:
Daulat Khan Lodhi was appointed as the Governor of the Punjab in 1500 A.D. Daulat Khan Lodhi wanted to be an independent ruler of the Punjab. When Ibrahim Lodhi came to know about it, he issued an order to Daulat Khan Lodhi to present himself in the royal court of Delhi. In order to escape the wrath of the Sultan, Daulat Khan sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. When Dilawar Khan reached there, he was arrested and put into prison. But soon, he succeeded in escaping from the jail. Daulat Khan invited Babar to invade India, in order to take revenge of the insult.

Question 4.
Write any three causes of the invasions of Babur over India.
Answer:

  • He wanted to expand his empire.
  • He wanted to plunder the wealth of India.
  • He wanted to spread Islam in India.

Question 5.
When did Babar invade Saidpur? What is its importance in Sikh History?
Or
Give a brief account of Babar’s third invasion over Punjab.
Answer:
Babar invaded Saidpur in 1520 A.D. The people of this place stoutly resisted Babur. Consequently, Babar got angry. His forces massacred people in a large number, set the houses and palaces on fire after plundering them. Thousands of women were taken into custody and they were maltreated. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was in Saidpur at that time and he wrote in his ‘Babar Bani’ about the tyranny of the Mughal army on people. The army of Babar had arrested the Guru Nanak Dev Ji also. Later on, when Babar came to know about the piety of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, he at once ordered his release.

Question 6.
Write a brief note on the first battle of Panipat.
Or
Give a brief account of the first battle of Panipat.
Or
Explain the first battle of Panipat and its significance
Answer:
Babar invaded Punjab for the fifth time in November 1525 A.D. to teach Daulat Khan Lodhi, the Governor of Punjab, a lesson. After putting up a brief resistance, Daulat Khan Lodhi surrendered. Encouraged by the conquest of Punjab, Babar decided to clash against Ibrahim Lodhi. With this objective in mind, he ordered his army to march towards Delhi. On April 21, 1526 A.D. both armies clashed in the first battle of Panipat. Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated and killed in this battle. Consequently, the rule of the Lodhi dynasty in India came to an end and it led to the foundation of the Mughal dynasty.

Question 7.
What were the three results of the first battle of Panipat?
Answer:

  • Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated.
  • It led to the end of the Delhi Sultanate.
  • It led to the foundation of Mughal rule.

Question 8.
What led to the victory of Babar in the first battle of Panipat?
Or
Give a brief account of the causes of the victory of Babar and the defeat of the Afghans in India.
Answer:

  • Ibrahim Lodhi, the Sultan of Delhi was notorious for his ill-treatment and the tyranny caused to his nobles and his subjects. They wanted to get rid of such a ruler,
  • Babar was an able commander.
  • The artillery of Babar created havoc. The soldiers of Ibrahim Lodhi could not face them with their swords, bows and arrows.

Question 9.
According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji why the rulers were unjust?
Answer:

  • They used to collect Jaziya and pilgrimage tax from the Hindus.
  • They fleeced the peasants and committed untold atrocities on the people.
  • They did not provide justice to the people without taking any bribes.

Question 10.
What was the social condition of Punjab, at the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
What do you know about the social condition of Punjab at the time of the birth of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the society of Punjab was divided into two main classes-the Muslims and Hindus. The Muslims being related to the ruling class, enjoyed some special privileges. They were appointed to high offices of the State. On the other hand, the Hindus were deprived of all their rights. The Muslims perpetrated so much tyranny on the Hindus that several Hindus embraced Islam under duress. At that time, the condition of women was also pitiable.

Question 11.
What was the condition of women in the society of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century? Explain briefly.
Describe the condition of women in Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The condition of the women folk in society of Punjab, in the beginning of the 16th century was not satisfactory. Child marriage was prevalent in the society at that time. The women were deprieved all those rights which were given to men. Hindu society. As the birth of a girl was deemed an ill-omen, many of them were killed as soon as they were bom. Sati system was also at its climax. A widow was not allowed to re-marry. Muslim society also imposed many restrictions on women.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 12.
Into which classes was the Muslim society of the Punjab divided and what type of life did they lead, in the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Give an account of the Muslim classes of Punjab in the beginning of 16th century.
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, the Muslim society was divided into three classes-

  • Upper Class : Ihe upper class of Muslim society comprised the nobles, Khans, Shaikhs, Qazis and Ulemas. People of this class led a life of pleasure, luxury and comfort.
  • Middle Class : The middle class included traders, soldiers, peasants and petty officials of the state government.
  • Lower Class : This class consisted of mostly the slaves and servants. Their life was not good. They had to bear the tyranny of their masters.

Question 13.
What was the social condition of Muslims of Punjab, in the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Throw light on the condition of Muslim society of Punjab on the eve of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s birth.
Answer:
The social condition of Muslims of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century was very good in comparison to the Hindus. At that time, the Muslim society was divided into three classes. The upper class led a life of luxury and extravagance. The status of the middle class was much better than that of the Hindus. The lower class had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was miserable. The condition of women in the Muslim society was not good.

Question 14.
What was the social condition of the Hindus in the society of the Punjab, in the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Make a mention of the social condition of Hindus in Punjab in the opening of 16th Century.
Answer:
The condition of the Hindus in society of the Punjab, in the beginning of 16th century, was deplorable. They were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called Kafirs and Zimmies. A Jaziya tax was forcibly charged from them. The Muslims forced them at the point of the sword to embrace Islam. The Hindu society was fragmented into many castes and sub-castes. It system had thoroughly weakened the very roots of the Hindu society.

Question 15.
Give a brief account of prevalent education in the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
No special progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the 16th century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs, whereas higher education was provided in madarasas. Lahore and Multan were the well-known centres of higher education for the Muslims in the Punjab. The Hindus received their elemantry education from the Brahmins in the temples and pathshalas. They received their higher education with the Muslims.

Question 16.
Write a note on the means of entertainment of the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What were the main means of entertainment of the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, the Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting polo, dancing, singing, music, chess, wrestling, horse riding and witnessing animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-i-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

Question 17.
Give a brief account of the economic condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
Briefly explain the economic condition of Punjab during the 16th century.
Or
Briefly mention the economic condition of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The economic condition of people in Punjab was quite sound in the beginning of the 16th century. Agriculture was the main occupation of the people. The soil of Punjab being fertile, resulted in bumper harvests. For this reason, Punjab was called granary of India. The other occupation of people in Punjab was industry. The textile industry, leather industry, arms manufacturing and wood work were the famous industries of the Punjab, at that time. These industries were owned both by the government and the public. Trade, at that time, was good in Punjab.

Question 18.
Give a brief account of the agriculture in the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, agriculture was the main occupation of people in the Punjab. Land in Punjab was very fertile. People here were very hard-working. Canals, ponds and wells were used for irrigation. Due to these reasons, there used to be bumper harvests. Main crops of the Punjab were wheat, barley, cotton, maize, rice and sugarcane. Punjab was called the granary of India.

Question 19.
What do you know about the Punjab industries in the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Give an account of the main industries of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. The state owned industries were situated in big cities, whereas the industries run by individuals were situated in villages. The textile industry was the most famous industry of the Punjab. Samana, Sunam, Sirhind, Dipalpur, Jalandhar, Lahore, Multan, Amritsar and Kashmir were famous centres of silk textile. Other industries manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

Question 20.
Give a brief account of the trade of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The trade of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century was developed. Transportation of goods was carried on by Banjaras. Special markets were organised on the occasions of fairs and festivals’. Foreign trade of the Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cotton and sugar were exported. Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk etc.

Question 21.
What was the living standard of people in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century the standard of living of all the people of the Punjab was not the same. The upper class of Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. The upper class of Hindus also had much wealth, but the Muslims used to loot them. The middle class of Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living than the Hindus. The lower class were not having good standard of life. They led a pitiable life.

Question 22.
What was the religious condition of Hinduism in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Hinduism was the cardinal religion of the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century. The Hindus believed in the Vedas. The Ramayana and the Mahabharata were very popular at that time. The Hindus worshipped various gods and goddesses and believed in going on pilgrimage to holy places and taking bath in holy rivers. They showed deep reverence to the BrahmAnswer: No religious ceremony could be observed without the blessings of the Brahmins.

Question 23.
Write a short note on Islam.
Or
What was the condition of Islam in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Besides Hinduism, the other dominating religion in Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century was Islam. It was founded by Prophet Mohammad at Mecca in the 7th century. He condemned the social and religious evils prevalent in the Arabian society. He preached the oneness of God and the brotherhood of mankind. According to him, a Muslim should follow five principles. These principles were called the five pillars of life.

Question 24.
Who were Ulemas? What were their main functions?
Answer:

  • Who were Ulemas? Ulemas were the religious leaders of Islam.
  • Main functions of the Ulemas.

The main functions of the Ulemas were :

  • They used to explain the Islamic laws (Shariyats).
  • They used to encourage the Sultan to take Jihad against the Hindus.
  • They prepared plans and projects for the spread of Islam.

Question 25.
Write a short note on the Sunnis.
Or
The Sunni Muslims.
Answer:
There was the majority of Sunni Muslims in Punjab. All Sultans of Delhi Sultanate and Mughal Emperors belonged to the Sunnis. So, they encouraged the Sunnis and provided many facilities to them. All Qazis, Muftis and Ulemas, who did justice and imparted education, belonged to the Sunnis. The Sunnis were disciples of Prophet Mohammad Sahib. They considered Quran their most sacred scripture. They believed in one God (Allah). Allah was omnipresent and all-powerful and kind. They were not religiously tolerant. So, they were bitter opponents of Hindus. They called them ‘Kafirs’.

Question 26.
Who were the Shias? Explain.
Or
The Shias.
Answer:
Another popular sect in Punjab was the Shias. They also belonged to Prophet Mohammad Sahib like Sunnis. Their sacred scripture was Quran. They believed in one Allah. They also performed Namaz five times a day. They observed fast in the month of Ramzan. They also considered a pilgrimage to Mecca, once in life, a necessity. Though there were many similarities between the Sunnis and the Shias yet there were many differences in them. These differences made them opponents of each other.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 27.
Write the main teachings of Sufism.
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, Sufism had become very popular. They believed in Allah. According to them, Allah is omnipotent and omnipresent. One could realise Allah only through love. They started the traditions of Qawalis. They considered service of mankind as service to God. They did not believe in caste system. They respected other faiths.

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
What was the political condition of the Punjab at the time of Babar’s invasion?
Answer:
Very pitiable.

Question 2.
What did Guru Nanak Dev Ji say about the political condition of the Punjab?
Answer:
Bribery and untruthfulness were very much common.

Question 3.
Who ruled over Delhi at the time of the birth of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Or
Who was the founder of Lodhi dynasty?
Answer:
Bahlol Lodhi.

Question 4.
Who was Sikandar Lodhi?
Answer:
He was the Sultan of India from 1489 to 1517 A.D.

Question 5.
When did Sikandar Lodhi occupy the throne of Delhi?
Answer:
1489 A.D.

Question 6.
When did Ibrahim Lodhi occupy the throne?
Answer:
1517 A.D.

Question 7.
Who was the last ruler of Lodhi dynasty?
Answer:
Ibrahim Lodhi.

Question 8.
Who was Daulat Khan Lodhi?
Answer:
He was Governor of Punjab from 1500 A.D. to 1525 A.D.

Question 9.
Who was the ruler of Punjab in the beginning of 16th century?
Answer:
Daulat Khan Lodhi.

Question 10.
What do you understand by the triangular struggle of the Punjab?
Answer:
Struggle which ensued between Ibrahim Lodhi, Daulat Khan Lodhi and Babar for power in the early 16th century.

Question 11.
Of which place was Babar the ruler?
Answer:
Kabul.

Question 12.
Who was Babar?
Answer:
Babar was the ruler of Kabul.

Question 13.
When did Babar first invade Punjab?
Answer:
1519 A.D.

Question 14.
Why did Babar invade India? Give any one cause.
Answer:
He wanted to expand his empire.

Question 15.
Which of Babar’s invasions is compared to the ‘Bridal Procession of Sins’ by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Third invasion of Babar (Saidpur).

Question 16.
When did Babar invade Saidpur?
Answer:
1520 A.D.

Question 17.
Which Sikh Guru Sahiban was imprisoned at the time of invasion of Saidpur by Babar?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 18.
Which Mughal emperor had imprisioned Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Babar.

Question 19.
When was the first battle of Panipat fought?
Answer:
April 21, 1526.

Question 20.
Between whom was the first battle of Panipat fought?
Answer:
Babar and Ibrahim Lodhi.

Question 21.
Mention any one important result of first battle of Panipat.
Answer:
Foundation of Mughal rule in India.

Question 22.
Into which two main classes the society of Punjab was divided in the beginning of ’16th century?
Answer:
Muslim and Hindu.

Question 23.
Name three classes of the Muslim society in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Three classes
(a) Upper class,
(b) Middle class and
(c) Lower class.

Question 24.
Mention any one feature of upper class in Muslim society in Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
They lived a luxurious life.

Question 25.
Into how many classes was the Hindu society of Punjab divided in the early 16th century?
Answer:
Four classes—
(a) The Brahman,
(b) Khatri,
(c) Vaish and
(d) Shudra.

Question 26.
What was the condition of Shudras in Hindu society of Punjab in the early 16th century?
Answer:
Pitiable.

Question 27.
Name any one centre of Islamic education in the Punjab in the 16th century.
Answer:
Lahore.

Question 28.
What was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Agriculture.

Question 29.
Name any one crop raised in Punjab during the beginning of 16th century?
Answer:
Wheat.

Question 30.
Which was the most famous industry of Punjab in the early 16th century?
Answer:
Textile industry.

Question 31.
Name any one important woollen centre of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Amritsar.

Question 32.
Name two items of export from Punjab in the early 16th century.
Answer:
Textiles and foodgrains.

Question 33.
Name any one trader community of Punjab in the early 16th century.
Answer:
Mahajan.

Question 34.
What was the name of the main sect of Punjabi Jogis in the beginning of 16th century?
Answer:
Nath Panthis and Gorakh Panthis.

Question 35.
Whom did the Jogis worship?
Answer:
Lord Shiva.

Question 36.
Why were Jogis called Kanphate Jogis?
Answer:
Because they donned huge rings in their ears.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 37.
What do you mean by Shaivism?
Answer:
The people of Shaivism believed in the worship of Lord Shiva.

Question 38.
What do you mean by Vaishnavism?
Answer:
The people of this sect believed in the worship of Lord Vishnu.

Question 39.
What do you mean by Shaktism?
Answer:
The people of this sect believed in the worship of Kali, Durga and other goddesses.

Question 40.
By whom was Islam founded?
Answer:
Prophet Mohammad.

Question 41.
In how many pillars Islam believed?
Answer:
Five pillars.

Question 42.
By whom was Chishti Silsila founded in India.?
Answer:
Shaikh Muinuddin Chishti.

Question 43.
At which place Shaikh Muinuddin Chishti founded Chisti Silsila?
Answer:
Ajmer.

Question 44.
Who was the most famous Chishti leader in Punjab?
Answer:
Shaikh Farid.

Question 45.
By whom was Suharwardi Silsila founded?
Answer:
Shaikh Bahauddin Zakaria.

Question 46.
Where was the foundation of Suharwardi Silsila laid?
Answer:
Multan.

Question 47.
Give any one principle of the Sufis?
Answer: Sufis believed in one God.

Question 48.
Who were Ulemas?
Answer:
They were the religious leaders of the Muslims.

Question 49.
What is meant by Jaziya?
Answer:
It was a religious tax collected from Non-Muslims.

Question 50.
Give any one principle of Bhakti Movement.
Answer:
Bhaktas believed in one God.

Question 51.
Who was the founder of Bhakti Movement in Punjab?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 52.
Bring out the main point of difference between the teachings of Bhaktas and those of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji did not believe in incarnation, while the Bhaktas fully believed in it.

Fill in the blanks:

1. The political situation of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was quite ………………
Answer:
deplorable

2. Bahlol Lodhi founded Lodhi dynasty in …………………
Answer:
1451 A.D.

3. In 1469 A.D. at- the time of Guru Nanak Ji’s birth, ………………. was the king of Delhi.
Answer:
Bahlol Lodhi

4. Ibrahim Lodhi succeeded to the throne of Delhi in ………………..
Answer:
1517 A.D.

5. Daulat Khan Lodhi was appointed the Governor of the Punjab in …………….
Answer:
1500 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

6. From 1519 A.D. to 1526 A.D., a ………………. struggle started for power in Punjab.
Answer:
triangular

7. In 1504 A.D. Babar became the ruler of ………………..
Answer:
Kabul

8. Babar invaded Punjab ………………….. times between 1519 A.D. to 1526 A.D.
Answer:
five

9. Babar invaded Punjab in ………….. for the first time.
Answer:
1519 A.D.

10. Babar imprisoned Guru Nank Dev Ji during …………….. invasion.
Answer:
Skidpur

11. The first battle of Panipat was fought on ………………….
Answer:
April 21, 1526 A.D.

12. In the beginning of the 16th century Muslim society of Punjab was divided into …………….. classes.
Answer:
three

13. Main centres of Islamic education in Punjab were ………………. and …………………
Answer:
Lahore, Multan

14. In the beginning of 16th century, the ………………. occupied top most position in the Hindu Society.
Answer:
Brahmans

15. The condition of women in Punjab was ………………… in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
deplorable

16. Most of the Hindus were ……………….. in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
vegetarian

17. In the beginning of the 16th century, ………………. was the main occupation of the people of Punjab.
Answer:
agriculture

18. The ……………… industry was the most famous industry of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Textile

19. …………… and ………………… were the two important woollen centres of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Amritsar, Kashmir

20. ……………….. and ……………. were two famous trade centres of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Lahore, Multan

21. Yogi sect was founded by …………………..
Answer:
Gorakh Nath

22. ……………….. was the founder of Bhakti Movement.
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji

23. Islam was founded by …………………
Answer:
Prophet Mohammad

24. The most famous Chishti leader in Punjab was …………………….
Answer:
Shaikh Farid Ji

True Or False:

1. The political situation of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was quite good.
Answer:
False

2. Sikandar Lodhi founded the Lodhi dynasty.
Answer:
False

3. In 1457 A.D. BahloL Lodhi sat on the throne.
Answer:
True

4. Sikandar Lodhi succeeded to the throne in 1489 A.D.
Answer:
True

5. Ibrahim Lodhi was the new ruler in 1517 A.D.
Answer:
True

6. Daulat Khan LOdhi was appointed as Governor of the Punjab in 1469 A.D.
Answer:
False

7. Babar was born in 1494 A.D.
Answer:
False

8. Babar occupied Kabul in 1504 A.D.
Answer:
True

9. Babar invaded India in 1519 A.D. for the first time.
Answer:
True

10. Babar attacked Saidpur in 1526 A.D.
Answer:
False
11. Guru Nanak Dev Ji compared the ‘Babar’s invasion on Saidpur to ‘Bridal procession of Sins’
Answer:
True

12. The first battle of Panipat was fought between Babar and Ibrahim Lodhi in 1526 A.D.
Answer:
True

13. The Muslim society of Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into two groups.
Answer:
False

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

14. Lower class of Muslim society consisted mainly of the peasants.
Answer:
False

15. The women in the Muslim society were highly respected in the beginning of the sixteenth century.
Answer:
False

16. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of the education for Muslims in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
True

17. The Brahmans occupied the top most position in the Hindu society in the beginning of £he 16th century.
Answer:
True

18. The main Occupation of the Kshatriyas was agriculture in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
False

19. The position of women in Hindu society was very pitiable in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
True

20. In the beginning of thel6th century, animal rearing was the main occupation of the people of Punjab.
Answer:
False

21. In the beginning of thel6th century, wheat was richly harvested in Punjab.
Answer:
True

22. The textile industry was the most famous industry of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
True

23. Kashmir was the famous centre of woollen shawls in the 16th century.
Answer:
True

24. Nath Panthi sect of Yogis was founded by Gorakh Nath.
Answer:
True

25. Islam was founded by Prophet Mohammad.
Answer:
True

26. Chisti Silsila was founded by Shaikh Muinuddin Chisti.
Answer:
True

27. Shaikh Farid Ji was the prominent preacher of Chisti Silsila in Punjab.
Answer:
True

28. Shaikh Baha-ud-din laid the foundation of Suharawardi Silsila.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who founded Lodhi dynasty?
(a) Bahlol Lodhi
(b) Daulat Khan Lodhi
(c) Sikandar Lodhi
(d) Ibrahim Lodhi.
Answer:
(a) Bahlol Lodhi

2. When did Bahlol Lodhi succeed the throne of Delhi?
(a) In 1437 A.D.
(b) In 1451 A.D.
(c) In 1489 A.D.
(d) In 1577 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1451 A.D.

3. When did Ibrahim Lodhi succeed the throne of Delhi? ,
(a) In 1489 A.D.
(b) In 1516 A.D.
(c) In 1517 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1517 A.D.

4. Who was Daulat Khan Lodhi?
(a) Governor of Punjab
(b) Governor of Delhi
(c) Governor of Awadh
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(a) Governor of Punjab

5. When was Daulat Khan Lodhi appointed as Governor of Punjab?
(a) In 1489 A.D.
(b) In 1500 A.D.
(c) In 1517 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1500 A.D.

6. Who was not included in the triangular struggle of Punjab?
(a) Babar
(b) Daulat Khan Lodhi
(c) Ibrahim Lodhi
(d) Alam Khan Lodhi.
Answer:
(d) Alam Khan Lodhi.

7. When did Babar first invade Punjab?
(a) In 1509 A.D.
(b) In 1519 A.D.
(c) In 1520 A.D.
(d) In 1524 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1519 A.D.

8. When did Babar invade Saidpur?
(a) In 1519 A.D.
(b) In 1520 A.D.
(c) In 1524 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1520 A.D.

9. Which Guru was imprisoned by Babar during Saidpur invasion?
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji

10. When was the first battle of Panipat fought between Ibrahim Lodhi and Babar?
(a) In 1519 A.D.
(b) In 1525 A.D.
(c) In 1526 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1526 A.D.

11. Who was defeated in the first battle of Panipat?
(a) Babar
(b) Maharana Partap
(c) Ibrahim Lodhi
(d) Daulat Khan Lodhi.
Answer:
(c) Ibrahim Lodhi

12. Into how many classes, the Muslim society was divided in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Answer:
(b) Three

13. Who were not included in upper class of Muslim society in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Maliks
(b) Shaikhs
(c) Iqtadars
(d) Traders
Answer:
(d) Traders

14. Who belonged to middle class of Muslim society in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Traders
(b) Soldiers
(c) Farmers
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

15. Who among the following did not belong to lower class of Muslim society?
(a) Qazi
(b) Servants
(c) Slaves
(d) Labourers.
Answer:
(a) Qazi

16. Name the main Islamic education centre in the Punjab in the 16th century.
(a) Sirhind
(b) Jalandhar
(c) Peshawar
(d) Lahore
Answer:
(d) Lahore

17. Name the main occupation of the people of Punjab in the beginning of 16th century.
(a) Trade
(b) Agriculture
(c) Industry
(d) Animal-rearing.
Answer:
(b) Agriculture

18. Which were the main crops raised in Punjab during the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Wheat
(b) Rice
(c) Sugarcane
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

19. Which was the important industry of Punjab in the 16th century?
(a) Leather industry
(b) Textile industry
(c) Armaments industry
(d) Ivory industry.
Answer:
(b) Textile industry

20. Which city was not important woollen centre of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Jalandhar
(b) Amritsar
(c) Kashmir
(d) Kangra
Answer:
(a) Jalandhar

21. Name the most important Trade centre of the Punjab in the 16th century.
(a) Lahore
(b) Ludhiana
(c) Jalandhar
(d) Amritsar
Answer:
(a) Lahore

22. Which was the main religion in Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Islam
(b) Hinduism
(c) Christianity
(d) Sikhism
Answer:
(b) Hinduism

23. Who founded the Yogis sect Nathpanthi?
(a) Gorakhanath
(b) Shivanath
(c) Mahatma Buddha
(d) Swami Mahavira.
Answer:
(a) Gorakhanath

24. How many avataras of Vishnu are mentioned in Puranas?
(a) 5
(b) 10
(c) 24
(d) 25
Answer:
(c) 24

25. Which of the following sect is not related with Hinduism in the early 16th century?
(a) Shaivism
(b) vaishmavism
(c) Shaktism
(d) Sufism
Answer:
(d) Sufism

26. Who was the founder of Islam?
(a) Abu Bakr
(b) Umar
(c) Prophet Mohammad Sahib
(d) Ali
Answer:
(c) Prophet Mohammad Sahib

27. When was Islam founded?
(a) In 5th century
(b) In sixth century
(c) In 7th century
(d) In eigth century
Answer:
(c) In 7th century

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

28. Who was the first Khalifa of Islam?
(a) Ali
(b) Abu Bakr
(c) Umar
(d) Usman.
Answer:
(b) Abu Bakr

29. Sufi mode of idealogy is known as
(a) Pir
(b) Dargah
(c) Tasawaf
(d) Silsila.
Answer:
(c) Tasawaf

30. Who was the founder of Chisti Silsila?
(a) Shaikh Muinuddin Chisti
(b) Shaikh Bahuddin Zakaria
(c) Shaikh Farid Ji
(d) Shaikh Nizamuddin Auliya
Answer:
(a) Shaikh Muinuddin Chisti

31. Who was the famous Chisti saint of Punjab?
(a) Sheikh Nizamuddin Auliya
(b) Sheikh Farid
(c) Shaikh Qutabuddin Bekhtiyar
(d) Khawaja Muinuddin Chisti.
Answer:
(b) Sheikh Farid

32. Where was the main centre of Suharawadi Silsila in Punjab?
(a) Multan
(b) Lahore
(c) Jalandhar
(d) Amritsar.
Answer:
(a) Multan

33. Who started the tradition of Qawalis?
(a) Islam
(b) Sufis
(c) Hindus
(d) Sikhs
Answer:
(b) Sufis

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Non-Finites Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

(Answer Key has been given at the end of the exercises.)

Complete the following sentences, using the Infinitive form (with or without to) of the verbs given in brackets.

1. You are requested …………… me. (help)
2. She bade us ……………… away. (go)
3. I find the word ‘psychology difficult ………. . (spell)
4. Please make me …………… why the stars twinkle. (understand)
5. The medicine is too bitter …………. (take)
Answer:
1. to help
2. go
3. to spell
4. understand
5. to take.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

Replace the Relative Clause in each of the following sentences by an Infinitive.

Example : You have some important work which you must finish.
Answer :
You have some important work to finish.

1. You have a train that can carry you back home.
2. She wants something that she can drink.
3. They advised me that I should see an eye specialist.
4. Mohan had no proof that he could show.
5. I gave him a book that he could consult.
6. Asha is not a servant who can be trusted.
Answer:
1. You have a train to carry you back home.
2. She wants something to drink.
3. They advised me to see an eye specialist.
4. Mohan had no proof to show.
5. I gave him a book to consult.
6. Asha is not a servant to be trusted.

Rewrite the following sentences, using an Infinitive.

1. I would be happy if I could join this company. (to join).
2. At Agra, we have the Taj that one can visit.
3. His handwriting is so bad that one cannot read it…
4. Papa was angry when he found that his glasses were broken.
5. I was shocked when I heard of the terrible accident.
6. I will tell him that he should post the letter today.
Answer:
1. I would be happy to join his company.
2. At Agra, we have the Taj to visit.
3. His handwriting is too bad to read.
4. Papa was angry to find that his glasses were broken
5. I was shocked to hear of the terrible accident.
6. I will tell him to post the letter today.

Combine the following pairs of sentences, using a Present Participle or a Past Participle. Treat the first two sentences as examples.

1. I felt sorry for the blind man. I gave him a hundred-rupee note.
2. My uncle arrived. He was accompanied by Mohan.
3. We found the child. It was crying for its father.
4. He raised his sword. He struck his enemy.
5. I heard the bang. I sprang up from my bed.
6. He broke his leg. It made it difficult for him to walk.
7. The child was lost. He found no joy in the fair.
Answer:
1. Feeling sorry for the blind man, I gave him a hundred
2. Accompanied by Mohan, my uncle arrived.
3. We found the child crying for its father.
4. Raising his sword, he struck his enemy.
5. Hearing the bang, I sprang up from my bed.
6. Having broken his leg, it became dificult for him to walk
7. The lost child found no joy in the fair.

Combine the following sets of sentences, using a Non-finite verb (Infinitive, Gerund, or Participle).

1. I enjoyed the mangoes. These were sent by my uncle.
2. We go to the library. We read books there.
3. I am happy. I accept your invitation.
4. He took his gun. He fired at the bird.
5. She left home early. She arrived here on time.
6. He wants to marry Mary. His father is opposed to this.
7. Mohan sells apples. He earns fifty rupees a day.
8. It was an extremely cold day. I could not work at all. (Start with : It being ……….)
9. They held a meeting. They discussed the matters of the school.
10. I went to the Headmaster. I sought a favour.
Answer:
1. I enjoyed the mangoes sent by my uncle.
2. We go to the library to read books.
3. I am happy to accept your invitation.
4. Taking his gun, he fired at the bird.
5. Leaving her home early, she arrived here on time
6. His father is opposed to his marrying Mary
7. Selling apples, Mohan earns fifty rupees a day
8. It being an extremely cold day, I could not work at all. Go
9. They held a meeting to discuss the matters of the school.
10. I went to the Headmaster to seek a favour.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

Fill in the blanks with suitable Non-finites (Infinitive, Gerund or Participle).

1. I am afraid of ……………… in the court. (appear)
2. ………………. thieves in her house, she started …………. (see, shout)
3. He decided ……….. his income by ……. a private tuition. (increase, take)
4. I noticed your friend …………. with a gambler. (sit)
5. It is easier …………. than ……….. (say, do)
6. Do you want ……….. my address ? (know)
7. Every miser hates …………. money. (spend)
8. They were eager ……….. the game. (start)
9. This rent is quite reasonable for a well …………. house. (furnish)
10. The children seemed ………….. on seeing the giant. (frighten)
Answer:
1. appearing
2. Seeing, shouting
3. to increase, taking
4. sitting
5. to do
6. to know
7. spending
8. to start
9. furnished
10. frightened.

Combine the following sets of sentences into a single sentence each.

1. Mohan is trying. He wants to follow Gandhiji.
2. The Chairman tried it. He wanted to put him off.
3. Mohan did not look at the girls. He avoided it.
4. The old man took the trouble of it. He explained the matter in detail.
5. It is no use. Don’t cry over spilt milk.
6. Hari does not accept bribes. He hates it.
7. You should not blow horn near a hospital. It is forbidden.
8. He stole the ornaments. He looked for a place to hide them.
9. I saw a gentleman. He was sitting next to me.
10. He stood aside. He was waiting for orders.
Answer:
1. Mohan is trying to follow Gandhiji.
2. The Chairman tried to put him off.
3. Mohan avoided looking at the girls.
4. The old man took the trouble of explaining the matter in detail
5. It is no use crying over spilt milk
6. Hari hates accepting bribes.
7. It is forbidden to blow a horn near a hospital.
8. Having stolen the ornaments, he looked for a place to hide them.
9. I saw a gentleman sitting next to me.
10. Standing aside, he was waiting for orders.

यदि कोई क्रिया कर्ता के वचन (number) और पुरुष (person) के प्रभाव से मुक्त हो तो उसे Non-finite Verb कहा जाता है; जैसे

1. I want to dance.
2. She wants to dance.
3. They want to dance.
4. Radha wants to dance.
ऊपर दिए गए वाक्यों में क्रिया dance पर कर्ता का कोई प्रभाव नहीं पड़ा है। इसलिए इसे Non-finite (असीमित अर्थात् बिना बन्धन) क्रिया कहा जाता है।

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

Non-finites तीन प्रकार के होते हैं

1. The Infinitive
(a) Bare Infinitive
(b) To-infinitive.

2. The Gerund
3. The Participle
(a) Present Participle
(b) Past Participle
(c) Perfect Participle.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites 1

Bare Infinitive का प्रयोग

Bare Infinitive (to के बिना infinitive) का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. निम्नलिखित सहायक क्रियाओं (Modal Auxiliaries) के बाद :
do, does, did, can, could, will, would, shall, should, may, must, might, need, dare.
1. He may come today.
2. I shall accompany you.
3. I can play cricket.
4. You need not do it.
5. She dare not come here.

नोट : need और dare का प्रयोग जब मुख्य क्रियाओं के रूप में किया गया हो तो इनके साथ to- infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. He didn’t dare to come here.
2. You don’t need to go there.

नोट : सहायक क्रियाओं ought और used के बाद भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. You ought to finish your work.
2. He used to come here daily.

2. निम्नलिखित सकर्मक (Transitive) क्रियाओं के बाद :
make, let, bid, feel, hear, see, watch, notice, observe, आदि क्रियाओं के बाद bare infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है जब ये क्रियाएँ Active Voice में हों; जैसे
1. I saw him steal my pen.
2. I heard him go up the stairs.
3. I felt the cold air strike against my face.
किन्तु hear, make तथा see का प्रयोग जब Passive Voice में किया गया हो तो इनके बाद to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे

1. He was heard to say all this.
2. She was made to dance.
3. He was seen to enter the office.
नोट : feel, hear, see तथा watch के बाद प्रायः -ing वाली क्रिया अर्थात् Present Participle का प्रयोग भी किया जाता है; जैसे

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

1. I saw him leaving the office. (Active)
2. He was seen leaving the office. (Passive)
3. I heard her shouting at him. (Active)
4. She was heard shouting at him. (Passive)

3. had और would वाले निम्नलिखित phrases के बाद : had better, had rather, would rather, had sooner, would sooner.

1. I would rather die than beg.
2. You had better stop smoking.

4. than, but तथा except के बाद जब इनका प्रयोग conjunction के रूप में किया गया हो; जैसे
1. He did nothing but laugh.
2. I could do nothing except agree to it.
3. I would rather walk than ride your scooter.
नोट : but के बाद bare-infinitive का प्रयोग केवल तभी किया जाता है जब but से पूर्व मुख्य क्रिया के रूप में do, does अथवा did का प्रयोग किया गया हो।

To-infinitive का प्रयोग

To-infinitive का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. ought और have के बाद to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है यदि इन शब्दों का प्रयोग किसी ज़िम्मेदारी (obligation) अथवा कर्त्तव्य को प्रकट करने के लिए किया गया हो। सहायक क्रिया used के बाद भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे

1. We ought to help the poor.
2. You ought to respect your elders.
3. Boys had to pay their fees.
4. I have to support my family.
5. She has to live with her parents.
6. She used to come here daily.

नोट : ought और used के अतिरिक्त शेष सभी Modals के साथ bare-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है।

2. निम्नलिखित क्रियाओं के साथ to-infinitive लगाया जाता है यदि इनका प्रयोग किसी मनोरथ, इच्छा अथवा तत्परता को प्रकट करने के लिए किया गया हो
want, hope, like, love, hate, promise, intend, propose, decide, swear, learn, remember, forget, agree, consent, neglect, refuse, attempt, fail, hesitate, prepare, care, pretend, determine, arrange, seem.

1. I want to go now.
2. She decided to marry him.
3. I forgot to answer this question.
4. They promised to pay all the taxes.

3. निम्नलिखित सकर्मक (transitive) क्रियाओं के साथ object लगाने के बाद to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है
ask, advise, allow, beg, compel, encourage, force, instruct, invite, order, permit, request, tell, teach, warn, आदि।

1. I begged him to help me.
2. My mother asked me to work hard.
3. The teacher allowed him to go.
4. The boys requested the teacher to forgive them.

4. किसी कारण अथवा उद्देश्य को प्रकट करने के लिए भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे

1. She came here to consult you.
2. I went to Delhi to meet my brother.
3. They stopped at the market to buy some apples.

5. जब किसी क्रिया को कर्ता के रूप में प्रयोग किया गया हो, तो भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. To tell lies is a bad thing.
2. To play with fire is dangerous.
3. To kill little birds is a sin.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

6. यदि किसी क्रिया का प्रयोग object के रूप में किया जा रहा हो, तो भी to-infinitive का ही प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. I want to go now.
2. She hopes to pass this year.

7. किसी क्रिया के पूरक (complement) के रूप में to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. His aim was to get good marks.
2. My hobby is to collect stamps.
3. They were to reach here today.

8. किसी noun की विशेषता प्रकट करने के लिए; जैसे
1. This cloth is easy to wash.
2. This question is difficult to do.

9. too + adjective / adverb के बाद नकारात्मक अर्थ के लिए; जैसे
1. He is too weak to walk.
2. He was too drunk to drive home.
3. She walked too slowly to catch the train.

10. adjective / adverb + enough के बाद सकारात्मक अर्थ के लिए; जैसे
1. He is rich enough to buy a car.
2. She is old enough to travel by herself.
3. This bag is light enough for me to carry.
4. She jumped high enough to touch the ceiling.

11. यदि किसी ordinal number (first, second, last, आदि) का प्रयोग एक विशेषण के रूप में किया
गया हो तो इसके बाद to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है। जैसे
1. I was the first to reach there.
2. Radha was the last to leave the class.

12. how, when, where, what, आदि शब्दों के बाद object के रूप में to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. I do not know how to swim.
2. He did not know what to do.
3. Can you tell me where to go ?
4. How can I say when to leave ?

13. It + is/was + adjective + for/ of + noun / pronoun to-infinitive का प्रयोग
1. It is easy for you to say that.
2. It was kind of him to help us.
3. It was brave of Ram to catch the thief.
4. It is difficult for Mohan to finish that work alone.

14. यदि किसी क्रिया का प्रयोग किसी adjective के बाद एक object के रूप में किया गया हो, तो to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. I am happy to see you here.
2. It is bad to abuse others.
3. It is good to finish the work in time.

15. यदि किसी क्रिया का प्रयोग किसी noun या pronoun की व्याख्या करने के लिए किया गया हो, तो भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. I have some letters to write.
2. I want some bread to eat.
3. He has a machine to wash the clothes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

Rewrite adding ‘to’ where necessary before the Infinitives in brackets.

1. Mohan wants …………… (swim) in the river.
2. …………….. (kill) a man is a crime.
3. Mihir Sen wanted ………….. (swim) the English Channel.
4. Let him ……………. (go) now.
5. I have come …………… (see) the Principal.
6. It began …………….. (rain) and we couldn’t ……………. (go) out.
7. We saw him …………… (arrive) at the station.
8. The book was easy ……………. (read).
9. We didn’t …………… (expect) Rama . …………. (win).
10. They heard her ………….. (sing).
11. Mohan knows how …………. (answer) the question.
12. He was too tired ……………. (walk).
13. He made me …………….. (do) it.
14. They stopped …………….. (have) some rest.
15. He is saving money …………….. (buy) a scooter.
Answer:
1. to swim
2. To kill
3. to swim
4. go
5. to see
6. to rain, go
7. arrive
8. to read
9. expect, to win
10. sing
11. to answer
12. to walk
13. do
14. to have
15. to buy.

Use the verbs in brackets with or without ‘to’ to complete each sentence.

1. He is too weak (walk).
2. It is easy (make) mistakes.
3. Who is (blame) in this ?
4. This dress is good (wear).
5. Do you want (see) this film ?
6. I saw him (open) the door.
7. This cloth is easy (wash).
8. You ought (obey) your parents.
9. We don’t allow anyone (smoke) in this room.
10. The thief was seen (enter) the building.
11. She did not let me (enter) her room.
12. I made him (give) my money back.
13. I wanted (help) him but I could not (meet) him.
14. How dare you (open) my letter ?
15. I would rather (die) than (beg).
Answer:
1. to walk
2. to make
3. to blame
4. to wear
5. to see
6. open
7. to wash
8. to,obey
9. to smoke
10. enter
11. enter
12. give
13. to help, meet
14. open
15. die, beg.

Rewrite adding ‘to’ where necessary before the Infinitives in brackets.

1. I can (sing) quite well.
2. You needn’t (say) anything.
3. He made me (repeat) words.
4. He will be able (swim) very soon.
5. Would you like (come) with me?
6. I know he won’t (tell) the truth.
7. It is easy (find) fault with others.
8. You ought (go) today; he may (go) tomorrow.
9. How dare you (speak) to me like this?
10. Can you help me (move) this table ?
11. Visitors are requested (not feed) the animals in the zoo.
12. He tried (make) me a fool.
13. Did you hear the cock (crow)?
14. There is nothing (do) now.
15. I am sorry (disturb) you.
Answer:
1. sing
2. say
3. repeat
4. to swim
5. to come
6. tell
7. to find
8. to go, go
9. speak
10. move
11. not to feed
12. to make
13. crow.
14. to do
15. to disturb.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

The Gerund

क्रिया के ऐसे -ing वाले रूप को Gerund कहा जाता है जो किसी noun का काम कर रहा हो। इसके विभिन्न प्रयोग निम्नलिखित हैं

1. किसी क्रिया के Subject के रूप में; जैसे
1. Smoking causes cancer.
2. Swimming improves one’s health.

2. किसी क्रिया के Object के रूप में; जैसे
1. I love swimming.
2. I dislike smoking.

3. किसी Preposition के Object के रूप में; जैसे
1. He is fond of playing.
2. She was fined for coming late.

4. क्रिया ‘be’ के पूरक (complement) के रूप में; जैसे:
1. His only aim was cheating.
2. My favourite hobby is gardening.

5. किसी pronoun के समान-अधिकरण के रूप में; जैसे
1. It is no use crying.
2. It is foolish saying that.

6. निम्नलिखित शब्दों या शब्द-समूहों के बाद
No, busy, worth, be used to, object to, It is no use.

1. No smoking in the hall.
2. No parking here, please.
3. I am busy doing my homework.
4. This book is worth buying.
5. She is used to telling lies.
6. I am used to living a hard life.
7. I object to writing on my walls.
8. She objected to dancing in her house.
9. It is no use crying over spilt milk.
10. It is no use waiting for her now.

7. निम्नलिखित क्रियाओं के बाद object के रूप में to-infinitive तथा gerund में से किसी का भी प्रयोग किया जा सकता है
advise, allow, attempt, begin, continue, hate, intend, learn, like, love, remember, start, आदि

To-infinitive Gerund
1. He intends to live here.
2. I love to hear this song.
3. I remembered to see him.
4. We prefer to travel by air.
5. He continued to write letters.
1. He intends living here.
2. I love hearing this song.
3. I remembered seeing him.
4. We prefer travelling by air.
5. He continued writing letters.

8. निम्नलिखित क्रियाओं के साथ bare infinitive अथवा gerund में से किसी का भी प्रयोग किया जा सकता है
feel, hear, notice, observe, see, watch, आदि।

Bare Infinitive Gerund
1. I heard her come in.
2. She saw me cross the road.
3. I heard you shout in the class.
1.  I heard her coming in
2.  She saw me crossing the road.
3. I heard you shouting in the class.

9. निम्नलिखित क्रियाओं के साथ केवल gerund का प्रयोग किया जाता है। इनके साथ infinitive का प्रयोग कभी नहीं किया जाना चाहिए|
avoid, delay, deny, dislike, enjoy, finish, forget, keep (जारी रखना), mind (बुरा मानना), imagine, pardon, postpone, risk, stop, suggest, try (परखना), understand.
1. Please stop writing.
2. I dislike telling lies.
3. Please pardon my saying so.
4. Don’t risk going out in the storm.
5. I avoid meeting such persons.

10. निम्नलिखित शब्दों के साथ भी केवल gerund का ही प्रयोग किया जाता है
be worth, can’t bear, be no use, can’t stand, be no good, can’t help.
1. This table is worth buying.
2. It is no good imitating others.
3. It is no use crying over spilt milk.
4. She can’t bear living away from her children.
5. We couldn’t help laughing at him. (रोक न सकना)
6. I can’t stand smoking in my room. (सहन न कर सकना)

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

11. यदि mind शब्द का प्रयोग क्रिया के रूप में किया गया हो तो उसके बाद object के रूप में gerund का प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए; जैसे
1. I don’t mind spending on books.
2. Would you mind sitting on the floor ?
3. Do you mind closing the window ?

12. किसी सम्बन्धवाचक संज्ञा या सर्वनाम के बाद सदा gerund का ही प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. Do you mind my smoking here?
2. I dislike Mohan’s coming late daily.
3. Your future depends on your working hard.

13. Need और want के साथ gerund का प्रयोग passive अर्थ में होता है; जैसे
1. My hair wants cutting (needs to be cut).
2. Your dress needs repairing (needs to be repaired).

14. यदि try शब्द के बाद infinitive का प्रयोग किया गया हो तो इस का अर्थ होता है – ‘प्रयत्न करना’
Try के बाद यदि gerund का प्रयोग हो तो इस का अर्थ होता है – ‘प्रयोग करना’ या ‘प्रयोग कर देखना’; जैसे
1. I tried to sleep, but couldn’t.
2. If you cannot sleep, try taking a sleeping pill.

15. Like के बाद यदि gerund का प्रयोग होता हो, तो उसका अर्थ होता है ‘आनन्द उठाना’।
Like के बाद यदि infinitive का प्रयोग हो, तो उसका अर्थ होता है-‘चाहना’, ‘सहमत होना’, ‘पसंद करना’, आदि; जैसे
1. I like swimming ( = I enjoy swimming).
2. I didn’t like to disturb her as she was sleeping.

किन्तु dislike के बाद सदा gerund का ही प्रयोग किया जाता है।
1. I disliked disturbing her as she was sleeping.
2. I disliked swimming in the muddy river.

Fill in the blanks with the correct form (Gerund or Infinitive) of verbs given in brackets.

1. I enjoyed………… (swim) in the river.
2. I want them ……………… (come) back soon.
3. The thief attempted …………. (escape) but he was caught.
4. The boys suggested …………. (go) for a picnic.
5. My grandmother dislikes …………. (use) face powder.
6. Don’t you remember ………… (see) her at Mohan’s birthday party ?
7. You must remember ……….. (telephone) me after ……….. (reach) there.
8. How long do you expect …………… (stay) in Agra ?
9. ……………. (learn) English quickly is not an easy thing.
10. She promised ……….. (return) it as soon as possible.
11. This problem is difficult ………….. (solve).
12. I wanted ………….. (suggest) it, but I was afraid of ……… (offend) her.
13. It is very easy …………. (criticize) other people’s work.
14. ………… (write) good essays is very difficult.
15. This book is not worth ……….. (buy).
Answer:
1. swimming
2. to come
3. to escape
4. going
5. using
6. seeing
7. to telephone,reaching
8. to stay
9. Learning
10. to return
11. to solve
12. to suggest, offending
13. to criticize
14. Writing
15. buying.

The Participle

क्रिया के जिस रूप में Verb तथा Adjective दोनों के गुण हों, उसे Participle कहा जाता है। Participles तीन प्रकार के होते हैं

Present Participle
(V1 -ing)
Past Participle
(V3)
Perfect Participle
(having + V3)
Seeing Seen Having seen
Drowning Drowned Having drowned
Finishing Finished Having finished

1. Present Participle उदाहरण
1. The results were encouraging.
2. A drowning man catches at a straw.
3. Seeing the police, the thief ran away.
4. Naresh went into the bathroom singing.

2. Past Participle of उदाहरण
1. I saw a faded rose.
2. I boarded a crowded bus.
3. These solved papers are very helpful.
4. His spoken English is much better than yours.

3. Perfect Participle के उदाहरण
1. Having won a prize, Neelu felt happy
2. Having done his homework, John went out to play.
3. Having bought a book, I came back from the market.
4. Having attended a meeting of the club, I came back.

Present Participle का प्रयोग 

Present Participle का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. Continuous Tense बनाने के लिए; जैसे____

1. He is writing a letter.
2. She was sleeping in her room.
3. It will be raining on the hills.

2. एक Adjective (विशेषण) के रूप में; जैसे
1. I saw a burning house.
2. Barking dogs seldom bite.
3. He told me an interesting story.

3. किसी Subject के पूरक (complement) के रूप में; जैसे
1. The girl was charming.
2. The work was tiring.
3. The play was boring.

4. Object के पूरक के रूप में, जैसे
1. I found her sleeping:
2. I saw him running.
3. We heard the bombs exploding.

5. जब कोई क्रिया वाक्य की मुख्य क्रिया के समय पर ही हो रही हो; जैसे
1. She went away laughing.
2. The girls entered the stage singing a song.
3. Looking through some old papers, I came across this letter.
I looked through some old papers and came across this letter.
4. Seeing the Headmaster, the students stopped talking.
The students saw the Headmaster and they stopped talking.

6. जब कोई कार्य मुख्य क्रिया का ही भाग हो या उसका परिणाम हो; जैसे
1. He fired, killing the tiger.
2. She went away, breaking my heart.
3. It rained heavily, flooding the rivers
4. The police fired, killing two thieves.

7. It + be + Present Participle + infinitive की रचना वाले वाक्यों में जैसे
1. It was depressing to find him sick.
2. It is boring to do the same thing every day.

8. have + object के बाद जैसे
1. He had people waiting for him all day.
2. I won’t have him sleeping in my room,

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

9. see / hear / feel / smell / watch / notice + object के बाद जैसे
1. I felt the earth moving.
2. I saw him passing my house.
3. She smelt something burning.
4. I watched them rehearsing the play.
5. Didn’t you hear the children shouting ?

10. catch / find / leave + object के बाद जैसे
1. He left me crying in pain.
2. I caught him stealing my books.
3. I found him standing at the door.

11. go तथा come के बाद शरीर सम्बन्धी क्रिया ओं के लिए जैसे –
1. She came dancing / crying / shouting / etc.
2. They went swimming / hunting / riding / shopping / etc.

12. spend / waste + समय या धन सम्बन्धी वर्णन के बाद जैसे |
1. He spends two hours a day swimming.
2. He spent a lot of money buying gifts for her.
3. He wasted a whole afternoon trying to repair his car.

13. be + busy के बाद जैसे
1. I am busy doing my homework.
2. She was busy packing her luggage.

Past Participle का प्रयोग

Past Participle का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. Perfect Tense बनाने के लिए; जैसे
1. Ram has gone to Shimla.
2. I have finished my work.
3. She had written the poem.

2. विशेषण के रूप में; जैसे
1. I saw a wounded bird.
2. They don’t admit failed students.

3. Subject के पूरक के रूप में; जैसे
1. The corrupt officer was dismissed.
2. All the schools were closed.

4. Object के पूरक के रूप में; जैसे
1. I found the books stolen.
2. They left the work unfinished.

5. Adverb के रूप में; जैसे
1. He went away greatly satisfied.
2. He left the hospital cured.

6. दो वाक्यों को जोड़ने के लिए; जैसे
A speeding car hit him. He died on the spot.
= Hit by a speeding car, he died on the spot.

Perfect Participle का प्रयोग

1. He milked the cow. Then he went to market.
= Having milked the cow, he went to market.

2. He finished his work. Then he went home.
= Having finished his work, he went home.

3. He completed his studies. Then he started looking for a job.
= Having completed his studies, he started looking for a job.

Use the correct non-finite form (Infinitive, Gerund or Participle) of the given- verbs.

1. The rice will grow well in the (come) season.
2. We heard of his (come) back today.
3. We hope (see) him back soon.
4. (believe) him to be right, I trusted him.
5. Night (come) on, the men went home.
6. Did you hear of his (win) a prize ?
7. I am tired of (do) this work.
8. Generally (speak), we get what we deserve.
9. We saw him (leave) the house.
10. I was very happy (see) you.
11. I shall be glad (help) you.
12. My wife (expect) my return, did not leave the house.
Answer:
1. go
2. to smoke
3. to accept
4. telling
5. polish
6. crying
7. going
8. taking
9. Swimming
10. to stay
11. living
12. to meet.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct Non-finite form.

1. Please let me (go) now.
2. He used (smoke) too much.
3. He refused (accept) the bribe.
4. My dad hates (tell) lies.
5; He made me (polish) his shoes.
6. It is no use (cry) over spilt milk.
7. He is used to (go) to cinema too often.
8. She objected to (take) her bicycle.
9. (swim) is a good exercise.
10. I don’t know where (stay) for the night.
11. He dislikes (live) in the village.
12. I arranged (meet) him in a hotel.
Answer:
1. coming
2. coming
3. to see
4. Believing
5. having come
6. winning
7. doing
8. speaking
9. leave / leaving
10. to see
11. to help
12. expecting.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Punjab State Board PSEB 7th Class Computer Science Book Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 7 Computer Science Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Computer Guide for Class 7 PSEB Storage Devices Textbook Questions and Answers

1. Fill in the Blanks

Question 1.
Primary memory is also called ……………..
(a) Internal memory
(b) External memory
(c) Physical memory
(d) Auxiliary memory.
Answer:
(a) Internal memory

Question 2.
…………….memory is not a Read-Only Memory.
(a) ROM
(b) PROM
(c) EPROM
(d) RAM.
Answer:
(a) ROM

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 3.
…………….is not a portable storage device.
(a) External Hard Disk
(b) Pen Drive
(c) Hard Disk Drive
(d) Memory Card.
Answer:
(c) Hard Disk Drive

Question 4.
The memory is divided into number of small parts called ……………. .
(a) Cells
(b) Area
(c) Inter-section
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(a) Cells

Question 5.
USB means ……………. .
(a) Uniform Service Book
(b) Universal Serial Bus
(c) Universal Straight Bus
(d) Uniform Serial Bus.
Answer:
(b) Universal Serial Bus

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

2. Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is the capacity of floppy disk?
Answer:
1.4 MB.

Question 2.
What is the capacity of Compact Disc (CD)?
Answer:
650-700 MB.

Question 3.
Which memory unit is usually used to measure the Storage capacity of a hard disks?
Answer:
1 GB Memory unit is used to measure the storage capacity of a hard disk.

Question 4.
Which is having greater storage capacity out of CD or DVD?
Answer:
DVD has higher storage capacity.

Question 5.
Which computer port is used to attach Pen Drive?
Answer:
USB Port.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

3. Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is memory? Write down two main categories of memories.
Answer:
Computer memory is a physical device capable of storing data and information. It is a storage space where data and instructions are stored either for processing or for further uses. It can store data and instructions either temporarily (RAM) or permanently (ROM).
Memory can be of two types, Primary Memory and Secondary Memory.

Question 2.
Write the name of any four Secondary Memory devices.
Answer:
Hard Disk, Floppy Disk, Pen Drive and Memory Card.

Question 3.
What is Memory Card?
Answer:
A memory card is a flash memory. It is used in electronic devices such as digital cameras, mobile phones or video game consoles. The memory card can , store data, images, music, games or other computer files. Memory cards have no J moving parts so they are not easily damaged. They are more compact and portable than CDs or DVDs, and they can store more data than CDs. The data stored in the memory card can be read with the help of card reader.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 4.
Write a short note on Pen Drive.
Answer:
A pen drive is a portable Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash memory device. It is used to store and transfer audio, video and data files from a computer. The major advantage of USB pen drives over other portable storage devices such as floppy disks or DVDs / CDs is their compact shape and size; they work faster and can store more data.

Question 5.
Write about CD.
Answer:
A compact disc (CD) is a type of optical secondary storage media. It is circular in shape and small in size. A CD is a portable device that we use for ,, storing text, video, audio, graphics, images, or taking backup of data, programs and software. A CD can store around 700 MB data.

4. Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write a note on Primary Memory.
Answer:
The primary memory is also known as the main memory of a computer. It is in-built memory of a computer in which data and instructions are stored for processing. It is essential for the working of a computer.
There are two types of primary memory: RAM and ROM.

RAM:
RAM stands for Random Access Memory. This is a volatile memory. This means it stores data or instructions temporarily. It is located on the motherboard. When you start the computer, Data and instructions from the hard disk are stored in RAM.

RAM is further divided into two types:

  • SRAM (Static Random Access Memory): This stores a bit of data using the state of a six transistor memory cell.
  • DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory): This stores a bit data using a pair of transistor and. capacitor which constitute a DRAM memory cell.

ROM:
The term ROM stands for Read Only Memory. It is a non-volatile memory. As the name indicated, information can only be read from this type of – memory. It stores the data permanently.
Types of Read Only Memory (ROM):

  • PROM (Programmable Read Only Memory)
  • EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory)
  • EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory).

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 2.
What is HDD? Explain.
Answer:
Hard disks are the secondary storage devices used to store data permanently. It is directly connected to the disk controller on the motherboard. Hard disks are flat, circular plates made of aluminum or glass and coated with a magnetic material. Hard disk platters typically spin very fast at 5400 to 7200 cycles/minute.
There are two types of Hard disks:

1. Internal Hard Disk:
Internal hard drives are located inside your computer. Most computers come with a single internal hard drive, which includes the operating system and pre-installed applications.

2. External Hard Drive:
An external hard drive, also called a portable hard drive. It is a device connected to the outside of a computer via a USB connection. It is often used to back up a computer or portable storage.

Question 3.
What is Secondary Memory? Explain any one secondary memory device.
Answer:
Secondary memory is permanent memory. It is not directly accessible by CPU. It communicates with the CPU through the main memory. Secondary memory stores data and holds it even when power is off. It is used to store large amount of data or programs. It is less expensive than the primary memory.

Pen Drive:
A pen drive is a portable universal serial bus (USB) flash memory device. It is used to store and transfer audio, video and data files from a computer. The major advantage of USB pen drives over other portable storage devices such as floppy disks or DVDs/CDs is their compact shape and size; they work faster and can store more data.

Question 4.
Write precautions that we must follow while using CD/DVD.
Answer:
While using CDs and DVDs, we should keep the following in mind :

  • CD / DVD should always be covered.
  • The back shiny part of the CD / DVD should not be touched.
  • Don’t write on the back of the CD / DVD.
  • CD / DVD should not be folded.
  • To clean CDs / DVDs, a soft cloth should be used. You can also use water to remove dust from it.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 5.
What is External Hard Disk drive? Write its advantages.
Answer:
External disk drive is a portable secondary memory. It has large storage capacity. It is a removable device. The external disk drive is connected to computer through USB port. These disks allow user to put sensitive, confidential or important information on them, then disconnect them and store them in secure locations.

Activity

Question 1.
Put the following Terms in respective Groups
1. RAM
2. CD
3. Hard Disk
4. ROM
5. EPROM
6. Memory Card
7. DVD
8. EEPROM
PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices 1
Answer:

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

PSEB 7th Class Computer Guide Storage Devices Important Questions and Answers

1. Fill in the Blanks

Question 1.
The size of a commonly used floppy is ……………. inches.
(a) 2.5
(b) 3.5
(c) 4.5
(d) 5.25
Answer:
(b) 3.5

Question 2.
A CD can store ……………..MB data.
(a) 600
(b) 700
(c) 800
(d) 200.
Answer:
(b) 700

Question 3.
1 GB ……………. is equal to MB.
(a) 512
(b) 8
(c) 1024
(d) 256.
Answer:
(c) 1024

Question 4.
Primary memory is divided into ……………. parts.
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five.
Answer:
(a) Two

Question 5.
Used to store a lot of multimedia information …………….  .
(a) CD
(b) DVD (Digital Versatile Disk)
(c) B.D.
(d) Floppy.
Answer:
(b) DVD (Digital Versatile Disk)

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 6.
1024 bytes = ……………. .
(a) 1 MB
(b) 1 GB
(c) 1 KB
(d) 10 MB.
Answer:
(c) 1 KB

Question 7.
Which of the following is an optical storage media?
(a) Hard disk
(b) CD
(c) RAM
(d) Floppy.
Answer:
(b) CD

Question 8.
Which of the following stores high definition videos?
(a) CD
(b) DVD
(c) Blu-ray
(d) Floppy Disk.
Answer:
(c) Blu-ray

Question 9.
The CPU directly retrieves information or data from the …………….  .
(a) Hard disk
(b) CD
(c) RAM
(d) DVD.
Answer:
(c) RAM

Question 10.
Which of the following is a secondary storage device?
(a) ROM
(b) Cache
(c) Hard disk
(d) RAM.
Answer:
(c) Hard disk

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

2. True/False

1. The main memory is available in the form of an electronic chip.
Answer:
True

2. The floppy disk can store 700 MB of data.
Answer:
False.

3. A DVD can store 4.7 GB data.
Answer:
True

4. Always write with a sharpened pen on the back of the CD/DVD.
Answer:
False.

5. Do not keep the floppy in a dry, clean and cool place.
Answer:
False.

6. A hard disk can store 2 TB to 5 TB data.
Answer:
True

7. The primary memory comprises of RAM and ROM.
Answer:
True

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

8. The secondary memory is also known as main storage.
Answer:
False.

9. 1 GB is equal to 1024 MB.
Answer:
True

10. Individually, a binary number is known as bit.
Answer:
True

11. RAM is not faster than secondary storage devices.
Answer:
True

12. Bits and bytes are units of computer memory.
Answer:
True

13. A portable hard disk is generally used for taking back up.
Answer:
True

14. The instructions that are written onto ROM can be altered.
Answer:
False.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

3. write the Full Forms

Question 1.
1. KB.
2. MB,
3. GB,
4. TB,
5. ROM,
6. RAM,
7. CD,
8. DVD.

Answer:

1. KB: Kilobytes
2. MB: Megabytes
3. GB: Gigabytes
4. TB: Terabytes
5. ROM: Read Only Memory
6. RAM: Random Access Memory
7. CD: Compact Disc
8. DVD: Digital Versatile Disc.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

4. Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Name two types of primary memory.
Answer:

  • RAM (Random Access Memory)
  • ROM (Read Only Memory).

Question 2.
Name four storage devices.
Answer:

  • CD (Compact Disc)
  • DVD (Digital Versatile Disk)
  • Floppy disk
  • Hard disk.

Question 3.
Explain the differences between RAM and ROM.
Answer:
Following are the important differences between RAM and ROM:

RAM ROM
1. RAM stands for Random Access Memory 1. ROM stands for Read Only Memory.
2. RAM data is volatile. Data is present till power supply is present. 2. ROM data is permanent. Data remains even after power supply is not present.
3. RAM data can be read, erased or modified. 3. ROM data is read only.
4. RAM is used to store data that CPU needs for current instruction processing. 4. ROM is used to store data that is needed to bootstrap the computer.
5. RAM speed is quite high. 5. ROM speed is slower than RAM.
6. CPU can access data stored on RAM. 6. Data to be copied from ROM to RAM so that CPU can access its data.
7. RAM memory is large and of high capacity. 7. ROM is generally small and of low capacity.
8. RAM is used as CPU Cache, Primary Memory. 8. ROM is used as firmware by micro controllers.
9. RAM is costly. 9. ROM is cheap.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 4.
What is a floppy disk?
Answer:
It is a secondary device in which data is stored. It is a circular plastic plate. It is 3.5 inches in size. The floppy disk can store 1.44 MB of data.

Question 5.
Provide information about CD ROM.
Answer:
The full name of CD ROM is Compact Disk Read Only Memory. It can store up to 700 MB of data. The information is written only once in Read Only CD. It cannot be changed after that.

Question 6.
Why we use DVD?
Answer:
The full name of DVD is Digital Versatile Disk. It can store a lot of data. DVD is a type of optical media used to store digital data. A DVD can store 2 TB to 5 TB data.

5. Long Answer Type Questions

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 1.
Describe the types of memory. Answer in detail.
Answer:
Types of Computer Memory –
There are many types of memory in a computer; the most basic is primary memory, also called system memory, and the secondary memory, commonly called storage. Details about these memories are given ahead:

Primary Memory:
Primary memory is the main memory of a computer system. It stores the data temporarily. It holds only those data on which computer is currently working. Primary memory is directly accessed by the CPU. It has limited storage capacity and data is lost when power is switched off. Primary memory is a semiconductor memory because it is manufactured using semiconductor devices. The capacity of primary memory is very limited and is always less than that of secondary memory. It is more expensive than secondary memory.

Characteristics of Main Memory:

  • These are semiconductor memories.
  • It is known as the main memory.
  • Usually volatile memory.
  • Data is lost in case power is switched off.
  • It is the working memory of the computer.
  • Faster than secondary memories.
  • A computer cannot run without the primary memory.

Types of Primary Memory:
There are two types of primary memory:
1. RAM (Random Access Memory)
2. ROM (Read Only Memory)

1. RAM:
RAM stands for Random Access Memory. This is a volatile memory. This means it stores data or instructions temporarily. It is located on the motherboard. When you start the computer, Data and instructions from the hard disk are stored in RAM. The CPU uses this data to perform the required functions. RAM loses all data as soon as you shut down the computer.

The most important thing to understand about RAM is that RAM memory is very fast, it is a read/write memory. It is much more expensive than secondary memory. Due to the high cost of RAM, most computer systems use both primary and secondary memory, RAM is further divided into two types :

(a) SRAM (Static Random Access Memory): This stores a bit of data using the state of a six transistor memory cell.
(b) DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory): This stores a bit data using a pair of transistor and capacitor which constitute a DRAM memory cell.

SRAM:

  • Transistors are used to store information in SRAM.
  • Capacitors are used to store data in DRAM.
  • SRAM is faster as compared to DRAM.
  • DRAM provides slow access speeds.
  • These are expensive.
  • These are cheaper.
  • SRAMs are low density devices.
  • DRAMs are high density devices.
  • These are used in cache memories.
  • These are used in main memories.

2. ROM:
This means read only memory. It is a non-volatile memory. It stores the data permanently. These are the IC (integrated circuits) inside the PC that makes up the ROM. ROM stores a startup program called ‘Bootstrap Loader’. When the computer’s power is turned on “Bootstrap Loader” checks and starts the device connected to the PC. ROM can only be read by CPU but cannot be changed.
Types of Read Only Memory (ROM) :

(a) PROM (Programmable Read Only Memory):
PROM is read¬only memory that can be modified only one time by a user.. Once programmed, the data and instructions contained in it cannot be changed.

(b) EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory):
It can be reprogrammed. To delete data from it, place it in front of an ultra violet light. To re-program it, delete all previous data

(c) EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory):
Data stored in EEPROM can be deleted and modified as many times as user wants. Implementing electric field can erase data, no need for ultra-violet light. We can only delete parts of the chip.

Secondary Memory:
Secondary memory is permanent memory. It is not directly accessible by CPU. It communicates with the CPU through the main memory. Secondary memory stores data and holds it even when power is off. It is used to store large amount of data or programs. It is less expensive than the primary memory.

Secondary memory refers to the various storage media on which a computer can store data and programs. Floppy disks, Hard Disks, magnetic disks, magnetic tapes are the examples of secondary memory.
The Secondary storage media are of two types :

  • Fixed: Fixed Storage media is an internal storage medium like hard disk that is fixed inside the computer.
  • Removable: Storage medium that are portable and can be taken outside the computer are termed as removable storage media like CD, DVD, Pen drive etc.

Characteristics of Secondary Memory:

  • These are magnetic and optical memories.
  • It is known as the backup memory.
  • It is a non-volatile memory.
  • Data is permanently stored even if power is switched off.
  • It is used for storage of data in a computer.
  • Computer may run without the secondary memory.
  • Slower than primary memories.

(i) Magnetic Tapes:
Magnetic discs are made of hard metal or synthetic plastic material. Magnetic material is coated on both sides of the disc platter and both sides can be used for storage. The magnetic disk provides direct access to both small and large computer systems. Magnetic audio tapes are used to record sound and music. Magnetic video tapes are used to record analog voice and video signals. These are low cost tapes. Hard disks and floppy disks are examples of magnetic tapes.

(ii) Floppy Disk:
Also known as floppy diskette, it is a removable, portable secondary storage device. This was created in 1964 by IBM. It is a small plastic disc about 3.5 inches in size. These disks have very low storage capacity and can store approximately 1.4 MB of data. It can be read or written by a floppy disk drive.

(iii) Hard Disk:
Hard disks are the secondary storage devices used to store data permanently. It is directly connected to the disk controller on the motherboard. Hard disks are flat, circular plates made of aluminum or glass and coated with a magnetic material. Hard disk platters
typically spin very fast at 5400 to 7200 cycles/minute.

It has unlimited storage space and its storage capacity ranges from 20 GB to 500 GB. It used to install a new program or application on the device. Software programs, images, videos, etc. all can be saved to the hard drive. There are two types of hard disks.
1. Internal Hard Disk: Internal hard drives are located inside your computer. Most computers come with a single internal hard drive, which includes the operating system and pre-installed applications.

2. External Hard Drive:
An external hard drive, also called a portable hard drive. It is a device connected to the outside of a computer via a USB connection. It is often used to back up a computer or portable storage.

(iv) Optical Drives:
Optical drives are a storage medium from which data is read and written by a laser. Optical disks can store up to 6GB of data. Optical storage devices are the most widely used and reliable storage devices. The most commonly used types of optical storage devices are:

    1. CD-ROM
    2. DVD-ROM
    3. CD-RECORDABLE
    4. CD-REWRITABLE
    5. PHOTO-CD

CD:
A compact disc is a flat, round, optical storage medium invented by James Russell. It is a portable storage medium that was used to digitally store and play the audio, video and other data. Compact discs have greater storage capacity than floppy disks. These disks can store 650-700 MB of data. This is a very reliable storage media. There are two types of CDs :

(а) CD-R:
CD-R stands for Compact Disc-Recordabie, also known as ROM is a digital optical disk storage format. A CD-R disc is a compact disc that can be written once and arbitrarily read multiple times.

(b) CD-RW:
CD-RW (compact disc-rewritable) is a digital optical disk storage format introduced in 1997. A CD-RW compact disc (CD-RW) can be read, written, erased, and rewritten.

2.DVD:
Stands for Digital Video Disc or Digital Versatile Disc. It is a digital optical disc data storage format that was invented and developed in 1995 and released in late 1996. DVD is a type of optical media used to store digital data. It is the same size of a CD, but it has a large storage capacity. Some DVDs are specifically formatted for video playback, while others contain different types of data, such as software programs and computer files.

While using CDs and DVDs, we should keep the following in mind:

  • CD / DVD should always be covered.
  • The back shiny part of the CD / DVD should not be touched.
  • Don’t write on the back of the CD / DVD.
  • CD / DVD should not be folded.
  • To clean CDs / DVDs, a soft cloth should be used. You can also use water to remove dust from it.

Pen Drive:
A pen drive is a portable universal serial bus (USB) flash memory device. It is used to store and transfer audio, video and data files from a computer. The major advantage of USB pen drives over other portable storage devices such as floppy disks or DVDs / CDs is their compact shape and size; they work faster and can store more data. Memory Card: A memory card is a flash memory. It is used in electronic devices such as digital cameras, Mobile phones or video game consoles. The memory card can stores data, images, music, games or other computer files. Memory cards have no moving parts so they are not easily damaged. They are more compact and portable than CDs or DVDs, and they can store more data than CDs. The data stored in the memory card can be read with the help of card reader.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 2.
What is secondary memory? Explain its types in detail.
Answer:
Secondary Memory:
Secondary memory is permanent memory. It is not directly accessible by CPU. It communicates with the CPU through the main memory. Secondary memory stores data and holds it even when power is off. It is used to store large amount of data or programs. It is less expensive than the primary memory.

Secondary memory refers to the various storage media on which a computer can store data and programs. Floppy disks, Hard Disks, magnetic disks, magnetic tapes are the examples of secondary memory.
The Secondary storage media are of two types:

  • Fixed: Fixed Storage media is an internal storage medium like hard disk that is fixed inside the computer.
  • Removable: Storage medium that are portable and can be taken outside the computer are termed as removable storage media like CD, DVD, Pen drive etc.

Characteristics of Secondary Memory:

  • These are magnetic and optical memories.
  • It is known as the backup memory.
  • It is a non-volatile memory.
  • Data is permanently stored even if power is switched off.
  • It is used for storage of data in a computer.
  • Computer may run without the secondary memory.
  • Slower than primary memories.

(i) Magnetic Tapes:
Magnetic discs are made of hard metal or synthetic plastic material. Magnetic material is coated on both sides of the disc platter and both sides can be used for storage. The magnetic disk provides direct access to both small and large computer systems. Magnetic audio tapes are used to record sound and music. Magnetic video tapes are used to record analog voice and video signals. These are low cost tapes. Hard disks and floppy disks are examples of magnetic tapes.

(ii) Floppy Disk:
Also known as floppy diskette, it is a removable, portable secondary storage device. This was created in 1964 by IBM. It is a small plastic disc about 3.5 inches in size. These disks have very low storage capacity and can store approximately 1.4 MB of data. It can be read or written by a floppy disk drive.

(iii) Hard Disk:
Hard disks are the secondary storage devices used to store data permanently. It is directly connected to the disk controller on the motherboard. Hard disks are flat, circular plates made of aluminum or glass and coated with a magnetic material. Hard disk platters typically spin very fast at 5400 to 7200 cycles/minute.

It has unlimited storage space and its storage capacity ranges from 20 GB to 500 GB. It used to install a new program or application on the device. Software programs, images, videos, etc. all can be saved to the hard drive. There are two types of hard disks.
1. Internal Hard Disk: Internal hard drives are located inside your computer. Most computers come with a single internal hard drive, which includes the operating system and pre-installed applications.

2. External Hard Drive:
An external hard drive, also called a portable hard drive. It is a device connected to the outside of a computer via a USB connection. It is often used to back up a computer or portable storage.

(iv) Optical Drives:
Optical drives are a storage medium from which data is read and written by a laser. Optical disks can store up to 6 GB of data. Optical storage devices are the most widely used and reliable storage devices. The most commonly used types of optical storage devices are:

    1. CD-ROM
    2. DVD-ROM
    3. CD-RECORDABLE
    4. CD-REWRITABLE
    5. PHOTO-CD

1. CD:
A compact disc is a flat, round, optical storage medium invented by James Russell. It is a portable storage medium that was used to digitally store and play the audio, video and other data. Compact discs have greater storage capacity than floppy disks. These disks can store 650-700 MB of data. This is a very reliable storage media. There are two types of CDs :

(а) CD-R:
CD-R stands for Compact Disc-Recordabie, also known as ROM is a digital optical disk storage format. A CD-R disc is a compact disc that can be written once and arbitrarily read multiple times.

(b) CD-RW:
CD-RW (compact disc-rewritable) is a digital optical disk storage format introduced in 1997. A CD-RW compact disc (CD-RW) can be read, written, erased, and rewritten.

2. DVD:
Stands for Digital Video Disc or Digital Versatile Disc. It is a digital optical disc data storage format that was invented and developed in 1995 and released in late 1996. DVD is a type of optical media used to store digital data. It is the same size of a CD, but it has a large storage capacity. Some DVDs are specifically formatted for video playback, while others contain different types of data, such as software programs and computer files.

While using CDs and DVDs, we should keep the following in mind:

  • CD / DVD should always be covered.
  • The back shiny part of the CD / DVD should not be touched.
  • Don’t write on the back of the CD / DVD.
  • CD / DVD should not be folded.
  • To clean CDs / DVDs / DVDs, a soft cloth should be used. You can also use water to remove dust from it.

3. Pen Drive:
A pen drive is a portable universal serial bus (USB) flash memory device. It is used to store and transfer audio, video and data files from a computer. The major advantage of USB pen drives over other portable storage devices such as floppy disks or DVDs / CDs is their compact shape and size; they work faster and can store more data.

4. Memory Card:
A memory card is a flash memory. It is used in electronic devices such as digital cameras, Mobile phones or video game consoles. The memory card can stores data, images, music, games or other computer files. Memory cards have no moving parts so they are not easily damaged. They are more compact and portable than CDs or DVDs, and they can store more data than CDs. The data stored in the memory card can be read with the help of card reader.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 3.
Explain the difference between primary and secondary memory.
Answer:
Differences between Primary Memory and Secondary Memory:
In this lesson, we have talked about both primary and secondary memory. Both are quite useful in their own way, now we will look at the difference between the both.

  1. Primary memory is also called internal memory. Secondary memory is also called backup memory or auxiliary memory.
  2. Primary memory can be accessed by data bus while secondary memory is accessed through I/O channels.
  3. Primary memory data is accessed directly by the processing unit. Secondary memory data cannot be accessed directly by the processor.
  4. Primary memory is more expensive than secondary memory. Secondary memory is cheaper than primary memory.
  5. Primary memory is both unstable and static. Secondary memory is always unchanging memory.

Question 4.
What is DVD? Explain in detail.
Answer:
DVD:
Stands for Digital Video Disc or Digital Versatile Disc. It is a digital optical disc data storage format that was invented and developed in 1995 and released in late 1996. DVD is a type of optical media used to store digital data. It is the same size of a CD, but it has a large storage capacity. Some DVDs are specifically formatted for video playback, while others contain different types of data, such as software programs and computer files.

While using CDs and DVDs, we should keep the following in mind :

  • CD / DVD should always be covered.
  • The back shiny part of the CD / DVD should not be touched.
  • Don’t write on the back of the CD / DVD.
  • CD / DVD should not be folded.
  • To clean CDs / DVDs / DVDs, a soft cloth should be used. You can also use water to remove dust from it.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 5.
What is a magnetic tape? Explain in detail.
Answer:
Magnetic Tapes:
Magnetic discs are made of hard metal or synthetic plastic material. Magnetic material is coated on both sides of the disc platter and both sides can be used for storage. The magnetic disk provides direct access to both small and large computer systems. Magnetic audio tapes are used to record sound and music. Magnetic video tapes are used to record analog voice and video signals. These are low cost tapes. Hard disks and floppy disks are examples of magnetic tapes.

Question 6.
What is a hard disk and how many types are there?
Answer:
Hard Disk:
Hard disks are the secondary storage devices used to store data permanently. It is directly connected to the disk controller on the motherboard. Hard disks are flat, circular plates made of aluminum or glass and coated with a magnetic material. Hard disk platters typically spin very fast at 5400 to 7200 cycles/minute.

It has unlimited storage space and its storage capacity ranges from 20 GB to 500 GB. It used to install a new program or application on the device. Software programs, images, videos, etc. all can be saved to the hard drive. There are two types of hard disks.

1. Internal Hard Disk:
Internal hard drives are located inside your computer. Most computers come with a single internal hard drive, which includes the operating system and pre-installed applications.

2. External Hard Drive:
An external hard drive, also called a portable hard drive. It is a device connected to the outside of a computer via a USB connection. It is often used to back up a computer or portable storage.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 7.
What do you mean by Optical drive?
Answer:
Optical Drives:
Optical drives are a storage medium from which data is read and written by a laser. Optical disks can store up to 6 GB of data. Optical storage devices are the most widely used and reliable storage devices. The most commonly used types of optical storage devices are:

    1. CD-ROM
    2. DVD-ROM
    3. CD-RECORDABLE
    4. CD-REWRITABLE
    5. PHOTO-CD

1. CD:
A compact disc is a flat, round, optical storage medium invented by James Russell. It is a portable storage medium that was used to digitally store and play the audio, video and other data. Compact discs have greater storage capacity than floppy disks. These disks can store 650-700 MB of data. This is a very reliable storage media. There are two types of CDs :

(а) CD-R:
CD-R stands for Compact Disc-Recordabie, also known as ROM is a digital optical disk storage format. A CD-R disc is a compact disc that can be written once and arbitrarily read multiple times.

(b) CD-RW:
CD-RW (compact disc-rewritable) is a digital optical disk storage format introduced in 1997. A CD-RW compact disc (CD-RW) can be read, written, erased, and rewritten.

2. DVD:
Stands for Digital Video Disc or Digital Versatile Disc. It is a digital optical disc data storage format that was invented and developed in 1995 and released in late 1996. DVD is a type of optical media used to store digital data. It is the same size of a CD, but it has a large storage capacity. Some DVDs are specifically formatted for video playback, while others contain different types of data, such as software programs and computer files.

While using CDs and DVDs, we should keep the following in mind:

  • CD / DVD should always be covered.
  • The back shiny part of the CD / DVD should not be touched.
  • Don’t write on the back of the CD / DVD.
  • CD / DVD should not be folded.
  • To clean CDs / DVDs / DVDs, a soft cloth should be used. You can also use water to remove dust from it.

3. Pen Drive:
A pen drive is a portable universal serial bus (USB) flash memory device. It is used to store and transfer audio, video and data files from a computer. The major advantage of USB pen drives over other portable storage devices such as floppy disks or DVDs / CDs is their compact shape and size; they work faster and can store more data.

4. Memory Card:
A memory card is a flash memory. It is used in electronic devices such as digital cameras, Mobile phones or video game consoles. The memory card can stores data, images, music, games or other computer files. Memory cards have no moving parts so they are not easily damaged. They are more compact and portable than CDs or DVDs, and they can store more data than CDs. The data stored in the memory card can be read with the help of card reader.